JP2023518610A - Positioning structure, stabilizing structure, interfacing structure and system using the same - Google Patents

Abstract

The head-mounted display system is configured to hold a head-mounted display unit, a battery pack for power supply, and the head-mounted display unit in front of the user's eyes and in use to hold the battery pack behind the user's head. and a positioning and stabilizing structure configured to. The positioning and stabilizing structure included a posterior support portion configured to engage a posterior portion of the user's head, the posterior support portion configured to overlap the parietal bone of the user's head in use. A crown strap portion and an occipital strap portion configured to overlap or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head in use. The positioning and stabilizing structure comprises a pair of lateral strap portions configured to connect the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit so as to lie on respective lateral sides of the user's head in use. configured to

Description

CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS This application is based on Australian Application No. 2020900953 filed on 27 March 2020, U.S. Application No. 16/865,480 filed on 4 May 2020, 4 May 2020 U.S. Application No. 16/865,526 filed, Australian Application No. 2020901432 filed May 5, 2020, Australian Application No. 2020901437 filed May 6, 2020, July 20, 2020 Australian Application No. 2020902514 filed on 26 August 2020; Australian Application No. 2020903055 filed on 26 August 2020; Australian Application No. Australian Application No. 2020903395 filed on 29th September 2020, Australian Application No. 2020903502 filed on 29th September 2020, Australian Application No. 2020903638 filed on 7th October 2020, filed on 8th October 2020 International Application No. PCT/AU2020/051081, Australian Application No. 2020903876 filed on 26 October 2020, International Application No. PCT/AU2020/051158 filed on 28 October 2020, 15 December 2020 Australian Application No. 2020904664 filed on 24 December 2020; Australian Application No. 2020904849 filed on 24 December 2020; is incorporated herein.

2. 2. Technical Background 2.1 Field of Technology The present technology relates to head mounted displays, positioning and stabilizing structures, user interfacing structures and other components used in head mounted displays, associated head mounted display assemblies and displays. It is primarily concerned with systems, interfacing structures and/or components and methods, including units and positioning and stabilizing structures. The technology finds particular application in the use of immersive reality head-mounted displays and is described herein in that context. It should be noted that the technology may have broader application and may be used in any type of head-mounted display configuration, including but not limited to virtual reality displays, augmented reality displays, and/or mixed reality displays. be understood.

2.2 Description of Related Art Where any prior art is referred to herein, such reference is made with the acknowledgment that the prior art forms part of the common general knowledge in the art in Australia or elsewhere. It should be understood that

2.2.1 Immersive technology Immersive technology is a technology that reproduces or augments a physical environment by creating a sense of the surroundings through the means of a digital or virtual environment, thereby providing a sense of immersion. be.

In particular, immersive technologies provide users with a sense of visual immersion and create virtual objects and/or environments. Immersive technology can also provide a sense of immersion for at least one of the other five senses.

2.2.2 Virtual Reality Virtual reality (VR) is a computer-generated three-dimensional image or environment that is presented to a user. In other words, the environment may be completely virtual. Specifically, a user views an electronic screen to view virtual images or computer-generated images in a virtual environment. Because the environments created are fully virtual, users may be blocked and/or disturbed from interfacing with their physical environment (e.g., hear physical objects in the physical environment in which they are currently located and/or or may not be visible).

The electronic screen may be supported in the direction of the user's line of sight (eg, worn on the user's head). The visual feedback output to the electronic screen and observed by the user while viewing the electronic screen can create a virtual environment intended to simulate the real environment. For example, a user can look around (eg, 360°) by rotating their head or whole body and interact with virtual objects that they can observe through an electronic screen. This allows the virtual environment to stimulate at least one of the user's five senses while the user is using the VR device, providing the user with an immersive experience that replaces the corresponding stimulus of the physical environment. Usually the stimulus is at least related to the user's vision (ie they are looking at an electronic screen), but other senses can be involved as well. Electronic screens are typically mounted on the user's head so that they are positioned close to the user's eyes, allowing the user to easily observe the virtual environment.

A VR device may generate other forms of feedback in addition to or separate from visual feedback. For example, a VR device may include and/or be connected to speakers to provide audible feedback. VR devices may include haptic feedback (eg, in the form of haptic responses) that may correspond to visual and/or auditory feedback. This allows the user to receive stimulation corresponding to multiple senses, potentially creating a more immersive virtual environment.

While using a VR device, a user may want to limit and block out ambient stimuli. For example, a user may wish to avoid seeing and/or hearing the surrounding environment in order to better process the stimuli from the VR device in the virtual environment. As such, VR devices can limit and/or prevent exposure of the user's eyes to ambient light. In some embodiments, this is done by providing a seal against the user's face. In some examples, the shield may be placed in close proximity (eg, touching or in close contact with) the user's face, but may not be sealed against the user's face. In either embodiment, ambient light does not reach the user's eyes, so the only light the user can see is from the electronic screen.

In other embodiments, the VR device can limit and/or prevent the user's ears from hearing ambient noise. In some implementations, this provides the user with headphones (e.g., noise canceling headphones) that can output sound from the VR device and/or limit the user from hearing noise from the physical environment. It is done by In some implementations, the VR device may output sounds at a volume sufficient to limit the user's hearing of ambient noise.

In either embodiment, the user may not want to be overstimulated (eg, by both physical and virtual environments). Therefore, blocking and/or limiting the stimuli from the surroundings helps one to focus on the virtual environment without distractions from the surroundings.

Different types of VR devices are as follows. In general, a single VR device may contain at least two different classifications. For example, VR devices may be classified by their portability and by how the display unit is coupled with the rest of the interface. These classifications may be independent, so classification into one group (eg portability of a unit) does not determine classification into other groups. Also, although not explicitly shown below, there may be additional categories for classifying VR devices.

2.2.2.1 Portability 2.2.2.1.1 Fixed Units In some forms, the VR device may be used in combination with another device such as a computer or video game console. . Because this type of VR equipment cannot be used without a computer or video game console, it may be stationary, which limits the locations where it can be used (eg, by the location of the computer or video game console).

Since VR devices can be used in combination with computers and video game machines, VR devices may be connected to computers and video game machines. For example, an electrical cord can connect the two systems. This may further "lock in" the installation location of the VR device, as the user wearing the VR device cannot leave the computer or video game console any longer than the length of the electrical cord. In other embodiments, the VR device may be wirelessly connected (eg, via Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, etc.) but relatively fixed depending on the strength of the wireless signal.

Connecting to a computer or video game console may provide control functions to the VR device. Controls can be communicated (via a wired connector, wireless, etc.) to aid in the operation of the VR device. In fixed unit VR device embodiments, these operations may be required to operate the display screen, and a connection to a computer or video game console may be required to operate the VR device.

In some implementations, the computer or video game console may power the VR device so that the user does not have to hold the battery against their head. This eliminates the need for the user to support the weight of the battery, making it possible to wear the VR device more comfortably.

A user may also receive output from a computer or video game console at least partially through a VR device rather than through a television or monitor, thereby allowing the user to use the computer or video game console (e.g., , while playing a video game) can provide a more immersive experience to the user. In other words, the display output of the VR device may be substantially the same as the output from a computer monitor or television. Some of the controls and/or sensors required to output these images can be housed in the computer or video game console, further reducing the weight the user must bear on his or her body.

In some configurations, the motion sensor may be located remotely from the VR device and connected to a computer or video game console. For example, at least one camera may face the user to track the movement of the user's head. The data recorded by the camera may be processed by a computer or video game machine and then sent to the VR device. While this helps reduce the weight of the VR device, it can further limit where the VR device can be used. In other words, the VR device must be within the field of view of the camera.

2.2.2.1.2 Portable Units In some forms, the VR device may be a self-contained unit that includes a power source and sensors so that it does not need to be connected to a computer or video game console. . This provides user convenience and freedom of movement. For example, a user is not limited to using a VR device near a computer or video game console, but can use the VR device outdoors or in other environments where there are no computers or televisions.

Since the VR device is not connected to the personal computer or video game machine in use, all necessary electronic components are required to be compatible. This includes batteries, sensors, and processors. These components add weight to the VR device and require physical support by the user. Appropriate weight distribution may be required so that this added weight does not add to the discomfort of the user wearing the VR device.

In some forms, the electrical components of the VR device may be contained in a single housing and placed directly in front of the user's face when in use. This configuration is called a "brick". In this configuration, the center of gravity of the VR device, which has no positioning and stabilizing structure, will be directly in front of the user's face. In order to counteract the moment caused by the force of gravity, the positioning and stabilizing structure coupled to the brick configuration must provide a force directed toward the user's face caused by, for example, the tension of the headgear straps. A brick configuration may be beneficial for manufacturing (e.g., because all electrical components are in close proximity) and allow interoperability of positioning and stabilizing structures (e.g., because it does not include electrical connections), but VR The forces required to maintain the position of the device (eg, pulling forces in the headgear) can be uncomfortable for the user. Specifically, the VR device may dig into the user's face, causing irritation or marks on the user's skin. Because the user's head receives forces from the display housing on the face and from the headgear on the back of the head, this combination of forces can feel like a "squeeze." Therefore, it may become difficult for the user to wear the VR device.

VR and other mixed reality devices are used in ways that force the user's head and/or whole body to move (e.g., during gaming), subjecting them to large forces/moments that disrupt the user's head-mounted position. Sometimes. Merely pressing the device harder on the user's head to allow for greater destructive force may be unacceptable as it may be uncomfortable for the user or may become uncomfortable for a short period of time.

In some forms, the electrical components may be spaced throughout the VR device, rather than being placed all the way in front of the user's face. For example, some electrical components (eg, batteries) may be placed on the positioning and stabilizing structure, particularly on the rear contacts. As such, the weight of the battery (or other electrical component) may create a moment directed in the opposite direction as the moment created by the rest of the VR device (eg, the display). Therefore, it is sufficient for the positioning and stabilizing structure to apply a lower clamping force, resulting in lower force against the user's face (eg, less marking on the user's skin). However, the presence of electrical connections in such existing devices may make cleaning and/or replacement of the positioning and stabilizing structure more difficult.

In some forms, distributing the electrical components may include placing some of the electrical components away from the rest of the VR device. For example, the battery and/or processor may be electrically connected but carried separately from the rest of the VR device. Unlike the "stationary unit" described above, the battery and/or processor can be carried with the rest of the VR device. For example, the battery and/or processor can be carried in the user's belt or pocket. This may provide the advantage of reducing the weight on the user's head, but will not introduce a reaction moment. The pull force provided by the positioning and stabilizing structure may still be less than the "brick" configuration due to the less total weight supported by the head.

2.2.2.2 Display Connections 2.2.2.2.1 Integral Display Screen In some forms, the display screen is integral to the VR device and is generally detachable from the rest of the VR device or It cannot be removed.

The display screen may be secured within the housing and protected from damage. For example, the occurrence of scratches can be suppressed by completely covering the display screen with the housing. Also, by integrating the display screen with the rest of the VR device, loss of the display screen is prevented.

In these forms, the display screen functions purely as an immersive technology display. Most of the "fixed units" incorporate an integral display screen. A "portable unit" may include an integral display screen or may include a removable display screen (described below).

2.2.2.2.2 Detachable Display Screen In some forms, the display screen is a separate structure that can be removed from the VR device and used separately.

In some forms, a portable electronic device (eg, a mobile phone) can be selectively inserted into the housing of the VR device. Portable electronic devices can include most or all of the sensors and/or processors and can create virtual environments through downloadable apps.

Portable electronic devices are generally lightweight and may not require positioning and stabilizing structures that exert significant force on the user's head.

2.2.3 Augmented Reality In some forms, augmented reality (AR) is a computer-generated three-dimensional image or environment that is presented to a user.

AR is similar to VR, but differs in that a virtual environment created at least in part by an electronic screen is observed in combination with the user's physical environment. In other words, AR creates virtual objects to alter and/or augment the user's physical environment with elements of the virtual environment. AR results in a combined environment containing physical and virtual objects, both physical and virtual.

For example, an image created on an electronic screen can be overlaid on the user's physical environment. Only part of the AR combination environment presented to the user is virtual. Accordingly, a user may wish to continue to receive ambient stimuli from the physical environment while using the AR device (eg, to continue observing physical or non-virtual components of the combined environment).

Because AR is used with the user's physical environment, the AR device may not be electrically connected or tethered to a computer or video game console. Alternatively, the AR device may include a battery or other power source. This allows the user to explore various physical environments while using the AR device, providing a high degree of freedom of movement.

This crucial difference between VR and AR may lead to different types of wearable electronic screens. As mentioned above, users of VR devices may wish to block out ambient light, so the housing of the electronic screen may be opaque to limit or prevent ambient light from reaching the user. However, users of AR devices may want to see a mixture of virtual and real environments. The electronic screen of the AR device may similarly be supported in front of the user's eyes, but the screen of the AR device may be transparent or translucent, and the screen may not be supported by an opaque housing ( or opaque material does not substantially obstruct the user's line of sight). This allows the user to continue to receive ambient stimuli in the presence of the virtual environment at the same time. Nonetheless, some VR devices, which do not have a transparent screen through which the user can see the real-world surroundings, capture images of the user's real-world surroundings from the user's viewpoint in real time (e.g., Some cameras in display housings) can be configured for AR by displaying them on a display screen.

Furthermore, people using AR devices are more mobile than people using VR devices (e.g., AR users can see their physical environment and/or be tied to a computer or video game console). not). Accordingly, a person using an AR device may wish to move (eg, walk, run, bike, etc.) while wearing the device for an extended period of time. Mounting a component such as a battery on the AR device puts a strain on the user's head and/or neck, and may make the user hesitate to wear the AR device for a long time.

2.2.4 Mixed Reality Mixed Reality (MR) is similar to AR, but MR devices offer more ways for users to interact with virtual objects or the environment than AR devices and therefore are more versatile. It can be immersive. MR's virtual reality may also be superimposed and/or blended with the user's physical environment. However, unlike AR, the user may be able to interact with a virtual environment similar to that occurring in VR. In other words, AR presents only computer-generated images in the physical environment, whereas MR presents the same or similar computer-generated images to the user, but interacts with the images in the physical environment ( For example, it may be possible to "grab" a virtually generated object using a hand). In this way, the virtual environment can be further fused with the physical environment so that the combined environment can more closely reproduce the real environment.

2.2.5 Head-Mounted Display Interfaces Head-mounted display interfaces allow users to have an immersive experience of virtual environments and applications such as communication, training, medical and surgical practice, engineering, and video gaming. has a wide range of applications in the field of

Different head-mounted display interfaces can provide different levels of immersion. For example, a head-mounted display interface can provide the user with a fully immersive experience. One example of a fully immersive experience is virtual reality (VR). A head-mounted display interface may also provide a partial immersion similar to the use of AR devices.

A VR head-mounted display interface is typically provided as a system that includes a display unit positioned to be held in an operating position in front of a user's face. The display unit typically includes a housing enclosing a display and a user interfacing structure constructed and arranged in facing relationship with the user's face. A user interfacing structure may extend about the display and in combination with the housing define a viewing opening to the display. The user interfacing structure may engage the face and may include cushions for user comfort and/or may be lightly sealed to block ambient light from the display. The head-mounted display system further comprises a positioning and stabilizing structure placed on the user's head to hold the display unit in place.

Other head-mounted display interfaces may provide a less than fully immersive experience. In other words, the user can experience not only elements of his physical environment, but also the virtual environment. Examples of fully immersive experiences are Augmented Reality (AR) and Mixed Reality (MR).

AR and/or MR head-mounted display interfaces are also typically provided as systems that include a display unit positioned to be held in an operative position in front of the user's face. Similarly, a display unit typically includes a housing enclosing a display and a user interfacing structure constructed and arranged in facing relationship with the user's face. Head-mounted display systems for AR and/or MR head-mounted displays are also similar to VR in that they also include positioning and stabilizing structures placed on the user's head to hold the display unit in place. However, AR and/or MR head-mounted displays do not include a cushion that completely blocks ambient light from the display because their less than fully immersive experiences require elements of the physical environment. Instead, extended and/or combined head-mounted displays allow the user to view the physical environment in combination with the virtual environment.

For any immersive technology, it is important that the interface of the head-mounted display is comfortable in order for the user to wear the head-mounted display for an extended period of time. Further, the display can be either partially or fully virtual, near-physical or fully physical by providing images that change with changing the position and/or orientation of the user's head. It is important to create an environment that reproduces things.

2.2.5.1 Interfacing Structures Head mounted displays may include user interfacing structures. Since the interface is in direct contact with the user's face, the shape and configuration of the interfacing site can directly affect the effectiveness and comfort of the display unit.

There are several challenges in designing a user interfacing structure. A face has a complex three-dimensional shape. The size and shape of the nose and head varies greatly between individuals. Since the head contains bone, cartilage and soft tissue, different areas of the face respond differently to mechanical forces.

One type of interfacing structure extends around the perimeter of the display unit such that when a force is applied to the user interface with the interfacing structure facing and engaging the user's face, the user's face may be exposed. intended to be sealed against The interfacing structure may include polyurethane (PU) pads. This type of interfacing structure can create gaps between the interfacing structure and the face, requiring additional force to press the display unit against the face to achieve the desired contact. obtain.

The presence of areas that do not engage the user interface at all can create gaps between the facial interface and the user's face, which can result in unwanted light pollution entering the display unit (e.g., virtual reality in particular). ). Such light pollution or "light leaks" can reduce the effectiveness and enjoyment of the user's overall immersive experience. Additionally, prior systems can be difficult to adjust for application to a wide variety of head sizes. Additionally, the display unit and associated stabilizing structure are often relatively heavy and difficult to clean, further limiting the comfort and ease of use of the system.

For another type of interfacing structure, a flap seal of thin material placed around a portion of the perimeter of the display unit provides a tight fit against the user's face. As with conventional types of interfacing structures, poor alignment between the face and the interfacing structure may require additional force to achieve a seal, or may result in increased pressure within the display unit during use. Light may leak in. Additionally, the shape of the interfacing structure may not match the user and may fold or buckle in use, causing undesirable light transmission.

The user interface may be characterized in part according to the design intent of where the interfacing structure engages the face in use. Some interfacing structures may be limited to engaging regions of the user's face that protrude beyond the arc of curvature of the face-engaging surface of the interfacing structure. These areas may typically include the user's forehead and cheekbones. This can lead to user discomfort at local stress points. Other facial regions may not engage the interfacing structure at all or may engage in a negligible manner and thus may be insufficient to increase the clamping pressure translation distance. These regions typically may include the sides of the user's face or the regions adjacent to and surrounding the user's nose. To the extent that there is a mismatch between the user's facial shape and the interfacing structure, it is advantageous that the interfacing structure or associated components are adaptable to form appropriate contact or other relationships. .

2.2.5.2 Positioning and Stabilization To hold the display unit in the correct operating position, the head-mounted display system further comprises a positioning and stabilizing structure placed on the user's head. These structures may be responsible for providing a force that opposes the gravity of the head mounted display and/or the interfacing structure. Heretofore, these structures have been formed from stretchable rigid structures that are typically applied to the head under tension to maintain the display unit in an operating position. Such systems tend to apply clamping pressure to the user's face, which can cause user discomfort at localized stress points. Also, previous systems can be difficult to adjust to accommodate a wide range of application head sizes. Additionally, the display unit and associated stabilizing structure are often heavy and difficult to clean, further limiting the comfort and usability of the system.

Other specific head-mounted display systems may not be functionally compatible in the field. For example, positioning and stabilizing structures designed for decoration and aesthetics may not have the structural ability to maintain adequate pressure around the face. For example, excessive clamping pressure can cause user discomfort, or insufficient clamping pressure on the user's face may effectively seal the display from ambient light. can disappear.

For certain other head-mounted display systems, it may be uncomfortable or impractical in the present technology. For example, the system may be used for extended periods of time.

Due to these challenges, some head-mounted displays are unsightly, aesthetically undesirable, costly, and difficult to fit, especially when worn for long periods of time or when users are unfamiliar with the system. For one or more of the following reasons: bad, difficult to use, and uncomfortable. If the positioning and stabilizing structure is sized incorrectly, it can cause less comfort and result in a shorter duration of use.

As such, the interfacing portion of the user interface used for the fully immersive experience of the virtual environment receives forces that correspond to the user's movements during the experience.

2.2.5.3 Materials The materials used within the head-mounted display assembly contact sites in the interfacing structure, the rigid shell for the housing, and the positioning and stabilizing structure formed from the rigid plastic clamping structure. Contains high-density foam that These materials have various deficiencies (e.g. non-breathable skin covered by the material, inflexibility, difficulty in cleaning, tendency to trap bacteria). As a result, products constructed from such materials can be uncomfortable to wear for extended periods of time, cause skin irritation in some individuals, and limit product application.

3 Brief Description of Technology The technology provides support, stabilization, attachment, utilization, and/or head-mounted displays with improvements in one or more of comfort, cost, effectiveness, ease of use, and manufacturability. Or it may be directed to providing a positioning and stabilizing structure that is used for fixation.

A first aspect of the present technology relates to an apparatus used to support, stabilize, mount, utilize and/or secure a head mounted display.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to methods used to support, stabilize, mount, utilize, and/or secure head-mounted displays.

3.1 Head Mounted Display System with Lateral Strap Sites and Parietal and Occipital Strap Sites

Another aspect of the technology relates to a head-mounted display system,
a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;
a battery pack for powering the head-mounted display system;
Configured to hold the head-mounted display unit in front of the user's eyes so that the display is visible to the user in use, and configured to hold the battery pack behind the user's head in use. a positioning and stabilizing structure, said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
A posterior support portion configured to engage a posterior portion of a user's head, said posterior support portion configured to overlap the parietal bones of the user's head in use; and a crown strap portion. an occipital strap portion configured to overlap or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head in use;
A pair of lateral strap segments configured to connect between the rear support segment and the head mounted display unit, each configured to lie on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use. said positioning and stabilizing structure including said pair of lateral strap portions, said pair of lateral strap portions.

In some examples, the head-mounted display system includes an upper strap portion configured to cover an upper portion of the user's head when in use. In some embodiments, the top strap portion is configured to connect between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit.

3.1.1 Crown Strap Site In an embodiment, (a) the position of the crown strap section is movable forward and rearward relative to the top strap section, and (B) the crown strap section and the occipital strap. The angle between the segments is adjustable by the user, and (c) the crown strap segment underlies the top strap segment, and (d) the top strap segment passes through a buckle connected to the crown strap segment. and/or (e) the buckle is positioned in the sagittal plane of the user's head in use.

3.1.2 Top Strap Portion In a further embodiment, (a) the top strap portion is connected to the occipital strap portion, (B) the top strap portion is adjustable in length between the head mounted display unit and the battery; (c) the top strap section connects to the head mounted display unit, loops back and connects to the head mounted display unit via an eyelet fixed to itself; (d) the outer layer of the top strap section connects to the eyelet (e) the user-facing layer does not pass through the eyelet; (g) the user-facing layer of the upper strap portion is passed through the eyelet to complete a loop; (h) the upper strap portion is substantially non-stretchable; (i) the upper strap portion comprises a layered structure; (j) the upper strap portion comprises (k) a front end of the substantially non-stretchable layer is spaced from the head-mounted display unit along the length of the upper strap portion; and (l) the upper strap portion faces the fabric user. (m) the top strap portion includes a textile outer layer; (n) the top strap portion attaches the battery pack to the head mounted display unit for powering the head mounted display unit from the battery in use. a connecting power cable, wherein (o) the power cable is internal to the upper strap region; (p) the power cable is insertable through the interior of the upper strap region by the user; and/or (q) the power cable is insertable between the substantially inextensible layer and the fabric outer layer through the upper strap portion.

3.1.3 Front and Rear Sections of the Upper Strap Section In a further embodiment, (a) the upper strap section includes a front section and a rear section, the rear section engaging the user's head in use; and (B) the upper strap section has a bend between a rear section of the upper strap section and a front section of the upper strap section; and (c) the upper strap portion is shaped to conform to the curvature of the user's head at the posterior portion of the upper strap portion and deviate from the curvature of the user's head at the anterior portion of the upper strap portion. (d) the upper strap section is stiffened to support the front section in spaced relation to the user's head in use; and (e) the front section of the upper strap section points toward the head mounted display unit. (f) the forward portion of the upper strap portion extends upwardly partially from the rearward portion of the upper strap portion; and (g) the forward portion of the upper strap portion extends at the forward end of the rearward portion. (h) the forward end of the rear portion of the upper strap portion is connected to the rear portion of the upper strap portion, the front end of the rear portion being positioned rearwardly of the edge region of the user's head; (i) the anterior end of the posterior portion of the upper strap portion lies proximate to the user's coronal plane in use, the coronal plane being aligned with each of the user's superior ear fundus points; (j) the anterior end of the posterior portion of the upper strap portion is positioned posterior to the coronal plane in use; and/or (k) the anterior end of the posterior portion of the upper strap portion is proximate the crown strap portion in use. located.

3.1.4 Battery Pack In a further embodiment, (a) the battery pack is connected to the upper strap portion in upper and lower positions, and (B) the battery pack is removably connected to the upper strap portion. , (c) the battery pack is connected to the upper strap region by hook-and-loop connections, (d) the lower position is at or near the occipital strap region, and (e) the lower position is spaced from the occipital strap region. (f) the battery pack is connected to the upper strap portion on the upper side of the battery pack and connected to the occipital strap portion on the lower side of the battery pack; (g) the battery pack is connected to the occipital strap portion by the lower battery pack strap portion; (h) the battery pack includes a battery pack housing and a plurality of cells contained within the housing; equally spaced from the front wall of the battery pack housing into the battery pack housing; (j) the one or more cells are further spaced from the front wall of the battery pack housing than the other one or more cells; ) each of the plurality of cells is spaced from a front wall of the battery pack housing, and (l) the battery pack housing is a counterweight configured to contribute to weight balance between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit. (m) the battery pack housing is spaced from the posterior surface of the user's head; and/or (n) the head-mounted display system is configured to contact the posterior surface of the user's head. A pad is included, and the battery pack housing is spaced from the rear surface of the user's head by the pad.

3.1.4.1 Vertical Battery Pack In a further embodiment, (a) the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to hold the battery pack in a vertical orientation when in use; , having a width and depth, and having a length greater than the width and depth; and (c) the positioning and stabilizing structure retains the battery pack in an orientation in which the length of the battery pack is substantially vertically aligned in use. and/or (d) the length of the battery pack is aligned with the sagittal plane of the user's head in use.

3.1.4.2 Horizontally Disposed Battery Pack In a further embodiment, (a) the parietal strap portion is positioned at or near the junction between the parietal and occipital bones and, in use, the user's head; (B) the crown strap portion and the lateral strap portion are configured to lie in a common plane when in use; and (c) the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to lie horizontally in use. (d) the battery pack has a length, width and depth, the length being greater than the width and depth; (e) the positioning and stabilizing structure is sometimes configured to hold the battery pack in an orientation in which the length of the battery pack is aligned substantially horizontally; (f) the length of the battery pack is aligned parallel to the crown strap portion when in use; or (g) the battery pack is connected to the crown strap area.

3.1.5 Additional Embodiments of Battery Packs In further embodiments, (a) the battery pack is supported by a top strap portion and/or a crown strap portion, and (B) the head-mounted display system is integrated with the battery pack. (c) the head-mounted display system is configured to allow the user's hair to pass through the opening; (d) The occipital strap portion is formed of two portions positioned on respective lateral sides of the sagittal plane of the user's head in use, and (e) the two portions of the occipital strap portion are connected to each other at a pair of connection points. attachable in a detachable manner, each connection point being provided on a respective one of the two portions of the occipital strap portion; (f) each connection point connecting the two portions of the occipital strap portion to each other; (g) the connection point is located in or adjacent to the sagittal plane of the user's head when in use, and (g) the connection point is in use when the two portions of the occipital strap portion are connected together; spaced laterally in the sagittal plane, (h) a head-mounted display system including two battery packs, each battery pack supported in a respective one of two occipital strap regions, and (i) a battery The pack, in use, is spaced apart so that the two portions of the occipital strap region can be connected together in use at or near the sagittal plane of the user's head; The two parts of the occipital strap part are not connected to each other in use, and the inner ends of the two parts of the occipital strap part are spaced apart from each other and each laterally from the sagittal plane when in use; One provided is that (l) a positioning and stabilizing structure is configured, in use, to hold the battery pack in position over the occipital bone of the user's head, and/or (m) a positioning and stabilizing structure The structure is configured to hold the battery pack at a location near the occipital bone of the user's head, or at or near the vertical axis of rotation of the user's head.

3.1.6 Retractable Power Cable In further embodiments, (a) a portion of the power cable is disposed within the battery pack and can extend from and retract into the battery pack; The one or more layers of the upper strap section are partially positioned within the battery pack and can be extended from and retracted into the battery pack along with the power cable, and (c) outside the upper strap section. A layer is positioned within the battery pack and is extendable from and retractable into the battery pack along with the power cable; (e) the user contact layer at the top strap portion is positioned between the battery pack and the user's head; (f) The portion of the power cable located within the battery pack and the one or more layers of the upper strap portion located partially within the battery pack extend the length of the upper strap portion between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit. (g) the retraction site defines a retraction site for the upper strap section that can be extended from and retracted into the battery pack to adjust the position of the retraction site relative to the battery pack; and/or (h) the retraction portion is continuously movable within a range of positions relative to the battery pack; can do.

3.1.7 Arm Further Examples:
- the head mounted display unit comprises a display unit housing and a pair of arms extending from the display unit housing, each lateral strap portion connecting to a respective one of the arms;
- each lateral strap portion connects to the rearward end of each one of a pair of arms;
Each lateral strap segment passes through an eyelet at the rear end of the respective arm and is secured back onto itself;
- each lateral strap portion connects to a respective one of a pair of arms proximate the forward ends of the arms;
Each lateral strap segment passes through an eyelet at or near the rearward end of the respective arm and passes through a hole near the forward end of the arm and is secured to the arm;
each lateral strap portion is secured to laterally opposite sides of the arm;
- each lateral strap segment is secured to its own exposed segment within the arm;
the eyelet at or near the rearward end of the arm is partially open to allow the strap to move transversely to the strap in and out of the eyelet;
・ Each arm is covered with a sock, and each lateral strap part is fixed to the sock.
- each arm includes a substantially rigid section overmolded with a textile section; and/or - each of the pair of arms is pivotable relative to the display unit housing.

3.1.8 Adjusting Stiffener Further Examples:
The positioning and stabilizing structure comprises an adjusting stiffener including a substantially inextensible member configured to connect to the occipital strap region and an adjusting stiffener configured to reduce the length of the occipital strap region. a stiffener for
- the occipital strap region includes three or more occipital strap connection points, and the adjusting stiffener is selectively connectable to the first pair of occipital strap connection points and the second pair of occipital strap connection points to provide adjustment; The occipital strap portion had a first effective length when the stiffeners were connected to the first pair of occipital strap connection points and the adjustment stiffeners were connected to the second pair of occipital strap connection points. when the occipital strap portion has a second effective length that is longer than the first effective length;
- when the adjusting stiffener is connected to the first pair of occipital strap connection points, the adjusting stiffener constrains the occipital strap portion to a first effective length;
- the adjusting stiffener comprises a pair of adjusting stiffener connection points configured to connect to the occipital strap connection points;
- The occipital strap region includes four occipital strap connection points,
- the second pair of occipital strap connection points are located inside the first pair of occipital strap connection points;
the occipital strap portion includes a left portion separated from the right portion, and the adjusting stiffener is configured to connect the left and right portions;
the adjusting stiffener comprises an inner stiffener portion and a pair of lateral stiffener portions extending laterally from the inner stiffener portion, the adjusting stiffener connection points being located on the lateral stiffener portions; do,
- one adjusting stiffener connection point is located on each lateral stiffener site;
- the medial stiffener portion is configured to cover the user's occipital bone and cover the junction between the user's parietal bones in use;
- the medial stiffener portion is positioned on the user's head at or near the user's frontal bone and is configured to cover the junction between the user's parietal bones and connect to the occipital strap portion;
- the adjustment stiffener forms part of the upper strap portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure;
- the adjustment stiffener forms a substantially non-stretchable layer of the upper strap region;
- the adjustment stiffener is permanently attached within the upper strap region;
- the adjustment stiffener is permanently attached to the user-facing layer of the upper strap region;
- the battery pack is configured to connect to the adjustment stiffener;
- the power cable, in use, is positioned between the adjustment stiffener and the outer layer of the upper strap section;
- the power cable is insertable between the adjustment stiffener and the outer layer of the upper strap section;
- the adjustment stiffener is separable from the user-facing layer of the upper strap portion;
- an adjusting stiffener is insertable between the user-facing layer and the outer layer of the upper strap region;
- the adjustment stiffener is configured to connect to the layer facing the user;
- the adjustment stiffener includes a hook material configured to form a hook-and-loop connection to the user-facing layer of the upper strap portion;
- the power cable is permanently attached to the adjustment stiffener;
- the battery pack is permanently attached to the adjustment stiffener;
- The adjusting stiffener is positioned between a pair of lateral stiffener segments to allow bending of the adjusting stiffener at or near the junction of the lateral stiffener segment to the inner stiffener segment. including a lower cutout,
- the adjusting stiffener includes lateral cutouts on opposite lateral sides of the inner stiffener portion proximate the lateral stiffener portions and the adjusting stiffener proximate the lateral cutouts; and/or the user-facing layer of the upper strap portion includes a cutout that corresponds to (eg, is aligned with) the lower cutout of the adjustment stiffener.

3.1.9 Lockable and Extensible Connection Site Further Examples:
- the positioning and stabilizing structure comprises a first strap portion and a second strap portion connected by a lockable and extensible connection portion;
an elastically extensible connector strap portion configured to allow a predetermined amount of separation of the first strap portion from the second strap portion;
- substantially inextensible configured to releasably attach the first strap segment to the second strap segment to prevent separation of the first strap segment from the second strap segment; and a connector strap portion.
- the substantially non-stretchable connector strap portion is adjustable in length;
- the substantially non-stretchable connector strap portion comprises a magnetic clip configured to be magnetically attached to a connection point on the positioning and stabilizing structure;
- the positioning and stabilizing structure comprises a lockable and extensible connecting portion within each lateral strap portion;
each lockable and extendable connection site is located on an arm extending rearwardly from the head-mounted display unit;
each lockable and extensible connection site is positioned proximate a junction between each lateral strap site, crown strap site, and occipital strap site; and/or the positioning and stabilizing structure is , a lockable and extendable connection portion within the occipital strap portion.

3.1.10 Power Cable Strap Site Further Examples:
- The head-mounted display system includes a power cable connected between the battery pack and the head-mounted display unit,
- the power cable may be placed in the upper strap region when in use;
- A power cable may be routed along the top strap area when in use.
・ The power cable is attached to the power cable strap part close to the head-mounted display unit.
The power cable strap portion is longitudinally extensible, the power cable serpentine portion is attached to the power cable strap portion in a serpentine manner, and the power cable strap portion and the power cable serpentine portion are longitudinally extendable. and/or • the power cable is attached to the crown strap area.

3.1.11 Stiffening the Parietal and/or Occipital Strap Area Further Examples:
・ The crown strap part includes a layered structure,
- the crown strap area is substantially non-stretchable;
- the crown strap portion includes a user contact layer and a substantially non-stretchable layer;
- the user contact layer of the crown strap area is formed from a woven material;
- the anterior end of the generally inextensible layer of the crown strap portion is located at or near the junction between the crown strap portion and the occipital strap portion;
・ The occipital strap part includes a layered structure,
- the occipital strap region is substantially non-stretchable;
- the occipital strap region includes a user-contacting layer and a substantially non-stretchable layer;
- the user contact layer in the occipital strap region is formed from a woven material;
the anterior end of the generally inextensible layer of the occipital strap region is located at or near the junction between the crown strap region and the occipital strap region; and/or
- The substantially non-stretchable layer of the crown strap section is connected to the substantially non-stretchable layer of the occipital strap section.

3.2 Lockable and Extensible Connection Sites Another aspect of the present technology relates to positioning and stabilizing structures configured to hold a head-mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head during use. wherein said positioning and stabilizing structure comprises:
a posterior support portion configured to engage a posterior portion of the user's head;
A pair of lateral strap segments configured to connect between the rear support segment and the head mounted display unit, each configured to lie on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use. said positioning and stabilizing structure including said pair of lateral strap portions, said pair of lateral strap portions.
wherein the first strap portion and the second strap portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure are connected by a lockable extensible connection portion;
an elastically extensible connector strap portion configured to allow a predetermined amount of separation of the first strap portion from the second strap portion;
A substantially non-stretchable connector configured to releasably attach a first strap segment to a second strap segment to prevent separation of the first strap segment from the second strap segment. and a strap portion.

Example:
- the substantially non-stretchable connector strap portion is adjustable in length;
- the substantially non-stretchable connector strap portion comprises a magnetic clip configured to be magnetically attached to a connection point on the positioning and stabilizing structure;
- the positioning and stabilizing structure comprises a lockable and extensible connecting portion within each lateral strap portion;
each lockable and extendable connection site is located on an arm extending rearwardly from the head-mounted display unit;
- The posterior support portion comprises a parietal strap portion configured to overlap the parietal bone of the user's head in use, and a posterior support portion configured to overlap or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head in use. and a occipital strap region;
each lockable and extensible connection site is positioned proximate to the junction between each lateral strap site, crown strap site, and occipital strap site;
- the positioning and stabilizing structure comprises a lockable and extendable connection portion within the occipital strap portion;
the occipital strap regions include a medial occipital strap region, at least one lateral occipital strap region configured to connect to the medial occipital strap region, and lateral occipital strap regions forming a substantially non-stretchable strap region; and an elastically extensible connector strap portion connecting between the lateral occipital strap portion and the medial occipital strap portion.
- An elastically extensible connector strap portion connects between the medial occipital strap portion and the junction between the lateral occipital strap portion and the crown strap portion.
- the positioning and stabilizing structure comprises a lockable and extensible connection part on at least one of the lateral strap parts; and/or - the elastically extensible connector strap part is connected to the arm of the head mounted display unit. and a junction between one of the pair of lateral strap portions and the crown strap portion, the lateral strap portions forming a substantially non-stretchable connector strap portion. .

3.3 Front and Rear Sections of the Top Strap Section Another aspect of the present technology relates to positioning and stabilizing structures configured to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operable position on the user's head during use. wherein said positioning and stabilizing structure comprises:
- a posterior support portion configured to engage a posterior portion of the user's head;
a pair of lateral strap segments configured to connect between the rear support segment and the head-mounted display unit, each configured to lie on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use; said pair of lateral strap portions, wherein said pair of lateral strap portions are
an upper strap portion configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, said upper strap portion being configured to cover an upper portion of the user's head in use; including
- where the upper strap portion includes a front portion and a rear portion, the rear portion configured to engage the user's head in use and the front portion not to engage the user's head in use; Configured.

Example:
・ The upper strap portion includes a shape having a bent portion between the rear portion of the upper strap portion and the front portion of the upper strap portion,
- the upper strap portion is shaped to deviate from the curvature of the user's head at the front portion of the top strap portion to follow the curvature of the user's head at the rear portion of the top strap portion;
- the upper strap section is stiffened to support the front section in spaced relation to the user's head in use;
・ The front part of the upper strap part is curved downward toward the head mounted display unit,
- the front portion of the upper strap portion extends in a partially upward direction from the front end of the rear portion of the upper strap portion;
- the front portion of the upper strap portion connects to the rear portion of the upper strap portion at the front end of the rear portion, the front end of the rear portion being located behind the edge region of the user's head;
- the anterior end of the posterior portion of the upper strap portion is located posterior to the user's frontal bone during use;
- the anterior end of the posterior portion of the upper strap portion is positioned proximate to the user's coronal plane in use, the coronal plane being aligned with each of the user's superior ear fundus points;
- the anterior end of the posterior segment of the upper strap segment is positioned posterior to the coronal plane in use; and/or - the anterior end of the posterior segment of the upper strap segment is positioned proximal to the crown strap segment in use. .

Further examples:
- The top strap portion is configured to connect between the head mounted display unit and the head mounted display system's battery pack to provide power to the head mounted display system.
・ The length of the upper strap part is adjustable,
the top strap portion is configured to connect to the head mounted display unit via an eyelet connected to the display unit housing of the head mounted display unit, loop back and secure to itself;
the user-facing layer of the upper strap section is configured to pass through the eyelets, loop back and secure to itself, and the outer layer of the upper strap section does not pass through the eyelets;
- the upper strap region is substantially non-stretchable;
・ The upper strap part includes a layered structure,
- the upper strap portion includes a substantially non-stretchable layer;
- the front edge, which is a generally inextensible layer, is spaced from the head-mounted display unit along the length of the upper strap portion;
- the upper strap portion includes a fabric layer facing the user;
- the upper strap region includes a textile outer layer;
・The upper strap area has a power cable for connecting the battery pack to the head-mounted display unit and supplying power from the battery to the head-mounted display unit when in use.
・ The power cable is built into the upper strap part,
- a power cable is insertable by the user through the interior of the upper strap region; and/or - a power cable is insertable through the upper strap region between the substantially inextensible layer and the textile outer layer.

Another aspect of the technology relates to a head-mounted display system,
- a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;
- a battery pack to power the head-mounted display system;
- A positioning and stabilizing structure according to any one of the preceding aspects or embodiments, configured to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operable position in use and to said positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold the battery in the rear.

3.4 Power cable management Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems,
- A head-mounted display unit,
- a display unit housing comprising a display;
- the head mounted display unit including an interfacing structure in facing relation to the user's face and constructed and arranged to engage the user's face;
a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on the user's face when in use;
- a battery pack to power the head-mounted display system;
- A power cable connecting the head mounted display unit and the battery pack.

Example:
- where the power cable enters the display unit housing outside the perimeter of the interfacing structure;
a display unit housing having a rearward facing side and an interfacing structure extending rearwardly from the rearward facing side, the rearward facing side being larger than the perimeter of the interfacing structure; the cable enters the display unit housing through an opening on the rear facing side;
・ The opening is inside the periphery of the display unit housing,
・ The opening is provided on the periphery of the display unit housing,
the rearward facing side has a rectangular shape, the interfacing structure has a rounded shape, and the rearward facing side openings are positioned proximate the corners of the rearward facing side rectangle; ,
- the head mounted display unit comprises one or more power cable retention features configured to constrain the position and/or orientation of the power cable within the display unit housing;
- The head-mounted display unit has two power cable retention features,
- The power cable retention feature is an annular rigid portion through which the power cable passes,
where the positioning and stabilizing structures are:
- A parietal strap portion configured to overlap the parietal bone of the user's head in use and an occipital strap portion configured to overlap or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head in use. and a posterior support portion comprising:
a pair of lateral strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, each configured to lie on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use; said pair of lateral strap portions, wherein said pair of lateral strap portions are
- an upper strap portion configured to connect between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit, said upper strap portion configured to cover an upper portion of the user's head in use; including
・ Here, the power cable is routed from the battery pack to the head mounted display unit along the upper strap area,
where the power cable runs from the battery pack to the head-mounted display unit along one of the crown strap section and the lateral strap section;
- where the power cable connects to the head-mounted display unit on its laterally facing side,
wherein the power cable extends along one of the occipital strap region and the lateral strap region; and/or where the power cable extends along one of the head mounted display unit and the battery pack. a slack region configured to allow for

3.5 Interfacing structure A head-mounted display system comprising:
a head-mounted display unit;
A positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged, in use, to hold a head-mounted display unit in an operative position over a user's face, such that the head-mounted display unit is in facing relationship with the user's face. said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising an interfacing structure constructed and arranged;
the interfacing structure includes an elastic and flexible face-engaging portion having a curved cross-section;
The face-engaging portion includes a radially outer rearwardly extending front portion and curves into a radially inner rearwardly extending rearward portion, a rearwardly facing surface of the rear portion providing a user contact surface.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure comprising an elastic body having a curved cross-section. and a flexible face-engaging portion, the face-engaging portion having a radially outer rearwardly extending front portion, curved to a radially inner rearwardly extending rearward portion, and a rearwardly facing rearward portion. A surface provides a contact surface for the user.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure comprising an elastic body having a curved cross-section. and a flexible face-engaging portion, wherein the face-engaging portion comprises a radially outward, rearwardly extending front portion.

In an embodiment, (a) the face-engaging portion is configured such that, in use, the posterior portion is biased toward engagement with the user's face, and (B) the face-engaging portion comprises an enclosed cross-section (c) the face engaging portion comprises a first closed loop portion and a second closed loop portion; (d) the first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are adapted to use (e) the first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are located proximate the user's cheek when in use; and (f) the face engaging portion comprises: bending about itself and overlapping to provide at least one closed loop portion; providing a portion, (h) the loop portion extending from the anterior position to the posterior position; (i) the cross-section of the loop portion tapers between the anterior and posterior positions; and (j) the loop portion. includes an arcuate portion between the forward position and the loop flange, (k) the loop flange overlies the forward-facing surface of the base portion, (l) the loop flange is secured to the base portion, and (m) the base portion and the loop portion are integrally formed as a single component; (n) the interfacing structure comprises a nostril nose portion extending between the cheek portions of the face engaging portion, the nostril portion comprising: A front nasal portion extending radially and upwardly beyond the anterior portion of the user's nose, the shaded nasal portion comprising a first beam portion and a second beam portion extending upwardly from the anterior nasal portion. Further comprising, the first beam segment and the second beam segment having a slot therebetween, the slot extending from the trailing edge of the shaded nasal segment toward the anterior nasal segment, the first beam segment and a second beam portion configured to span each side of the bridge of the user's nose in use; (o) the interfacing structure includes a foam cushion; the rear portion extends over the foam cushion; a) the face-engaging portion includes a cushion-supporting flange extending from a radially inwardly facing surface of the face-engaging portion; (q) a foam cushion provided between the cushion-supporting flange and the rearward portion; The engagement sites include a plurality of regions, each of the plurality of regions having a respective cross-sectional thickness, and (S) the face engagement sites include a forehead region, two cheek regions and, in use, the user's sphenoid bone. (t) a plurality of regions of the face-engaging region including two side regions proximate the region and connecting the forehead region to respective cheek regions; a region extending around an outer perimeter of the face-engaging region; and a region extending around an inner perimeter of the face-engaging region, wherein the first region and the second region a third region located therebetween; and a fourth region of each cheek region bounded by the first region and the third region; (v) a third region, at the forehead region, an upper forehead region extending beyond the center of the forehead region to the forehead region; (w) a second region includes an upper side portion each extending from a respective side portion toward an upper forehead portion; (x) a second region includes an outer peripheral forehead portion; (y) the first region has a thickness greater than the fourth region; (z) the fourth region has a thickness greater than the third region; The region has a greater thickness than the second region, and (aB) the anterior-posterior width of the first region is greater through the forehead region than through the cheek or side regions, and/or (ac) The width of the second region in the front-rear direction is greater through the forehead region than through the cheek region.

Another aspect of the technology relates to a head-mounted display system,
a head-mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on the user's face when in use;
a head-mounted display unit comprising an interfacing structure constructed and arranged in facing relationship with a user's face;
Here, the interfacing structure comprises a rigid support portion and a flexible and elastic face-engaging portion provided on the rigid support portion, the face-engaging portion having a curved cross-section.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged to face a user's face, the interfacing structure comprising a rigid support portion and a rigid support portion. A flexible and resilient face-engaging portion provided on the support portion, wherein the face-engaging portion has a curved cross-section.

In an embodiment, (a) the face-engaging portion includes a support flange and an integral face-engaging flange having a face-engaging surface, and (B) the overlapping portion of the face-engaging portion provides a rigid support. a biasing portion secured to the portion, wherein (c) the rigid support portion includes a positioning portion; and (d) the face-engaging portion is configured to bias the face-engaging portion toward the face of the user. (e) the biasing portion comprises a spring; (f) the biasing portion is received within the positioning portion; and/or (g) the face-engaging portion is between the rigid support portion and the face-engaging flange. contains the folding site.

In a further embodiment, (a) the interfacing structure comprises a foam section supported by a resilient and flexible face-engaging section, the foam section providing the face-engaging section, and (B) the foam (c) the foam portion is removably attached to the face-engaging flange; and/or (d) the foam cushion is a fabric and foam composite. , flocked foam, or raw foam.

In a further embodiment, (a) the interfacing structure includes a fabric layer provided on the elastic and flexible face-engaging portion, the fabric layer providing the face-engaging portion; and/or (c) the fabric layer is permanently attached to the face-engaging site.

Another aspect of the technology relates to a head-mounted display system,
a head-mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on the user's face when in use;
a head-mounted display unit comprising an interfacing structure constructed and arranged in facing relationship with a user's face;
Here, the interfacing structure comprises a face-engaging portion supported by a more rigid support portion, the face-engaging portion comprising a foam cushion and an elastomeric cover over the foam cushion.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure being supported by a more rigid support region. A supported face-engaging portion is provided, the face-engaging portion including a foam cushion and an elastomeric cover over the foam cushion.

In embodiments, (a) the face engaging portion includes a support flange and a cushion support flange extending from the support flange, (B) a foam cushion is provided on the cushion support flange, and (c) a cushion the cover is removably attached to the interfacing structure; (d) the cushion cover is permanently attached to the interfacing structure, the cushion cover integrally with the support flange and the cushion support flange; (e) the cushion cover does not extend around the foam cushion until it reaches the cushion support flange; and (f) the cushion support flange extends from the rigid support site. (g) the cushion cover extends from a position on the cushion support flange proximate the user's face in use; and (h) the face-engaging portion comprises: , including an overlapping portion secured to the rigid support portion, wherein (i) the cushion cover overlaps the foam cushion and the support flange; (j) an edge of the cushion cover is positioned proximate the rigid support portion; and/ or (k) the cushion cover is connected to the rigid support portion.

Another aspect of the technology relates to a head-mounted display system,
a head-mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on the user's face when in use;
a head-mounted display unit comprising an interfacing structure constructed and arranged in facing relationship with a user's face;
Here, the interfacing structure is integrally formed with the support structure as a single component that includes varying thicknesses to provide the desired level of stiffness and/or cushioning at the face-engaging area. and a face-engaging portion.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure comprising a support structure and a face-engaging structure. and a face-engaging portion integrally formed as a single component including varying thicknesses to provide a desired level of stiffness and/or cushioning on the surface.

In an embodiment, (a) the interfacing structure comprises a forehead region, two cheek regions, and two side regions that, in use, are proximate the user's sphenoid region and connect the forehead region to the respective cheek regions. (B) tabs extend from the free ends of the respective cheek portions; (c) the interfacing structure includes a first region extending around an inner perimeter of the interfacing structure; (d) The interfacing structure includes a second region extending around an outer perimeter of the interfacing structure, and (e) the interfacing structure is located between the first region and the second region. (f) the interfacing structure includes a fourth region at each cheek region bounded by the first region and the third region; (g) the first region includes a posterior forehead region at the forehead region extending upwardly from the interior perimeter of the interfacing structure; In a forehead region extending beyond the center of the forehead region to an anterior forehead region, including an upper forehead region, (i) a second region extending from each side region to the upper forehead region (j) the second region includes an outer peripheral forehead region; (k) the first region has a greater thickness than the fourth region; (l) the fourth region has a greater thickness than the third region; (m) the third region has a greater thickness than the second region; (o) the first region has a thickness of about 2 mm; (p) the fourth region has a thickness of 1.2 mm; (q) the fourth region has a thickness of about 1.5 mm; and (r) the second region has a thickness of 0.9 mm to 1.2 mm. (S) the second region has a thickness of about 1 mm; (t) the third region has a thickness of between 0.4 mm and 0.8 mm; Region 3 has a thickness of about 0.7 mm, (v) the width of the first region is wider through the forehead region than the cheek region, or the lateral region, and/or (w) the second region The width of the region is greater through the forehead region than the cheek region.

Another aspect of the technology relates to a head-mounted display system,
a head-mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on the user's face when in use;
a head-mounted display unit comprising an interfacing structure constructed and arranged in facing relationship with a user's face;
Here, the interfacing structure comprises a face engaging portion configured to be biased toward engagement with the user's face in use.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure interfacing with the user's face in use. A face engaging portion configured to be biased into engagement is included.

In an embodiment, (a) only selected regions of the face-engaging portion are biased toward engagement with the user's face, and (B) the interfacing structure is biased toward the face-engaging portion when unloaded. (c) the region is shaped to extend toward the user at a non-parallel angle to the surface of the user's face that the face-engaging portion is intended to engage; (d) the first interface portion corresponding to the recessed region is shaped to bias the face-engaging flange toward engagement with the user's face; A second interface portion corresponding to the region protruding into the face is shaped to avoid biasing the face-engaging flange toward engagement with the user's face.

Another aspect of the technology relates to a head-mounted display system,
a head-mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on the user's face when in use;
a head-mounted display unit comprising an interfacing structure constructed and arranged in facing relationship with a user's face;
Here, the interfacing structure comprises a chassis configured to allow airflow to the gap between the interfacing structure and the user.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure connecting the interfacing structure and the user. a chassis configured to allow airflow into a gap between the

In embodiments, (a) the chassis includes at least one opening, (B) the chassis includes one or more of a lateral opening, an upper opening, and a lower opening, and (c) the chassis includes: a main chassis portion configured to extend laterally across a user's face in use and a side chassis portion configured to extend generally rearwardly; (e) a head-mounted display unit comprising a display unit housing, an air path between the interfacing structure and the display unit housing; (f) the chassis includes a stiffener provided between the main chassis section and each side chassis section; (g) the chassis includes a main chassis section; (h) the interfacing structure includes a face-engaging portion; and/or (i) the face-engaging portion is integral with the chassis. .

3.6 Front Support Site Another aspect of the present technology relates to head-mounted display systems,
- a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;
- a positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
- a posterior support portion configured to engage a posterior portion of the user's head;
a pair of lateral strap segments configured to connect between the rear support segment and the head-mounted display unit, each configured to lie on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use; said pair of lateral strap portions, wherein said pair of lateral strap portions are
a front support portion configured to engage the user's head at a position that overlaps the frontal bone of the user's head in use;
- where the front support portion is connected to the head mounted display unit;

3.6.1 Front support section connecting to head-mounted display unit Examples:
- the positioning and stabilizing structure comprises a front connector connected between the front support portion and the head-mounted display unit;
- the anterior connector is located substantially in the sagittal plane of the user's head;
- the front connector is formed from a flexible material;
- The flexible material comprises a flexible inelastic material, such as a thermoplastic material,
- The flexible material comprises an elastic material, such as one of silicone, TPE, or elastic textile straps; and/or - The front connector is formed from a substantially rigid material, such as a thermoplastic material.

3.6.2 Front Support Section Connecting to Rear Support Section Further Examples:
- the positioning and stabilizing structure comprises a pair of lateral connectors respectively connected between the front support section and the rear support section;
- The posterior support portion includes a crown strap portion configured to overlap the parietal bone of the user's head when in use, and a posterior support portion configured to overlap or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head when in use. and a occipital strap region;
each of the lateral connectors is connected to a respective side of the posterior support section adjacent the occipital strap section or connected to a respective side of the occipital strap section;
- each lateral connector is elastically extensible;
- each lateral connector is adjustable in length;
each lateral connector is fixedly connected to the front support portion and attachable to the rear support portion in a detachable manner;
- each lateral connector is connected to the posterior support site by one snap button, one clip, or one hook-and-loop connection;
each lateral connector is removably attachable to the front support portion and detachably attachable to the rear support portion; and/or each lateral connector is removably attachable to the front support portion; and is fixedly connected to the rear support portion.

3.6.3 Frontal Support Section Connecting to Arm Further Examples:
- the head-mounted display unit comprises a display unit housing and a pair of arms extending from the display unit housing, each lateral strap portion connecting to a respective one of the arms;
- each lateral strap portion connects to the rearward end of each one of the pair of arms;
each lateral strap portion passes through an eyelet at the rearward end of the respective arm and is secured back onto itself; and/or each of the pair of arms is pivotable relative to the display unit housing. is.

Further examples:
- the positioning and stabilizing structure comprises a pair of lateral connectors each connected between the front support portion and a respective one of the pair of arms;
- each lateral connector is elastically extensible;
- each lateral connector is adjustable in length;
each lateral connector is fixedly connected to the front support portion and is detachably attachable to a respective one of the arms;
- each lateral connector is connected to a respective one of the arms by one snap button, one clip, or one hook-and-loop connection;
each lateral connector is removably attachable to the front support portion and removably attachable to a respective one of the arms; and/or each lateral connector is removably attachable to the front support portion; It is removably attachable to the support site and fixedly connected to a respective one of the arms.

3.7 Hair Strap Portion A positioning and stabilizing structure for a head-mounted display system configured to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operable position on the user's head during use. a stabilizing structure, said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
a posterior support portion configured to engage a posterior portion of the user's head;
one or more front support sections configured to connect the rear support section and the head mounted display unit in use;
a hair strap portion connected to the rear support portion, said hair strap portion being positionable between the user's head and hairs descending from the rear portion of the user's head in use.

Example:
- the one or more front support regions include a pair of lateral strap regions connecting the rear support regions to the head mounted display unit;
- the hair strap portion includes a pair of ends connected to respective lateral sides of the posterior support portion;
- each end of the hair strap portion is positioned proximate to the Frankfort horizontal plane of the user's head when in use;
- the hair strap portion is removably attachable to the posterior support portion at one or both ends;
the hair strap portion comprises a left strap portion and a right strap portion and is removably attachable thereto;
- the left strap portion is removably attachable to the right strap portion in use proximate the sagittal plane of the user's head;
- the hair strap portion is elastically extensible;
- the hair strap portion is substantially non-stretchable;
- The posterior support portion includes a crown strap portion configured to overlap the parietal bone of the user's head when in use, and a posterior support portion configured to overlap or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head when in use. and a occipital strap region;
- the hair strap section is connected to the occipital strap section in use; and/or - the hair strap section is connected to the occipital strap section proximate the end of the occipital strap section.

3.8 Inwardly Biased Interfacing Structure Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in facing relationship with a user's face, comprising: The interfacing structure comprises:
a chassis comprising a main chassis portion configured to extend laterally across a user's face in use and a side chassis portion configured to extend in a generally rearward direction;
a face-engaging portion connected around the perimeter of the chassis, the face-engaging portion configured to contact the user's face in use;
Here, each of the side chassis sections biases inwardly toward the user's head and biases the face-engaging section to provide each of the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid bone. Contact the user's head on the sides.

Example:
- the chassis is flexible, allowing the lateral chassis sections to expand laterally to the expanded configuration by the user's head and be biased inward toward the unexpanded configuration in use;
- The side chassis section is flexible to flex or pivot relative to the main chassis section and expands laterally to a configuration in which the side chassis section is expanded by the user's head and expands in use. allowing it to be biased inwardly toward a configuration without
- The side chassis sections can flex or pivot relative to the main chassis section to expand laterally relative to the configuration in which the side chassis sections are expanded by the user's head into a non-expanded configuration in use. each lateral chassis section being biased inwardly by a biasing component;
- the biasing component comprises a spring element configured to pull each side chassis section inward;
- the biasing component comprises a spring element configured to push each lateral chassis section inward;
- the face-engaging portion includes a face-engaging flange;
- the face-engaging flange curves inwardly from the chassis;
- the face-engaging flange is formed from silicone;
- the chassis comprises at least one opening between the main chassis section and each side chassis section; and/or - the head mounted display unit comprises a display unit housing, the interfacing structure and the display unit housing; An air path is provided in at least one opening between.

3.9 Positioning and Stabilizing Structures Connecting to Interfacing Structures Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems,
A head-mounted display unit,
a display unit housing comprising a display;
an interfacing structure configured to contact a user's face in use;
A positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold a head-mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
a posterior support portion configured to engage a posterior portion of the user's head;
a pair of lateral strap portions connected to the rear support portion and configured to connect to the interfacing structure of the head mounted display;

3.10 Positioning and stabilizing structures that pull the sides of the chassis inward Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems,
A head mounted display unit comprising a display and an interfacing structure, the interfacing structure comprising:
a main chassis portion configured to extend laterally across a user's face in use and one each configured to extend generally rearwardly from respective lateral sides of the main chassis portion; a chassis comprising a pair of side chassis sections;
a face-engaging portion connected around the perimeter of the chassis, the face-engaging portion configured to contact the user's face in use;
A positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold a head-mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
a posterior support portion configured to engage a posterior portion of the user's head;
a pair of lateral strap sections configured to connect the rear support section and the head-mounted display unit in use;
wherein, in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure is positioned at or near the user's sphenoid bone, with the side chassis portions being biased inwardly toward the user's head by the lateral strap portions during use. are connected to the head-mounted display unit to bias the face-engaging portion into contact with the user's head on each side of the user's head.

Example:
each lateral strap section is configured to connect to a respective side chassis section;
Each lateral strap segment pulls the respective lateral chassis segment rearwardly to bend or pivot the lateral chassis segments inwardly to position the face engaging segment against the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid bone. configured to bias into contact with the
- Each lateral strap section pushes the respective side chassis section inwards and flexes or pivots the side chassis section inwards so that the face engaging section rests against the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid bone. configured to bias into contact with the
each lateral strap section is configured to press inwardly on a respective side chassis section via a substantially rigid member;
- The posterior support portion comprises a parietal strap portion configured to overlap the parietal bone of the user's head in use, and a posterior support portion configured to overlap or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head in use. and a occipital strap region;
a pair of upper lateral strap portions each configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit on each side of the user's head in use; a pair of lower lateral strap portions each configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit on respective sides of the user's head;
- each of the upper lateral strap portions is configured to apply force to a head-mounted display unit having both an upper component and a rear component;
each of the lower lateral strap portions is configured to be removably connected to a respective lateral chassis portion with a magnetic connection; and/or a rear support portion is attached to the parietal bone of the user's skull A loop strap portion is provided having an overlapping upper portion and a lower portion overlapping the occipital bone of the user's skull.

3.11 Interfacing Structures Containing Two or More Components Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, comprising:
a head-mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on the user's face when in use;
a head-mounted display unit comprising an interfacing structure constructed and arranged in facing relationship with a user's face;
Here, the interfacing structure comprises a chassis and a face-engaging portion, at least a portion of which is configured to be removably attached to the chassis.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure comprising a chassis and a face-engaging portion. and at least a portion of the face-engaging portion is configured to be removably attached to the chassis.

In embodiments, (a) the removably attached portion(s) of the face-engaging portion may be provided at separate locations on the chassis; The site(s) may be provided in one or more of the forehead region and/or one or more cheek regions of the interfacing structure, and (c) are attached in removable form to the interfacing structure. The portion(s) may be provided on the entire perimeter of the chassis, or at least on a substantial portion thereof, and (d) the portion(s) removably attached to the interfacing structure are: (e) the face-engaging portion of the interfacing structure comprises at least one elastomeric portion and at least one foamed material; (f) at least one foam section may be attached to the interfacing structure such that the elastomeric section overlies the foam section to provide a face-engaging surface; (g ) the at least one foam portion may be attached to the chassis, the elastomeric portion, or both the chassis and the elastomeric portion; and (h) a portion of the face-engaging portion of the interfacing structure is permanently attached to the chassis. and/or (i) a space may be provided within the permanently attached portion of the face-engaging portion to allow positioning and attachment of the removably attached portion to the chassis; .

3.12 Housing Perimeter Inner Side Arms Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems,
a head-mounted display unit;
A positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on a user's face in use, said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
a posterior support portion configured to engage a posterior portion of the user's head;
A pair of lateral strap segments configured to connect between the rear support segment and the head mounted display unit, each configured to lie on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use. said pair of lateral strap portions,
Here, the head-mounted display unit is
a display unit housing comprising a display;
an interfacing structure configured to contact a user's face in use;
a pair of arms each extending rearwardly from the display unit housing, each arm configured to be attached to a respective one of the lateral strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure; and including
Here, the display unit housing has a rear side with a perimeter and each arm extends from the display unit housing from within the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display unit therefor.

Example:
- the interfacing structure has a perimeter, and each arm is located between the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing and the perimeter of the interfacing structure;
- each arm comprises an eyelet configured to receive a respective one of the lateral strap sections of the positioning and stabilizing structure;
- the eyelet of each arm is located at or near the rearward end of the respective arm;
- each of the pair of arms is pivotable relative to the display unit housing;
- each arm is configured to pivot in use about a horizontal axis perpendicular to the sagittal plane of the user's head;
- each arm is configured to pivot over an angular range of at least 9 degrees; and/or - the angular range is at least 19 degrees.

Further examples:
- each arm has a predetermined resistance to pivoting movement relative to the display unit housing;
- each arm is configured to pivot between a plurality of predetermined incremental directions, and a predetermined resistance to pivoting motion allows the arms to pivot from one predetermined incremental direction to another predetermined incremental direction; required to be overcome before
each arm has one or more first engagement features configured to sequentially engage a plurality of second engagement features of the head mounted display unit during pivoting of the arm between predetermined incremental directions; with matching features,
- each arm comprises a single first engagement feature;
each arm comprises a plurality of first engagement features, each first engagement feature configured to engage a respective one of the second engagement features at a time, and pivoting of the arm; configured to move sequentially between the second engagement features in
- each arm comprises a plurality of first engagement features configured to engage one or more second engagement features of the head mounted display unit and one or more second engagement features; the features are configured to sequentially engage the first engagement feature during pivoting of the arm between predetermined incremental directions;
- the first engagement feature is a protrusion and the second engagement feature is a recess; and/or - the first engagement feature is a recess and the second engagement feature is a protrusion.

Further examples:
- each arm includes a hub portion pivotally connected to the display unit housing and an elongated portion extending from the hub portion;
- the one or more first engagement features of each arm are provided on an elongated portion of the arm;
each arm is configured to deform to allow one or more first engagement features to move sequentially between second engagement features during pivoting of the arm; and/or each arm. is configured to bias the elongated portion of the arm toward the second engagement feature such that the one or more first engagement features are biased into engagement with the second engagement feature. springs.

Further examples:
- the one or more first engagement features of each arm are provided in a circular array on the hub portion of the arm and are configured to rotate with the hub portion about the pivot point of the arm;
- a first engagement feature of each arm faces radially away from the pivot point and a second engagement feature faces radially away from the pivot point;
- a first engagement feature of each arm faces radially toward the pivot point and a second engagement feature faces radially away from the pivot point;
- A first engagement feature is provided in a deformable portion of the hub portion, the deformable portion being capable of sequential movement between the first engagement feature and the second engagement feature when the arm is pivoted. configured to transform into a
- the hub portion is raised relative to the arm and includes a deformable portion and a raised portion with a first engagement feature, the raised portion includes a hole adjacent each deformable portion, the hole extending through the arm; is pivoted, the deformable portion and the first engagement feature can be deformed toward the hole such that the first engagement feature can be sequentially moved between the second engagement features;
each deformable portion includes one or more cantilevered arm portions having at least one of the first engagement features thereon, the cantilevered arm portions moving to the first position when the arms are pivoted; configured to deform such that the engagement feature can be moved sequentially between the second engagement features;
- each cantilever arm segment has a single first engagement feature at its end;
- each cantilever arm portion has a plurality of first engagement features thereon;
- the raised portion is S-shaped; and/or - the first engaging feature of the arm forms a snap-fit connection with the head-mounted display unit to connect the arm to the head-mounted display unit.

Further examples:
- the first engagement feature faces away from the hub portion of the arm toward the second engagement feature in a direction parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm;
- The hub portion moves parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm away from the second engagement feature, allowing the first engagement feature to move sequentially between the second engagement features as the arm is pivoted. and/or the hub portion is biased toward the second engagement feature by a spring.

Further examples:
- each of the arms is connected to the display unit housing such that each arm is required to overcome a predetermined static torque resistance to pivot relative to the display unit housing;
- the predetermined static torque resistance is provided by static friction;
The head-mounted display system includes a pair of friction rings, each of which is attached to each of the arms to provide the static friction that needs to be overcome for each arm to pivot relative to the display unit housing. attached in contact with one and an adjacent surface within the head mounted display unit;
- each friction ring is positioned within a friction ring cavity defined in part by the respective arm and in part by the site of the head-mounted display unit to which the arm is attached;
- each arm is attached to a respective one of a pair of arm attachment sites;
- each arm is attached to a respective one of a pair of arm attachment sites, the display unit housing comprising a pair of lateral sites on opposite lateral sides of the display unit housing, each of the arm attachment sites; are attached to the medial side of each one of the lateral sections,
- each arm is located between a respective arm mounting portion and a respective lateral portion of the display unit housing;
each arm has a cross-sectional shape with a major axis and a minor axis, the major axis being greater than the minor axis, wherein the length of each arm located inside the display unit housing; at a point along the hem, the long axis is oriented at an oblique angle to the sagittal plane of the user's head in use,
- at points along the length of each arm located inside the display unit housing, the long axis of the cross-sectional shape has a midline supra-inferolateral orientation in use;
- each arm is shaped such that the major axis of the cross-section changes orientation along the length of the arm; and/or - a point along the length of each arm located outside the display unit housing. , the long axis is oriented substantially parallel to the sagittal plane of the user's head in use.

Further examples:
- The head mounted display unit comprises a pair of electronic volumes, each electronic volume located on a respective side of the head mounted display unit and proximate to a respective one of the arms, each electronic volume having one Including the above electronic components.
- Each arm includes a hub portion pivotally connected to the display unit housing at a pivot point and an elongated portion extending from the hub portion.
• The elongated portion is curved to avoid interference with the electronic volume.
each arm includes an eyelet for connection with a lateral strap portion, the elongated portion includes an offset portion offset from an axis passing through the eyelet and the pivot point, and/or the electronic volume includes a sensor, One or more of batteries, processors, or audio speakers are included.

3.13 The arms have elastic connector elements connected to the lateral strap sections.

Another aspect of the technology relates to a head-mounted display system,
a head-mounted display unit;
A positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on a user's face in use, said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
a posterior support portion configured to engage a posterior portion of the user's head;
A pair of lateral strap segments configured to connect between the rear support segment and the head mounted display unit, each configured to lie on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use. said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising said pair of lateral strap portions;
Here, the head-mounted display unit is
a display unit housing comprising a display;
an interfacing structure configured to contact a user's face in use;
A pair of arms, each arm extending rearwardly from the display unit housing, each arm configured to be removably attached directly to a respective one of the lateral strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure. said pair of arms;
a pair of elastic connectors, each elastic connector configured to form an elastic connector connecting a respective one of the lateral strap portions to a respective one of the arms; including
Here, the elastic connector is adapted to stretch during attachment and detachment of the head mounted display system when the lateral strap portion is not directly attached to the arm while maintaining an elastic connector between the lateral strap portion and the arm. configured to

Example:
- each arm includes a hub portion and an elongated portion, and an elastic connector is connected to the elongated portion at an elastic connector connection point;
each arm includes an eyelet at the rearward end of the arm configured to connect to a respective lateral strap segment;
- the elastic connector connection point is located anteriorly with respect to the eyelet;
- each elastic connector is permanently connected to a respective arm; and/or - each elastic connector is removably attached to a respective lateral strap portion.

3.14 Arms Configured to Pivot in Predetermined Incremental Directions Another aspect of the present technology relates to head-mounted display systems,
a head-mounted display unit;
A positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on a user's face in use, said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
a posterior support portion configured to engage a posterior portion of the user's head;
A pair of lateral strap segments configured to connect between the rear support segment and the head mounted display unit, each configured to lie on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use. said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising said pair of lateral strap portions;
Here, the head-mounted display unit is
a display unit housing comprising a display;
an interfacing structure configured to contact a user's face in use;
a pair of arms each extending rearwardly from the display unit housing, each arm configured to be attached to a respective one of the lateral strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure; and including
Here, each arm is configured to pivot between a plurality of predetermined incremental directions relative to the display unit housing, and the predetermined resistance to pivotal movement is such that the arms move from one predetermined incremental direction to another predetermined incremental direction. It must be overcome before it can turn in incremental directions.

Example:
- the display unit housing has a rear side with a perimeter, each arm extending from the display unit housing from within the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing;
each of the arms has one or more first engagements configured to sequentially engage a plurality of second engagement features of the head mounted display unit during pivoting of the arms between predetermined incremental directions; with matching characteristics,
- each arm consists of a single first engagement feature;
each of the arms comprises a plurality of first engagement features, each first engagement feature configured to engage a respective one of the second engagement features at a time, and pivoting of the arm; configured to move sequentially between the second engagement features in
- each of the arms comprises a plurality of first engagement features configured to engage one or more second engagement features of the head mounted display unit, the one or more second engagement features; the features are configured to sequentially engage the first engagement feature during pivoting of the arm between predetermined incremental directions;
- the first engagement feature is a protrusion and the second engagement feature is a recess; and/or - the first engagement feature is a recess and the second engagement feature is a protrusion.

Further examples:
- each arm includes a hub portion pivotally connected to the display unit housing and an elongated portion extending from the hub portion;
- the one or more first engagement features of each arm are provided on an elongated portion of the arm;
each arm is configured to deform to allow one or more first engagement features to move sequentially between second engagement features during pivoting of the arm; and/or each arm is , such that the one or more first engagement features are biased into engagement with the second engagement feature, so as to bias the elongated portion of the arm toward the second engagement feature. Includes configured springs.

Further examples:
- the one or more first engagement features of each arm are provided in a circular array on the hub portion of the arm and configured to rotate with the hub portion about the pivot point of the arm;
- the first engagement feature of each arm faces radially away from the pivot point and the second engagement feature faces radially toward the pivot point;
- the first engagement feature of each arm faces radially toward the pivot point and the second engagement feature faces radially away from the pivot point;
- A first engagement feature is provided on a deformable portion of the hub portion, the deformable portion being capable of sequential movement between the first engagement feature and the second engagement feature when the arm is pivoted. configured to transform into a
the hub portion is raised relative to the arm and includes a raised portion including a deformable portion and a first engagement feature, the raised portion including a hole adjacent each deformable portion, the hole through which the arm pivots; is capable of deforming the deformable portion and the first engagement feature toward the hole such that the first engagement feature can sequentially move between the second engagement features when the
- each deformable portion includes one or more cantilever arm portions having at least one first engagement feature thereon, the cantilever arm portions engaging the first engagement when the arms are pivoted; configured to deform such that the mating feature can be moved sequentially between the second mating features;
- each cantilever arm segment has a single first engagement feature at its end;
- each cantilever arm portion has a plurality of first engagement features thereon;
- the raised portion is S-shaped; and/or - the first engagement feature of the arm forms a snap-fit connection to the head-mounted display unit for connecting the arm to the head-mounted display unit.

Further examples:
- the first engagement feature faces away from the hub portion of the arm toward the second engagement feature in a direction parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm;
- the hub portion moves parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm and moves from the second engagement feature such that the first engagement feature can sequentially move between the second engagement features as the arm pivots; and/or the hub portions are biased toward the second engagement feature by a spring.

3.15 Arm Slidably and Pivotally Connected to Display Unit Housing Another aspect of the present technology relates to head-mounted display systems,
a head-mounted display unit;
A positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on a user's face in use, said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
a posterior support portion configured to engage a posterior portion of the user's head;
A pair of lateral strap segments configured to connect between the rear support segment and the head mounted display unit, each configured to lie on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use. said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising said pair of lateral strap portions;
Here, the head-mounted display unit is
a display unit housing comprising a display;
an interfacing structure configured to contact a user's face in use;
a pair of arms each extending rearwardly from the display unit housing, each arm configured to be attached to a respective one of the lateral strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure; and including
Here, each arm is slidably connected to the display unit housing and slidably configured to pivot about a pivot point.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display unit therefor.

Example:
- each arm is slidably connected to the display unit housing at a position spaced from its respective pivot point;
each arm is slidably connected to a respective one of a pair of guides of the display unit housing so as to slide along and pivot about a respective pivot point;
・ Each guide is long and curved,
- the forward end of each arm is located in close proximity to a respective one of the guides;
- The display unit housing has a pair of posterior posterior points, the posterior points located on respective lateral sides of the display unit housing, and each guide to a respective one of the posterior posterior points of the display unit housing. located close to
- the display unit housing has a rear side with a perimeter, each arm extending from the display unit housing from within the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing;
- the interfacing structure has a perimeter, and each arm is located between the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing and the perimeter of the interfacing structure;
- each arm is attached to a respective one of a pair of arm attachment sites, the display unit housing comprising a pair of lateral sites on opposite lateral sides of the display unit housing, each of the arm attachment sites comprising: attached to the medial side of each one of the lateral sections;
- each arm is located between a respective arm mounting portion and a respective lateral portion of the display unit housing;
- each arm is configured to pivot in use about a horizontal axis perpendicular to the sagittal plane of the user's head;
- each arm is configured to pivot over an angular range of at least 9 degrees;
- the angular range is at least 19 degrees;
- each arm has a predetermined resistance to pivoting movement relative to the display unit housing;
- each arm comprises an eyelet configured to receive a respective one of the lateral strap sections of the positioning and stabilizing structure;
- the eyelet of each arm is located at or near the rearward end of the respective arm;
- each arm has a predetermined resistance to pivoting movement relative to the display unit housing;
each arm is configured to pivot between a plurality of predetermined incremental directions, and a predetermined resistance to pivotal motion is provided to allow the arm to pivot from one predetermined incremental direction to another predetermined incremental direction; required to be overcome before it is possible,
- the display unit housing comprises a plurality of recesses corresponding to predetermined incremental directions, each arm comprising a protrusion configured to fit into each recess;
each arm is connected to the display unit housing such that each arm is required to overcome a predetermined static torque resistance in order to pivot relative to the display unit housing; The static torque resistance of is provided by static friction.

3.16 HEADGEAR BUCKLES INTEGRATED WITH INTERFACING STRUCTURES Another aspect of the present technology relates to head-mounted display systems,
a head-mounted display unit;
A positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on a user's face in use, said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
a posterior support portion configured to engage a posterior portion of the user's head;
A pair of lateral strap segments configured to connect between the rear support segment and the head mounted display unit, each configured to lie on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use. said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising said pair of lateral strap portions;
said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising a rear support portion and an upper strap portion configured to connect between the head mounted display unit;
Here, the head-mounted display unit is
a display unit housing;
An interfacing structure constructed and arranged in facing relationship with a user's face, said interfacing structure comprising:
a face engaging portion configured to engage a user's face in use;
a chassis connected to the face-engaging portion, the chassis further connected to the display unit housing to attach the interfacing structure to the display unit housing; ,
Here, the chassis is configured to attach to the upper strap portion.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display unit therefor.

Example:
- The chassis has an eyelet that can be looped back around the top strap area and secured to itself.
- the eyelet is formed by both the chassis and the display unit housing such that the upper strap portion can wrap around both a portion of the chassis and a portion of the display unit housing;
- the eyelet is formed in an upwardly projecting portion of the chassis; and/or - the upwardly projecting portion projects through an opening in the display unit housing.

3.17 Lateral Occipital Strap Sites Attached Using Removable Fasteners Another aspect of the present technology relates to head-mounted display systems,
a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;
A positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold a head-mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
A posterior support portion configured to engage a posterior portion of a user's head, said posterior support portion comprising:
a crown strap portion configured to cover the parietal bones of the user's head in use;
a medial occipital region configured to overlap or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head in use;
A pair of lateral occipital strap segments configured to connect between a crown strap segment and a medial occipital strap segment, each lateral occipital strap segment, in use, on a respective lateral side of the user's head. the pair of lateral occipital strap regions configured to lie at the posterior support portion;
A pair of lateral strap segments configured to connect between the rear support segment and the head mounted display unit, each configured to lie on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use. said pair of lateral strap portions,
an upper strap portion configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, the upper strap portion configured to cover an upper portion of the user's head in use; the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
Here, each of the pair of lateral occipital strap portions is configured to be removably attached to the medial occipital region.

Example:
- the head-mounted display system comprises a battery pack for powering the head-mounted display system, wherein the battery pack is configured to be positioned rearwardly relative to the user's head when in use;
- the battery pack is configured to be connected to the upper strap portion when in use;
- the medial occipital region comprises an occipital stiffener;
- the medial occipital region forms part of the upper strap region of the positioning and stabilizing structure;
・ The medial occipital region has a medial occipital region strap,
- the medial occipital region forms a substantially inextensible layer of the upper strap region;
- the medial occipital region is permanently attached within the upper strap region;
- the medial occipital region is permanently attached to the user-facing layer of the upper strap region;
- the positioning and stabilizing structure comprises a removable fastener between each of the pair of lateral occipital strap regions and the medial occipital region;
- each removable clasp comprises a clasp portion configured to attach to a corresponding connection point;
- the medial occipital region comprises a pair of connection points configured to connect to corresponding fastener regions provided on each lateral occipital strap region;
- each detachable clasp comprises a magnetic clasp;
- each magnetic clasp comprises a magnetic clip portion configured to be magnetically attached to a respective one of the connection points;
each of the pair of lateral occipital strap regions is configured to be adjustable in length; One section is threaded through each one of the eyelets and secured back onto itself.

3.18 Washable user contact layer separable from outer layer of top strap region Another aspect of the present technology relates to head-mounted display systems,
a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;
A positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold a head-mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
A posterior support portion configured to engage a posterior portion of a user's head, the posterior support portion configured to overlap the parietal bones of the user's head in use; and a crown strap portion. an occipital strap portion configured to overlap or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head in use;
A pair of lateral strap segments configured to connect between the rear support segment and the head mounted display unit, each configured to lie on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use. said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising said pair of lateral strap portions;
An upper strap portion configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, the upper strap portion configured to cover an upper portion of the user's head in use and provide a face to the user. and said upper strap portion comprising a layer to hold and an outer layer, said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
Here, the user-facing layers of the top strap section, crown strap section, occipital strap section and lateral strap section are separable from the outer layer of the top strap section.

Example:
- The user-facing layers of the top strap region, crown strap region, occipital strap region, and lateral strap region form a washable region of the positioning and stabilizing structure, the washable region being attached to the top for washing. separable from the outer layer of the strap region;
- the outer layer of the upper strap portion is configured to connect to the head-mounted display unit;
・ The occipital strap part is connected to the upper strap part in a detachable form,
- the upper strap portion is configured to be connected to the occipital strap portion via a pivotable connection;
- the pivotable connection comprises a press stud connection;
the occipital strap sites include a pair of lateral occipital strap sites configured to connect between the crown strap sites and the superior strap sites, each lateral occipital strap site extending on the user's head in use; configured to lie on each lateral side,
each of the lateral occipital strap regions is adjustable in length;
- each of the lateral occipital strap regions is configured to be connected to the upper strap region via a magnetic fastener;
- the upper strap region is permanently connected to the occipital strap region;
the occipital strap portion includes an occipital connection tab, the upper strap portion includes an occipital connection tab hole, the occipital connection tab is configured to pass through the occipital connection tab hole and be secured to the upper strap portion, and/or - The occipital connection tab can be connected to the upper strap area by a press stud connection.

Further examples:
- The head mounted display system comprises a battery pack for powering the head mounted display system, the battery pack configured to lie rearwardly relative to the user's head when in use, and the top strap portion comprising: connected to the battery pack when in use,
- the upper strap region includes an outer sleeve forming an outer layer of the upper strap region;
- the outer sleeve is connected to the battery pack;
- the head-mounted display system comprises a power cable connected between the battery pack and the head-mounted display unit at the user, the power cable disposed within the outer sleeve;
- the power cable is capable of sliding into the outer sleeve along the length of the outer sleeve;
- the washable portion is removably attached to the outer sleeve by one or more hook-and-loop connections; and/or - the outer sleeve comprises a plurality of hook portions;
・ The washable part has a surface formed of continuous loop material to which the hook part can be attached,
・ The washable part corresponds to the hook part and has a plurality of unbroken loop parts to which the hook part can be attached,
- the upper strap portion comprises a substantially non-stretchable layer positioned between the outer layer and the layer facing the user in use;
- the substantially inextensible layer is semi-rigid;
- the battery pack is removably connected to the substantially non-stretchable layer; and/or - the substantially non-stretchable layer and the battery pack are configured to removably connect the battery pack to the substantially non-stretchable layer. and corresponding first and second fastener portions.

Further examples:
- the substantially non-stretchable layer is located within the outer sleeve; and/or - the washable portion is separable from the substantially non-stretchable layer.

Further examples:
- the washable non-stretchable layer forms part of the washable site;
- the upper strap portion includes a user-contacting portion forming a user-facing layer, and a substantially non-stretchable layer is provided on the user-contacting portion;
- the user-contacting portion includes a user-contacting sleeve, and the substantially inextensible layer is located within the user-contacting sleeve;
- the user contacting sleeve comprises a stiffener opening into which the substantially inextensible layer is removably inserted;
- The battery pack covers the stiffener opening when in use,
- the user-contacting sleeve comprises a clasp opening that allows the battery pack to be removably attached to the substantially inextensible layer;
- the substantially inextensible layer comprises a first fastener portion extending through the fastener opening and configured to connect to a corresponding second fastener portion of the battery pack;
- The battery pack covers the fastener opening when in use,
- the occipital connection tab is configured to connect to the user contacting sleeve on the non-user facing side of the user contacting sleeve;
the occipital connection tab passes through a first user-contacting sleeve hole on the user-facing side of the user-contacting sleeve and passes through a second user-contacting sleeve hole on the non-user-facing side of the user-contacting sleeve; and/or the occipital connection tab is configured to connect to the user contacting sleeve with a hook and loop fastener.

3.18.1 Battery pack structure Further examples:
- the battery pack comprises a battery pack housing connected to the battery pack base;
- the upper strap portion comprises a user contact portion forming a layer facing the user;
- the battery pack base is configured to connect to the user contact portion of the upper strap portion;
- the battery pack includes a cable guide configured to guide the power cable;
- the cable guide includes an elongated portion through which the power cable can slide into and out of the battery pack housing;
・ The elongated part is rigid,
- the cable guide comprises a cable guide attachment site configured to be connected to the battery pack base;
- the battery pack base includes a cable guide mount for the cable guide, the cable guide mount configured to connect to the cable guide mounting site;
- the cable guide comprises one or more teeth configured to engage the upper strap portion;
- the upper strap portion includes an outer sleeve forming an outer layer of the upper strap portion, the outer sleeve being connected to the battery pack;
- the power cable is located within the outer sleeve;
- the power cable is capable of sliding into the outer sleeve along the length of the outer sleeve;
- the teeth of the cable guide are configured to engage the outer sleeve to secure the outer sleeve to the battery pack;
- the cable guide comprises a plurality of teeth;
- the tooth is located in the elongated portion of the cable guide and faces outward;
nipping the outer sleeve against the battery pack base with the teeth of the cable guide;
- at least a portion of the elongated portion of the cable guide is positioned within the outer sleeve when in use;
- the cable guide mount comprises one or more teeth configured to engage the upper strap portion;
- the teeth of the cable guide mount are configured to engage the outer sleeve to secure the outer sleeve to the battery pack;
The teeth of the cable guide mount pinch the outer sleeve against the cable guide,
- the battery pack base comprises a base recess configured to receive a occipital strap section connection tab configured to connect the occipital strap section to a user contact section of the top strap section;
the battery pack includes a cable stopper secured to the power cable within the battery pack, the cable stopper configured to limit the extent to which the power cable can extend from the battery pack;
the cable stopper is annular and comprises an adjustment screw configured to reduce the diameter of the cable stopper to engage the power cable; and/or the cable stopper is configured to engage the power cable. Equipped with an internal thread.

Further examples:
- the battery pack housing is provided with a power cable opening through which the cable guide extends out of the battery pack housing;
- the battery pack housing comprises a power cable divider configured to house a portion of the power cable and one or more cell dividers configured to house the battery cells;
- the battery pack housing comprises one or more partition walls separating the power cable partition and the one or more cell partitions;
- the power cable opening is aligned with the power cable partition;
- the battery pack comprises two cell dividers and the power cable divider is located between the two cell dividers;
- the battery pack is oriented vertically along a left-right axis in use and comprises cells arranged in series; and/or - the cells are tilted inward on the rear side of the back of the battery.

Further examples:
the power cable comprises a service loop inside the battery pack configured to provide for elongation and retraction of the power cable from and into the battery pack;
- the power cable enters the battery pack in a direction substantially parallel to the battery pack base and bends away from the battery pack base to form a service loop;
- The power cable enters at an angle to the battery pack base and bends towards the battery pack base to form a service loop.
- The cable guide is provided with a cloth sleeve,
- the cable guide comprises one or more lead-in features configured to guide the power cable into the fabric sleeve;
- the cable guide includes one or more rollers configured to reduce friction acting on the power cable at the entrance of the fabric sleeve;
・ The cloth sleeve is located inside the battery pack,
・ The cloth sleeve is located on the outside of the battery pack,
- the battery pack comprises one or more standoffs configured to constrain the shape and/or movement of the power cable within the battery pack;
- one or more sections of the power cable between the service loop and one or more battery cells to which the power cable is connected are fixed in position within the battery pack; and/or - the service loop of the power cable. is formed into a curve with a sufficiently small bend radius such that the service loop does not come into frictional contact with the battery pack housing radially outside the curve.

3.19 Hook-and-Loop Connections in Top Strap Area Another aspect of the present technology relates to head-mounted display systems,
a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;
A positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold a head-mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
a posterior support portion configured to engage a posterior portion of the user's head;
A pair of lateral strap segments configured to connect between the rear support segment and the head mounted display unit, each configured to lie on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use. said pair of lateral strap portions,
an upper strap portion configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, the upper strap portion configured to cover an upper portion of a user's head in use and a user contact portion; and said upper strap portion comprising an outer layer;
Here, the user contact portion of the top strap portion and the outer layer of the top strap portion are removably connected by one or more hook-and-loop connections.

Example:
- The posterior support portion includes a crown strap portion configured to overlap the parietal bone of the user's head when in use, and a posterior support portion configured to overlap or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head when in use. and a occipital strap region;
- the crown strap region, the occipital strap region and the lateral strap region are separable from the outer layer of the superior strap region along with the user contact region by separation of hook-and-loop connections;
The user contacting portions of the top strap portion, crown strap portion, occipital strap portion and lateral strap portion form a washable portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure, the washable portion being attached to the top strap portion for washing. separable from the outer layer,
- the outer layer of the upper strap portion is configured to connect to the head-mounted display unit;
- The occipital strap area can be detachably connected to the user contact area of the upper strap area,
- The head mounted display system comprises a battery pack for powering the head mounted display system, the battery pack configured to lie rearwardly relative to the user's head when in use, and the top strap portion comprising: connected to the battery pack when in use,
- the upper strap portion includes an outer sleeve forming an outer layer of the upper strap portion, the outer sleeve being connected to the battery pack;
- the head mounted display system comprises a power cable connected between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit, the power cable being disposed within the outer sleeve;
- the outer sleeve comprises a plurality of hook portions;
- The user contact part has a surface formed of continuous loop material to which the hook part can be attached,
- the user contact portion comprises a plurality of continuous loop portions corresponding to the hook portions and to which the hook portions can be attached;
- the outer sleeve comprises a plurality of loop portions, and the user contact portion comprises a plurality of hook portions corresponding to and configured to attach to the loop portions;
- the upper strap portion includes a substantially non-stretchable layer; and/or - the substantially non-stretchable layer is semi-rigid.

3.20 Interfacing Structures Including Foam Components Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, comprising:
a head-mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on the user's face in use;
the head-mounted display unit comprising an interfacing structure constructed and arranged in facing relationship with the user's face;
wherein the interfacing structure includes a support portion and a face-engaging portion provided on the support portion;
wherein the support region comprises a first foam region and the face-engaging region comprises a second foam region;
Here, the first foam section has a greater stiffness than the second foam section.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure comprising a support portion and a support portion. a face-engaging region provided in the support region, the support region including a first foam region, the face-engaging region including a second foam region, and the first foam comprising a second foam region has a stiffness greater than

In further embodiments, (a) the first foam section and the second foam section may be made of the same material but have different densities, and (B) the first foam section is the same as the first foam section. and the second foam section may have a second density that is less than the first density; (c) the foam section is a viscoelastic foam or a polyurethane foam; (d) the face-engaging portion may comprise one of raw foam, a fabric and foam composite, or flocked foam; (e) the support portion may comprise: and/or (f) a first support portion extending in a first direction and a second support portion extending in a second direction from the first support portion; A support portion may extend in a generally radial direction across the user's face, and a second support portion may extend in a generally posterior direction toward the user's face.

Another aspect of the technology relates to a head-mounted display system,
a head-mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on the user's face in use;
the head-mounted display unit comprising an interfacing structure constructed and arranged in facing relationship with the user's face;
wherein the interfacing structure includes a support portion and a face-engaging portion provided on the support portion;
Here, the support portion and the face-engaging portion are integrally formed as a single component, and the support portion and the face-engaging portion are made of foam material.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure comprising a support portion and a support portion. a face-engaging portion provided in the support portion and the face-engaging portion are integrally formed as a single component, the support portion and the face-engaging portion being made from a foam material.

In further embodiments, (a) the face-engaging portion may be curved, and (B) the interfacing structure includes a recurve transition between the support portion and the face-engaging portion, generally hook-shaped in cross-section. (c) the one-piece support portion and face-engaging portion may be thermoformed; and/or (d) the foam material may be raw foam, fabric and foam It may comprise one of a composite, or a flocked foam.

3.21 Interfacing Structures Including At Least One Loop Portion Another aspect of the technology relates to a head-mounted display system, comprising:
a head-mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on the user's face in use;
the head-mounted display unit comprising an interfacing structure constructed and arranged in facing relationship with the user's face;
wherein the interfacing structure includes an elastic and flexible face-engaging portion, the face-engaging portion having a curved cross-section;
Here, the face engaging portion includes at least one closed loop portion having a closed cross section.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged to face a user's face, the interfacing structure comprising an elastic and flexible A face-engaging portion having a curved cross-section, wherein the face-engaging portion includes at least one closed loop portion having a closed cross-section.

In a further embodiment, (a) the face-engaging portion includes a first closed-loop portion and a second closed-loop portion, and (B) the first closed-loop portion and the second closed-loop portion overlap the user's nose in use. (c) the first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are located proximate the user's cheeks when in use; and (d) the face engaging portion extends around itself. (e) the face engaging portion comprises a base portion and a loop portion including a loop flange, the loop flange overlapping the base portion to provide a closed loop portion; (f) A loop portion extends from a forward position to a rearward position, (g) a cross-section of the loop portion tapers between the forward position and the rearward position, and (h) the loop portion is between the forward position and the loop flange. and (i) the loop portion includes an arcuate portion between the anterior position and the loop flange; (j) the arcuate portion tapers in cross-section between the anterior position and the loop flange; (k) the loop flange overlaps the forward facing surface of the base portion, (l) the loop flange is secured to the base portion, and (m) the base portion and the loop portion are provided as separate parts to provide a closed loop portion. and/or (n) the base portion and the loop portion are integrally formed as a single component.

3.22 Interfacing Structures Including Shaded Nose Regions Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, comprising:
a head-mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on the user's face in use;
The head-mounted display comprises an interfacing structure constructed and arranged to face a user's face, the interfacing structure including a support portion and a face-engaging portion provided on the support portion;
wherein the interfacing structure includes a light blocking nose portion extending between the cheeks of the face engaging portion;
wherein the light shielding nasal region comprises a front nasal region extending radially and upwardly beyond the front of the user's nose;
Here, the light-shielding nasal portion further comprises a first beam portion and a second beam portion extending upwardly from the anterior nasal portion, the first beam portion and the second beam portion extending therebetween. a slot extending from the trailing edge of the shaded nose portion toward the anterior nose portion, the first beam portion and the second beam portion flank respective sides of the bridge of the user's nose in use; configured to

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure being provided on a support portion. and a face-engaging portion;
wherein the interfacing structure includes a light blocking nose portion extending between the cheeks of the face engaging portion;
wherein the light shielding nasal region comprises a front nasal region extending radially and upwardly beyond the front of the user's nose;
Here, the light-shielding nasal portion further comprises a first beam portion and a second beam portion extending upwardly from the anterior nasal portion, the first beam portion and the second beam portion extending therebetween. a slot extending from the trailing edge of the shaded nose portion toward the anterior nose portion, the first beam portion and the second beam portion flank respective sides of the bridge of the user's nose in use; configured to

3.23 Interfacing Structure Removably Attached to Head Mounted Display Another aspect of the technology relates to a head mounted display system, comprising:
a head-mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on the user's face in use;
Here, the head-mounted display unit is
an interfacing structure configured and arranged in facing relationship with a user's face, said interfacing structure comprising:
a face engaging portion configured to engage a user's face in use;
a chassis connected to the face-engaging portion, the chassis being detachably attached to the chassis mounting portion of the head-mounted display;
Here, the chassis comprises a plurality of chassis catch sites, the chassis mounting sites comprising a plurality of mounting catch sites, the chassis catch sites configured to engage the mounting catch sites to attach the chassis to the chassis mounting sites. be done.

In an embodiment, (a) the chassis catch portion includes a catch projection, (B) the catch projection includes a rearwardly facing catch surface, and (c) the rearwardly facing catch surface extends radially outward and forward. (d) the catch projection includes a forward-facing guide surface; (e) the forward-facing guide surface is angled radially inward and forward from the rearward-facing catch surface; (f) the chassis catch portion includes a flange extending forwardly from the catch projection; (g) the flange extends radially inward; A surface comprising: (i) an anteriorly facing catch surface angled in a radially medial anterior direction; (j) an attachment catch portion comprising a rearwardly facing guide surface; and (k) an attachment catch portion. includes a transition surface between a rearward-facing guide surface and a forward-facing catch surface, (l) the transition surface angled radially inward rearwardly from the forward-facing catch surface; (m) the angle between the transition surface and the forwardly facing catch surface is an acute angle; (o) the chassis comprises a body portion; the chassis mounting portion comprises a chassis receiving portion configured to receive the body portion; p) the body portion includes a U-channel cross-section; and/or (q) the chassis-receiving portion includes an L-channel cross-section.

3.24 Ventilation of Interfacing Structures Via Tortuous Paths Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems,
a head-mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on the user's face in use;
Here, the head-mounted display unit is
a display unit housing;
An interfacing structure constructed and arranged in facing relationship with a user's face, said interfacing structure including a face-engaging portion configured to engage the user's face in use, the interfacing structure;
at least one serpentine airflow path between the interior of the interfacing structure and the exterior of the head mounted display unit, the at least one serpentine airflow path extending between the exterior of the interfacing structure and the interior of the display unit housing; and said one serpentine airflow path passing therebetween.

In embodiments, (a) the interfacing structure comprises a chassis connected to the face-engaging portion, the head-mounted display unit comprising at least one airflow port through which the at least one tortuous airflow path passes; (B) the at least one airflow port includes at least one chassis port provided in the chassis; (c a) the chassis is removably attached to the chassis mounting portion of the head mounted display unit, the at least one airflow port including at least one chassis mounting port provided in the chassis mounting portion; (e) an interfacing structure comprising a flexible and elastic portion including a face-engaging portion, the flexible and elastic portion comprising at least one serpentine; (f) the one or more interface ports of the interfacing structure are provided in the forward facing portion of at least one of the flexible and elastic portions; (g) one or more interface ports of the interfacing structure are provided in at least one of the upper portion of the flexible and elastic portion and the lower portion of the flexible and elastic portion; (h) the interfacing structure; One or more interface ports are provided in at least one lateral portion of the flexible and elastic portion proximate the user's sphenoid region in use, and/or (i) the display unit housing is flexible and elastic; Extending posteriorly over one or more interface ports of the site.

Also disclosed is a head-mounted display system including any form of positioning and stabilizing structure and/or interfacing structure described above and a display unit connected thereto.

Another aspect is a positioning and stabilizing structure for a head-mounted display comprising a rear (or rear) support structure (or portion) positioned to contact the rear region of the user's head when in use. .

In some forms, the posterior support portion is positioned posterior to the user's superior ear floor point.

In some forms, the posterior support portion is biased into contact with the user's occipital region.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure further includes opposing connectors positioned on opposing sides of the user's head and in temporal regions of the user's head. and interconnects the rear support portion with the head mounted display unit. In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure also includes a front strap section connecting the rear support section to the head mounted display unit.

The technology may also be directed toward providing interfacing structures used to support, cushion, stabilize, position, and/or seal a head-mounted display in facing relation to a user's face. good.

Another aspect relates to an apparatus used to support, cushion, stabilize, position, and/or seal a head-mounted display in facing relation to a user's face.

Another aspect relates to a method used to support, cushion, stabilize, position, and/or seal a head-mounted display in facing relationship with a user's face.

Another form of the technology includes a head-mounted display system for a person,
a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;
a control system for operation of the head mounted display system;
a positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold the head-mounted display unit in front of a user's eyes, said positioning and stabilizing structure being visible to the user when in use.
The head-mounted display system may be helmet-mounted, may be configured for virtual reality displays, may be configured for augmented reality displays, and may be configured for mixed reality displays.
Another form of the technology includes a head-mounted display system for a person,
a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;
a control system for operation of the head mounted display system;
a positioning and stabilizing structure including an anterior support portion and a posterior support portion, wherein:
the posterior portion is configured to engage a posterior region of a person's head in use;
The front support part is
a left lateral portion configured to interconnect between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display system;
a right lateral portion configured to interconnect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display system.

In some embodiments, a) the head-mounted display device further comprises a light shield, and B) the light shield is constructed and constructed to substantially impede reception of ambient light into the human eye area during use. c) the light shield is configured for use in a virtual reality display; and d) the head-mounted display system includes an interfacing structure constructed and arranged to contact the eye region of a person's face when in use. e) the interfacing structure is constructed from foam, silicone and/or gel; f) the interfacing structure is constructed from a light absorbing material; and/or g) the interfacing structure functions as a light shield. configured to

In some embodiments, the head-mounted display device further comprises a) a sound system, B) a left ear transducer, and/or c) a right ear transducer.

In some embodiments, a) the head-mounted display unit comprises a binocular display unit and/or B) the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to maintain the binocular display unit in an operating position during use. be.

In some embodiments, a) the control system comprises a visual display controller and at least one battery; B) the at least one battery includes a first battery and a second battery; 1 battery is a low power system battery configured to power the RT clock; d) a second battery is a mains battery; e) a battery support is configured to hold the battery; f) the battery support is connected to the positioning and stabilizing structure using a tether; g) the orientation sensor is configured to sense the orientation of the person's head in use; and/or h ) including the control support system.

In some embodiments, a) the positioning and stabilizing structure includes an anterior support portion configured to contact a region of the human head that overlaps the frontal bone, and/or B) the positioning and stabilizing structure The structure includes a length adjustment mechanism for adjusting the length of the portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure.

Another form of the present technology is a display unit, a light shield, a visual display controller, a control system including at least one battery, a battery support, a directional sensor, and a control support system, an acoustic system, a front section, A head-mounted display device for a person, comprising a frontal region, a left lateral region, a right lateral region, a rearward region, and a positioning and stabilizing structure including a length adjustment mechanism, wherein the front region is , including an eye cushion constructed and arranged to contact the user's eye area in use, the posterior portion being used for the area of the human head adjacent to the junction between the occipital bone and the trapezius muscle; The left lateral portion is configured to interconnect the front and rear portions, and the right lateral portion is configured to interconnect the front and rear portions. , the frontal region is configured to interconnect the anterior region and the posterior region, the length adjustment mechanism is adjustable to a first position and a second position, wherein the display unit is a binocular display unit, the light shield is constructed and arranged to substantially block the reception of ambient light into the person's eye area when in use, and the orientation sensor orients the person's head when in use. A sensing, acoustic system comprises left and right ear transducers, and a positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to maintain the binocular display unit in an operating position during use. The head-mounted display device may include positioning and stabilizing structures and/or interfacing structures substantially as described in any of the embodiments disclosed herein.

Another form of the technology includes a head-mounted display interface,
an electronic display screen configured to output a plurality of images to a user;
a display housing configured to at least partially enclose an electronic display screen;
A positioning and stabilizing structure coupled to the display housing and supporting the display housing and the electronic display screen in an operative position against the user's head to counteract the moment caused by the combined weight of the electronic display screen and the display housing. a positioning and stabilizing structure configured to apply force and maintain the position of the electronic display screen in front of the user's eye while in the operating position;
Here, the positioning and stabilizing structure is substantially as described in any embodiment disclosed herein.

Another form of the present technology comprises a positioning and stabilizing structure for supporting the electronic display screen of the head-mounted display interface, and forcing against the user's head to counteract the moment caused by the weight of the electronic display screen. and a positioning and stabilizing structure configured to maintain the position of the electronic display screen in front of the user's eye during use, said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
a rear strap configured to contact a region of the user's head posterior to the coronal plane of the user's head, the rear strap configured to secure the head-mounted display interface to the user's head; Including rear straps.

Another form of the present technology is a positioning and stabilizing structure for supporting an electronic display unit that provides force against a user's head to counteract moments caused by the weight of the electronic display unit, a positioning and stabilizing structure configured to maintain a position of an electronic display unit in front of a user's eyes for a period of time, said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
The headgear coupled to the housing of the electronic display unit and configured to engage a user's head to support the housing.

Another aspect of the technology includes a display interface,
a display screen configured to output a computer-generated image viewable by a user;
a display housing that at least partially supports a display screen;
an interfacing structure coupled to a display screen and/or display housing, said interfacing structure configured to be positioned and/or positioned to fit at least a portion of a user's face;
A positioning and stabilizing structure configured to maintain the position of the display screen and/or display housing with respect to the user's eyes and the user's head to counteract the moment caused by the weight of the display screen and/or display housing. said positioning and stabilizing structure configured to exert a force against;
a control system configured to assist in controlling a computer-generated image viewable by a user, said control system including at least one sensor.

Another aspect of the technology includes a virtual reality display interface,
a display screen configured to output a computer-generated image viewable by a user;
a display housing that at least partially supports a display screen;
An interfacing structure coupled to the display housing, the interfacing structure configured to be positioned and/or arranged to fit at least a portion of a user's face, the interfacing structure being aligned with the user's eyes. the interfacing structure comprising a light shield configured to at least partially block ambient light from reaching the interfacing structure;
A positioning and stabilizing structure coupled to the display housing and configured to apply a force against a user's head to counteract moments caused by the weight of the display screen and/or the display housing, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising: The stabilizing structure is
A pair of temporal connectors, each temporal connector of the pair of temporal connectors being directly coupled to the display housing, each temporal connector overlapping a respective temporal bone when in contact with the user's head. said pair of temporal connectors, comprising:
a posterior support coupled to each of the temporal connectors, the posterior support configured to contact a posterior portion of the user's head. chemical structure, and
a control system configured to assist in controlling a computer-generated image viewable by a user, the control system including at least one sensor configured to measure movement of the user.

In some forms, the light shield is configured to seal against the user's face and prevent ambient light from reaching the user's eyes.

In some forms, the display screen is completely enclosed within the display housing.

In some forms, the light shield is constructed from an opaque material.

In some forms, the interfacing structure is constructed from a resilient material.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a rotation control configured to allow the display housing and/or display interface to pivot relative to the rear support.

For example, the temporal arms may rotate with the display housing and/or display interface. In another example, a rotation control can couple the display housing to each of the temporal connectors such that the display housing and/or the display interface pivot with respect to the temporal connectors.

In some forms, the temporal connector may include an adjustable length.

Another aspect of the technology includes an augmented reality display interface,
A display screen configured to output a computer-generated image viewable by a user, the display screen including at least one optical lens constructed from a transparent and/or translucent material, the display screen comprising: said display screen configured to allow viewing of their physical environment while viewing a computer-generated image;
a display housing that at least partially supports a display screen;
an interfacing structure coupled to the display housing and/or the display interface, the interfacing structure configured to be positioned and/or positioned to fit at least a portion of a user's face;
A positioning and stabilizing structure coupled to the display housing and configured to apply a force against a user's head to counteract moments caused by the weight of the display screen and/or the display housing, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising: The stabilizing structure is
A pair of temporal connectors, each temporal connector of the pair of temporal connectors being directly coupled to the display housing, each temporal connector overlapping a respective temporal bone when in contact with the user's head. said pair of temporal connectors, comprising:
a control system configured to assist in controlling a computer-generated image viewable by a user, the control system including at least one sensor configured to measure movement of the user.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure further includes a posterior support configured to overlie the back of the user's head, and each temporal connector is coupled to the posterior support.

In some forms, the augmented reality display interface further comprises a power source coupled to the display interface and/or the positioning and stabilizing structure.

For example, the power source may be a rechargeable battery.

In some forms, the display screen is configured to selectively output a computer-generated image viewable by a user.

For example, computer-generated images can be displayed on transparent and/or translucent materials. A user can observe the physical environment regardless of whether computer-generated images are displayed on transparent and/or translucent materials.

Another aspect of the technology includes a virtual reality display interface that includes an embodiment of the head-mounted display system aspect described above.

In an example embodiment of the head-mounted display system aspect described above, the display unit includes a display configured to selectively output a computer-generated image viewable to a user in the operating position.

In embodiments of the head-mounted display system aspects described above, the display unit includes a housing.

In some forms the housing supports the display.

In an embodiment of the head-mounted display system aspect described above, the display unit includes an interfacing structure coupled to the housing and positioned in facing relation to the user's face in the operative position.

In some forms, the interfacing structure at least partially defines a viewing opening configured to at least partially receive a user's face in the operative position.

In some forms, the interfacing structure is at least partially constructed from an opaque material configured to at least partially block ambient light from reaching the viewing aperture in the operative position.

In an embodiment of the head-mounted display system aspect described above, the display unit includes at least one lens coupled to the housing, positioned within the viewing aperture, and aligned with the display to be in the operative position. be.

In some forms, a user can view the display through at least one lens.

In an embodiment of the head-mounted display system aspect described above, the control system has at least one sensor in communication with the processor.

In some forms, at least one sensor is configured to measure a parameter and communicate the measurement to the processor.

In some forms, the processor is configured to modify the computer-generated image output from the display based on the measurements.

Another aspect of the technology includes an augmented reality display interface that includes an embodiment of the head-mounted display system aspect described above.

In embodiments of the head-mounted display system aspects described above, the display unit includes a display constructed from a transparent or translucent material to selectively provide a computer-generated image viewable to a user. configured as

In embodiments of the head-mounted display system aspects described above, the display unit includes a housing.

In some forms the housing supports the display.

In an embodiment of the head-mounted display system aspect described above, the display unit includes an interfacing structure coupled to the housing and positioned in facing relation to the user's face in the operative position.

In embodiments of the head-mounted display system aspects described above, in the operating position, the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to support the display unit.

In an embodiment of the head-mounted display system aspect described above, the display is configured to be aligned with the user's eyes in the operating position such that the user can view the display regardless of the computer-generated image output from the display. have at least partial view of the physical environment through the

In an example embodiment of the head-mounted display system aspect described above, the head-mounted display system further includes a control system having at least one sensor in communication with the processor.

In some forms, at least one sensor is configured to measure a parameter and communicate the measurement to the processor.

In some forms, the processor is configured to modify the computer-generated image output from the display based on the measurements.

In some forms, the at least one lens comprises a first lens configured to align with the user's left eye in the operative position and a second lens configured to align with the user's right eye in the operative position. and a lens of

In some forms, the first lens and the second lens are Fresnel lenses.

In some forms, the display includes a binocular display segmented into a first portion and a second portion, the first portion aligned with the first lens and the second portion comprising the second lens. aligned with the lens of

In some forms, a controller having at least one button selectively engageable with a user's finger, the controller communicating with the processor and signaling the processor when the at least one button is engaged. The processor is configured to modify the computer-generated image output from the display based on the signal.

In some forms, the at least one lens comprises a first lens configured to align with the user's left eye in the operative position and a second lens configured to align with the user's right eye in the operative position. lens and.

Another aspect of one form of the present technology is the positioning and stabilizing structure constructed in a shape complementary to the shape of the intended wearer.

Another aspect of one form of the present technology is an interfacing structure constructed in a shape complementary to the shape of the intended wearer.

One aspect of the present technology is a method of manufacturing an apparatus.

One aspect of certain forms of the present technology is a positioning and stabilizing structure that is easy to use, for example, for people with limited dexterity, vision, or limited experience with head-mounted displays.

One aspect of certain forms of the present technology is an interfacing structure that is easy to use, for example, for people with limited dexterity, limited vision, or limited experience with head-mounted displays.

The methods, systems, devices, and equipment described can be implemented to enhance the functionality of head-mounted displays such as electronic displays or computers. Additionally, the described methods, systems, devices and apparatus can provide improvements in the art of virtual reality, augmented reality and/or mixed reality.

Of course, some of the above aspects may form sub-aspects of the technology. Also, various ones of the sub-aspects and/or aspects may be combined in various ways and may form further or sub-aspects of the technology.

Other features of the technology will become apparent in light of the information contained in the following detailed description, abstract, drawings and claims.

4. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES The technology is illustrated by way of non-limiting example in the accompanying drawings, in which like reference numerals include like elements below.
4.1 Head-mounted display system
The system is shown including a user 100 wearing a head-mounted display system 1000 in the form of a face-mounted virtual reality (VR) headset to display various images to the user 100 . The user is standing while wearing the head-mounted display system 1000 . The system is shown including a user 100 wearing a head-mounted display system 1000 in the form of a floating virtual reality (VR) headset to display various images to the user. The user is sitting with the display interface 100 on. The system is shown including a user 100 wearing a head-mounted display system 1000 in the form of a floating augmented reality (AR) headset to display various images to the user. The user is standing while wearing the head-mounted display system 1000 . 4.2 Display system and facial anatomy 1 is a diagram of the human upper respiratory tract, including the nasal cavity, nasal bones, lateral nasal cartilage, alar cartilage, nostrils, upper lip, lower lip, larynx, hard palate, soft palate, oropharynx, tongue, epiglottis, vocal cords, esophagus, and trachea. 1 is a frontal view of a face including several features of surface anatomy including upper lip, upper lip lip, lower lip lip, lower lip, width of mouth, inner corner point, ala of nose, nasolabial groove and corner point. Also shown are upward, downward, radially inward, and radially outward directions. Head with several features of surface anatomy identified such as glabella, saddle point, apical point, subnasal point, upper lip, lower lip, maxillary, nasal bridge, wing ridge, superior and inferior auricular points is a side view of the part. Upward and downward directions, as well as forward and backward directions are also described. Fig. 10 is a further side view of the head; The approximate location of the Frankfort horizon and the nasolabial angle are shown. A coronal plane is also described. FIG. 2 is a bottom view of the nose with several features identified including nasolabial folds, lower lip, upper lip erythema, nostrils, subnasal point, columella, apical point, long axis of nostrils, and midsagittal plane. FIG. 4 is a side view showing the superficial features of the nose; Nasal subcutaneous structures such as lateral cartilage, septal cartilage, alar cartilage, alar cartilage, alar cartilage, nasal seed cartilage, nasal bone, epidermis, adipose tissue, maxillary frontal process, and fibrous adipose tissue are shown. Dissection of the inside of the nose, a few millimeters from the midsagittal plane, especially showing the medial legs of the septal and alar cartilages. Front view of the bones of the skull, including the frontal bone, nasal bone, and cheekbone. Nasal turbinates are shown as well as maxillary and mandibular bones. Fig. 2 is a side view of the skull with head surface contours and some muscles; The following bones are illustrated: frontal, sphenoid, nasal, zygoma, maxilla, mandible, parietal, temporal and occipital. Mental ridges are visible. The following muscles are illustrated: digastric, masseter, sternocleidomastoid, and trapezius. Fig. 3 is an anterior lateral view of the nose; The following bones are illustrated: frontal bone, supraorbital foramen, nasal bone, nasal septal cartilage, lateral cartilage, orbital and suborbital. FIG. 11 shows another frontal view of a face with some features of surface anatomy identified such as superficial cranial muscles, sphenoid bone, nasal bridge, lateral and medial cheek regions, zygomatic arch, and pterygoid crest. FIG. 10 shows another side view of a face with some features of surface anatomy identified such as superficial cranial muscles, sphenoid bone, nasal bridge, lateral and medial cheek regions, zygomatic arch, and pterygoid crest. 4.3 Shape of structure 1 is a schematic cross-section through the structure at one point; The outward normal at this point is illustrated. The curvature at this point has a positive sign and a relatively large magnitude compared to the curvature magnitude shown in FIG. 3B. Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the structure cut at one point; The outward normal at this point is illustrated. The curvature at this point has a positive sign and a relatively small magnitude compared to the curvature magnitude shown in FIG. 3A. Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the structure cut at one point; The outward normal at this point is illustrated. The curvature value at this point is zero. Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the structure cut at one point; The outward normal at this point is illustrated. The curvature at this point has a negative sign and a relatively small magnitude compared to the curvature magnitude shown in FIG. 3E. Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the structure cut at one point; The outward normal at this point is illustrated. The curvature at this point has a negative sign and a relatively large magnitude compared to the curvature magnitude shown in FIG. 3D. It shows the surface of the structure, in which one-dimensional holes are drilled. The plane curve shown forms the boundary of a one-dimensional hole. 3F is a cross-sectional view taken through the structure of FIG. 3F; FIG. The illustrated surfaces bound the two-dimensional holes in the structure of FIG. 3F. 3F is a perspective view of the structure of FIG. 3F including two-dimensional holes and one-dimensional holes; FIG. Also shown are the surfaces bounding the two-dimensional holes in the structure of FIG. 3F. Figure 3 shows a closed forming structure. The outer surface of the cushion is illustrated. The edge of the surface is shown. A path on the surface between points A and B is illustrated. A straight line distance between A and B is illustrated. Two saddle regions and a dome region are shown. Figure 3 shows a closed forming structure. The outer surface of the cushion is illustrated. The edge of the surface is shown. A path on the surface between points A and B is illustrated. A straight line distance between A and B is illustrated. Two saddle regions and a dome region are shown. Demonstrate the left-hand rule. Show the right-hand rule. The left ear is shown including the left ear spiral. The right ear is shown including the right ear spiral. A right-handed spiral is shown. 4.4 Head-mounted virtual reality display 1 is a front perspective view of a head mounted display interface in accordance with one form of the present technology; FIG. 4B is a rear perspective view of the head mounted display of FIG. 4A; FIG. 4B is a perspective view showing a positioning and stabilizing structure used in the head-mounted display of FIG. 4A; FIG. Fig. 2 is a front view of a user's face showing the position of the interfacing structure in use; 4.5 Head-mounted augmented reality display 1 is a front perspective view of a head mounted display interface in accordance with one form of the technology; FIG. 5B is a side view of the head-mounted display interface of FIG. 5A; FIG. 4.6 Control 1 is a schematic diagram of a control system in one form of the present technology; FIG. 4.7 Head-mounted display system of this technology FIG. 12 is a schematic side view of a head mounted display system in use according to another embodiment of the present technology; 7B is a schematic rear view of the head-mounted display system shown in FIG. 7A in use; FIG. 28B shows components of the positioning and stabilizing structure of the head mounted display system shown in FIG. 28A. FIG. 22 shows a schematic side view of a head-mounted display system in use according to another embodiment of the present technology. FIG. 12 shows a schematic side view of a portion of a head mounted display system in use according to another embodiment of the present technology. 5A-5B are side, rear, and front views of further embodiments of interfacing structures; 5A-5B are side, rear, and front views of further embodiments of interfacing structures; 5A-5B are side, rear, and front views of further embodiments of interfacing structures; [00122] Fig. 100 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another example of the present technology; [00122] Fig. 100 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another example of the present technology; [00122] Fig. 100 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another example of the present technology; [00122] Fig. 100 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another example of the present technology; [00122] Fig. 100 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another example of the present technology; [00122] Fig. 100 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another example of the present technology; [00122] Fig. 100 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another example of the present technology; [00122] Fig. 100 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another example of the present technology; [00122] Fig. 100 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another example of the present technology; [00122] Fig. 100 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another example of the present technology; [00122] Fig. 100 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another example of the present technology; [00122] Fig. 100 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another example of the present technology; [00122] Fig. 100 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another example of the present technology; 10 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 4 illustrates an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates an interfacing structure and a positioning and stabilizing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates an interfacing structure and a positioning and stabilizing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates an interfacing structure and a positioning and stabilizing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 4 shows a battery pack according to an embodiment of the present technology; 4 shows a battery pack according to an embodiment of the present technology; 4 shows a battery pack according to an embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 11 illustrates components of a positioning and stabilizing structure in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology; 11 illustrates components of a positioning and stabilizing structure in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology; 11 illustrates components of a positioning and stabilizing structure in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology; 11 illustrates components of a positioning and stabilizing structure in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 11 shows a strap portion of a power cord in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology; FIG. FIG. 11 shows a strap portion of a power cord in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 1 shows a head-mounted display unit according to an embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology with a power cord; 10 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology with a power cord; 10 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology with a power cord; 10 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology with a power cord; 10 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology with a power cord; 10 shows an arm according to an embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows an arm according to an embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows an arm according to an embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows an arm according to an embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 10 shows an arm according to a further embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 10 shows an arm according to a further embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows a head-mounted display system in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows a head-mounted display system in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows a head-mounted display system in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows a head-mounted display system in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows a head-mounted display system in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows a head-mounted display system in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows a head-mounted display system in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows a head-mounted display system in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 10 shows a connection between an arm and a guide of a head mounted display unit according to an embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 10 shows a connection between an arm and a guide of a head mounted display unit according to an embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 10 shows a connection between an arm and a guide of a head mounted display unit according to an embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a connection between an upper strap portion and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a connection between an upper strap portion and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a display unit housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a display unit housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology; [00104] Fig. 10 shows an arm and an arm attachment site in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology; Figures 36A-36D show in isolation the positioning and stabilizing structures of the head-mounted display system shown in Figures 36A-36D; Figures 36A-36D show in isolation the positioning and stabilizing structures of the head-mounted display system shown in Figures 36A-36D; Figures 36A-36D show in isolation the positioning and stabilizing structures of the head-mounted display system shown in Figures 36A-36D; 10 illustrates a positioning and stabilizing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a positioning and stabilizing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a positioning and stabilizing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 10 illustrates a positioning and stabilizing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; Figures 41A-41B show components of the positioning and stabilizing structure shown in Figures 41A-41B; Figures 41A-41B show components of the positioning and stabilizing structure shown in Figures 41A-41B; Figures 41A-41B show components of the positioning and stabilizing structure shown in Figures 41A-41B; Figures 41A-41B show components of the positioning and stabilizing structure shown in Figures 41A-41B; 41A-41B illustrate the sleeve of the positioning and stabilizing structure shown in FIGS. 41A-41B illustrate the sleeve of the positioning and stabilizing structure shown in FIGS. 41A-41B illustrate the sleeve of the positioning and stabilizing structure shown in FIGS. FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view of a substantially inextensible member in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 4 illustrates an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 4 illustrates an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 4 illustrates an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 4 illustrates an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 4 illustrates an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 4 illustrates an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows an exploded view of a battery pack in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology; Figure 68 shows an internal view of the battery pack shown in Figure 67; Figure 68 shows an internal view of the battery pack shown in Figure 67; Figure 68 shows a cable guide for the battery pack shown in Figure 67; Figure 68 shows a cable guide for the battery pack shown in Figure 67; 47 shows an attachment site of the battery pack shown in FIG. 46; 47 shows an attachment site of the battery pack shown in FIG. 46; Figure 47 shows a cable stopper for the battery pack shown in Figure 46; Figure 47 shows the housing of the battery pack shown in Figure 46; Figure 47 shows the housing of the battery pack shown in Figure 46; Figure 47 shows the housing of the battery pack shown in Figure 46; Figure 47 shows the housing of the battery pack shown in Figure 46; 4 shows a housing for a battery pack in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 4 shows a housing for a battery pack in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows an internal view of a battery pack according to a further embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows an internal view of a battery pack according to a further embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows an internal view of a battery pack according to a further embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows an internal view of a battery pack according to a further embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows an internal view of a battery pack according to a further embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows an internal view of a battery pack according to a further embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows an internal view of a battery pack according to a further embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12B shows a cross-sectional view of a joint of a side arm according to another embodiment of the present technology. FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a connection between the occipital strap region and the top strap region according to another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. FIG. 12 shows a connection between the occipital strap region and the top strap region according to another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. FIG. 13 shows a connection between the occipital strap region and the top strap region according to yet another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 10 shows a buckle according to another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a diagram of a chassis of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a diagram of a chassis of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a diagram of a chassis of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a diagram of a chassis of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a diagram of a chassis of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a diagram of a chassis of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a diagram of a chassis of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a diagram of a chassis of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 shows a view of a portion of a head mounted display unit in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 4 shows a head-mounted display system in accordance with a further embodiment of the present technology; 4 shows a head-mounted display system in accordance with a further embodiment of the present technology; 4 shows a head-mounted display system in accordance with a further embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head-mounted display system according to a further embodiment of the technology; 4 shows a head-mounted display system in accordance with a further embodiment of the present technology; 4 shows a head-mounted display system in accordance with a further embodiment of the present technology; Figure 64B shows in isolation the positioning and stabilizing structure of the head-mounted display system of Figure 64B; 10 shows a positioning and stabilizing structure according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 4 shows a head-mounted display system in accordance with a further embodiment of the present technology; Figure 64E shows in isolation the positioning and stabilizing structure of the head-mounted display system of Figure 64E; 10 shows a positioning and stabilizing structure according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 4 shows a head-mounted display system in accordance with a further embodiment of the present technology; 4 shows a head-mounted display system in accordance with a further embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; Fig. 3 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a positioning and stabilizing structure according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a positioning and stabilizing structure according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a positioning and stabilizing structure according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 10 shows a positioning and stabilizing structure according to a further embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 12 illustrates a connection between a substantially non-stretchable layer of an upper strap portion and a battery pack housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology; FIG. FIG. 12 illustrates a connection between a substantially non-stretchable layer of an upper strap portion and a battery pack housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology; FIG. FIG. 12 illustrates a connection between a substantially non-stretchable layer of an upper strap portion and a battery pack housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology; FIG. FIG. 12 illustrates a connection between a substantially non-stretchable layer of an upper strap portion and a battery pack housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology; FIG. FIG. 12 illustrates a connection between a substantially non-stretchable layer of an upper strap portion and a battery pack housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology; FIG. FIG. 12 illustrates a connection between a substantially non-stretchable layer of an upper strap portion and a battery pack housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology; FIG. FIG. 12 illustrates a connection between a substantially non-stretchable layer of an upper strap portion and a battery pack housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology; FIG. FIG. 12 illustrates a connection between a substantially non-stretchable layer of an upper strap portion and a battery pack housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology; FIG.

Before describing the technology in further detail, it is to be understood that the technology is not limited to the specific examples described herein, which may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used in this disclosure is for the purpose of describing particular examples described herein and is not intended to be limiting.

The following description is provided with reference to various embodiments that may share one or more common properties and/or features. It is to be understood that one or more features of any one embodiment can be combined with one or more features of another embodiment or other embodiments. In addition, any single feature or combination of features in any of these embodiments may constitute further embodiments.

In the detailed description that follows, reference is made to the accompanying drawings that form a part of the detailed description.

The specific embodiments described in the detailed description, shown in the drawings, and defined in the claims are not meant to be limiting. Other embodiments may be utilized and other changes may be made without departing from the spirit or scope of the presented subject matter. Aspects of the present disclosure, as generally described herein and as shown in the drawings, can be arranged, permuted, combined, separated, and designed in a wide variety of different configurations, all of which It will be readily understood what is contemplated by this disclosure.

5.1 Immersive Technologies Immersive technologies can present a user with a combination of a virtual environment and the user's physical environment, or the real world. As a result, users can interact with immersive or mixed reality.

The device immerses the user by augmenting or replacing stimuli associated with one of the user's five senses with virtual stimuli. Usually this is a virtual stimulus, although there may be additional stimuli that augment or replace the stimulus associated with one of the additional four senses.

In some forms, certain immersive technologies can present a user with a combination of a virtual environment and the user's environment. At least some of the resulting environments may include virtual environments. In some embodiments, the entire resulting environment may be a virtual environment (meaning, for example, that the user's environment may be blocked from view or otherwise obstructed). . In other forms, at least a portion of the user's physical environment may still be visually observable.

In some forms, the user may use different types of immersive technology, including virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), or mixed reality (MR). is not limited to Different types of immersive technology can present users with different environments and/or different ways of interacting with the environment.

In some forms, the display system may be used for each type of immersive technology. The display screen of the display system may provide a virtual environment component for the combined environment (ie, the combination of the virtual environment and the user's environment). In certain forms, the display screen may be an electronic screen.

In at least some types of immersive technology (eg, VR, AR, MR, etc.), electronic screen positioning and stabilization can be useful in operating the respective device. For example, a user may want an electronic screen to be positioned close enough to their eyes to be easily seen, but far enough away so as not to cause discomfort. In addition, it may be necessary to provide sufficient spacing from the electronic screen to allow the user to wear corrective lenses, such as eyeglasses, at the same time. Also, users may try to maintain the orientation of the electronic screen relative to their eyes. In other words, users who walk or otherwise move while using these devices may not want the device to bounce on their head (e.g., particularly against their eyes) or otherwise move. No, as this may cause dizziness and/or discomfort to the user. As such, these devices may be snuggly supported on the user's head to limit relative movement between the user's eyes and the device.

In one form, the technology includes a method of using a VR device that includes supporting the device on a user's head proximate to at least one of the user's eyes and within the user's line of sight.

In certain examples of the present technology, a head-mounted display unit is supported in front of the user's eyes to block, block, and/or limit ambient light reaching the user's eyes.

It is to be understood that features disclosed below in the context of devices configured for VR are also applicable to devices configured for AR, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Similarly, features disclosed below in the context of devices configured for AR should be understood to be applicable to devices configured for VR, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. do. For the avoidance of doubt, features disclosed in the context of a device that does not have a transparent display through which the user can view the real world will be referred to as such a transparent display, unless the context clearly requires otherwise. It shall be understood to be applicable to devices having Similarly, features disclosed in the context of a device having a transparent display from which the real world can be viewed also apply to devices in which the display is electronic and the real world cannot be directly viewed through a transparent material. It shall be understood that it is possible.

5.2 Virtual Reality Display Interface As shown in FIGS. 4A-4B, a display device, display system, display interface or head-mounted display system 1000 according to one aspect of the present technology comprises the following functional aspects: Interfacing structure 1100 , head mounted display unit 1200 and positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . In some forms, functional aspects may provide one or more physical components. In some forms, one or more physical components may provide one or more functional aspects. Head mounted display unit 1200 may comprise a display. In use, the display unit 1200 is positioned to be positioned close to and in front of the user's eyes so that the user can view the display.

In other aspects, head mounted display system 1000 may also include display unit housing 1205 , optical lens 1240 , controller 1270 , speakers 1272 , power supply 1274 and/or control system 1276 . In some embodiments they may be an integral part of the head mounted display system 1000, in other embodiments they are modular and integrated into the head mounted display system 1000 as desired by the user. But it's okay.

5.2.1 Head-Mounted Display Unit Head-mounted display unit 1200 may include structures for providing observable output to a user. Specifically, the head-mounted display unit 1200 is arranged to be held in an operating position (eg, manually, by positioning and stabilizing structures, etc.) in front of the user's face.

In some examples, head-mounted display unit 1200 may include display screen 1220 , display housing 1205 , interfacing structure 1100 , and/or optical lens 1240 . These components may be permanently assembled within a single head-mounted display unit 1200, or may be separable and selectively connected by the user to form the head-mounted display unit 1200. Also good. Additionally, display screen 1220 , display housing 1205 , interfacing structure 1100 , and/or optical lens 1240 may be included within head-mounted display system 1000 but may not be part of head-mounted display unit 1200 .

5.2.1.1 Display Screen Some forms of head-mounted display unit 1200 include a display in which, for example, a display screen (not shown in FIG. 4B) is provided within display housing 1205 . The display screen may include electrical components that provide a user-observable output.

In one form of the present technology, the display screen provides a user-observable light output. The light output allows the user to observe the virtual environment and/or virtual objects.

The display screen may be positioned close to the user's eyes so that the user can see the display screen. For example, the display screen may be positioned in front of the user's eyes. The display screen can output computer-generated images and/or virtual environments.

In some forms the display screen is an electronic display. The display screen can be a liquid crystal display (LCD) or light emitting diode (LED) display.

In certain forms, the display screen may include a backlight that may help illuminate the display screen. This may be particularly effective when viewing the display screen in a dark environment.

In some forms, the display screen can extend the distance between the user's pupils to a greater extent. Also, the display screen may be wider than the distance between the user's cheeks.

In some forms, the display screen may display at least one image viewable by a user. For example, the display screen may display images that change according to predetermined conditions (eg, passage of time, user movement, user input, etc.).

In certain forms, a portion of the display screen may be visible to only one eye of the user. In other words, a portion of the display screen may be positioned in front of and close to only one of the user's eyes (eg, right eye) and blocked from view from the other eye (eg, left eye).

In one embodiment, the display screen may be split into left and right sides (eg, left side and right side) to display two images at a time (eg, one image on each side).

A similar image may be displayed on each side of the display screen. In some embodiments the images may be the same, and in other embodiments the images may be slightly different.

By combining two images on the display screen to form a binocular display, a more realistic VR experience can be provided to the user. In other words, the user's brain can process the two images from display screen 1220 together as one image. By providing two (eg, non-identical) images, the user can see virtual objects in his or her surroundings, expanding his or her perspective in the virtual environment.

In certain forms, the display screen may be positioned so that it is visible to both eyes of the user. The display screen can simultaneously output a single image that can be viewed with both eyes. This makes it possible to simplify the processing compared to the multi-image display screen.

5.2.1.2 Display Housing In some forms of the present technology shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B, display unit housing 1205 maintains the position of at least some of the components of the display screen relative to one another. To do so, a display screen support structure may be provided to further protect the display screen and/or other components of the head mounted display unit 1200 . The display unit housing 1205 may be constructed of a material suitable to provide protection from impact forces to the display screen. The display unit housing 1205 may also contact the user's face and may be constructed from a biocompatible material suitable for limiting stimulation of the user.

A display unit housing 1205 according to some forms of the present technology may be constructed from a hard, rigid or semi-rigid material such as plastic.

In certain forms, a rigid or semi-rigid material may be at least partially covered with a soft and/or flexible material (eg, fabric, silicone, etc.). This is because at least a portion of display unit housing 1205 that a user engages (eg, grasps with one's hand) comprises a soft and/or flexible material, thereby reducing biocompatibility and/or user comfort. can improve

A display unit housing 1205 according to other aspects of the present technology may be constructed from a soft, flexible, resilient material such as silicone rubber.

In some forms, display unit housing 1205 may have a substantially rectangular or substantially elliptical profile. Display unit housing 1205 may have a three-dimensional shape with a substantially rectangular or substantially elliptical profile.

In certain forms, the display unit housing 1205 may include an upper face 1230, a lower face 1232, a lateral left face 1234, a lateral right face 1236, and a front face 1238. The display screen 1220 may be held within the face when in use.

In certain forms, upper face 1230 and lower face 1232 may have substantially the same shape.

In one form, the upper face 1230 and lower face 1232 may be substantially flat and extend along parallel planes (eg, substantially parallel to the Frankfort horizontal in use).

In certain forms, lateral left face 1234 and lateral right face 1236 may have substantially the same shape.

In one form, the lateral left face 1234 and lateral right face 1236 may be curved and/or rounded between the upper and lower faces 1230,1232. A rounded and/or curved face 1234 , 1236 may be more comfortable for a user to grasp and hold while donning and/or doffing the head-mounted display system 1000 .

In certain forms, the anterior face 1238 may extend between the upper and lower faces 1230,1232. Front face 1238 may form the frontmost portion of head-mounted display system 1000 .

In one form, the anterior face 1238 can be a substantially flat surface, can be a coronal plane, and can be substantially parallel while the head-mounted display system 1000 is worn by a user. .

In one form, the anterior face 1238 may not have a corresponding opposing face (eg, the posterior face) that has substantially the same shape as the anterior face 1238 . A rear portion of the display unit housing 1205 may be at least partially open (eg, recessed forward) to receive the user's face.

In some forms, the display screen is permanently integrated into the head-mounted display system 1000 . The display screen may be a device that can be used only as part of the head-mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may surround the display screen, which protects the display screen and/or limits user interference (eg, movement and/or damage) to components of the display screen. can do.

In certain forms, the display screen uses a display unit housing 1205 to limit the collection of dirt or other debris on the surface of the display screen that can adversely affect a user's ability to view images output by the display screen. may be substantially enclosed within. Since the display screen is not removable from the display unit housing 1205, the user may not need to break the seal to access the display screen.

In some forms, the display screen is removably integrated into the head-mounted display system 1000 . The display screen may be a device that can be used independently of the head mounted display system 1000 as a whole. For example, the display screen may be provided on a smartphone or portable electronic device.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may include compartments. A portion of the display screen may be housed in removable form within the compartment. For example, a user may removably place a display screen within a compartment. This can be useful when the display screen performs additional functions outside of the head-mounted display unit 1200 (eg, when it is a portable electronic device such as a mobile phone). Additionally, removing the display screen from display unit housing 1205 may assist the user in cleaning and/or replacing the display screen.

Certain forms of display housings include openings into the compartments to allow users to more easily insert and remove display screens from the compartments. The display screen may be held within the compartment via frictional engagement.

In certain forms, the cover may selectively cover the compartment and provide additional protection and/or security to the display screen 1220 while positioned within the compartment.

In certain forms, the compartment may open to the upper face. A display screen may be inserted into the compartment in a substantially vertical orientation while display interface 3000 is worn by a user.

5.2.1.3 Interfacing Structures As shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B, some forms of the present technology position and/or position the interfacing structure 1100 to conform to the shape of the user's face. positioned to provide additional comfort to the user while wearing and/or using the head-mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, interfacing structure 1100 is coupled to a surface of display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, interfacing structure 1100 can extend at least partially around display housing 1205 and can form a viewing opening. The viewing opening may at least partially receive a user's face in use. Specifically, the user's eyes may be received within the viewing openings formed by the interfacing structure 1100 .

In some forms, interfacing structure 1100 can be constructed from a biocompatible material.

In some forms, an interfacing structure 1100 according to the present technology may be constructed from soft, flexible, and/or elastic materials.

In certain forms, an interfacing structure 1100 according to the present technology may be constructed from silicone rubber and/or foam.

In some forms, the interfacing structure 1100 may contact sensitive areas of the user's face, which may be areas of discomfort. The material forming interfacing structure 1100 may cushion these sensitive areas and limit the user's discomfort while wearing head-mounted display system 1000 .

In particular forms, these sensitive areas may include the user's forehead. Specifically, this may include the superficial cranial muscles and/or areas of the user's head that are proximate to the frontal bone, such as the glabella. This area can be sensitive due to the limited natural cushioning from muscle and/or fat between the user's skin and bones. Similarly, the bridge of the user's nose may also contain little natural cushioning.

In some forms, interfacing structure 1100 may comprise a single element. In some embodiments, interfacing structure 1100 may be designed for high volume manufacturing. For example, interfacing structure 1100 is designed to comfortably fit a wide range of different face shapes and sizes.

In some forms, the interfacing structure 1100 may include different elements that overlap different regions of the user's face. Different portions of the interfacing structure 1100 can be constructed from different materials to provide different textures and/or cushioning to the user in different areas.

5.2.1.3.1 Light Shield In some forms, the head-mounted display system 1000 may include a light shield, which may be constructed from an opaque material such that ambient light does not reach the user's eyes. can block you from doing it. The light shield may be part of interfacing structure 1100 or may be a separate element. In some embodiments, the interfacing structure 1100 provides a comfortable contact site for contact between the head-mounted display 1200 and the user's face, as well as by shielding the user's eyes from ambient light. A light shield can be formed. In some examples, the light shield may be formed of multiple components together to block ambient light.

In certain forms, the blackout shield can block ambient light reaching the eye area, over the area of the superficial cranial muscle, over the area of the user's sphenoid bone, from the sphenoid bone to the left or right zygomatic arch. over the lateral cheek region, over the zygomatic arch, and over the medial cheek region from the zygomatic arch to the apex on the bridge of the user's nose below the saddle point, enclosing a portion of the user's face therebetween.

In one form, the light shield may not touch the user's face around its entire perimeter. For example, the light shield may be spaced from the bridge of the user's nose. The width of this gap may be substantially small to substantially limit the penetration of ambient light. However, the bridge of the user's nose can be sensitive and prone to irritation. In this manner, avoiding direct contact with the bridge of the user's nose may improve the user's comfort while wearing the head-mounted display system 1000 .

In certain forms, the light shield may be part of display unit housing 1205 and may be integrally or removably coupled to display unit housing 1205 . In one form, if the display unit housing 1205 can be used with a display screen that outputs AR or MR and VR, the light shield is removable from the display unit housing 1205 and is coupled to the display unit housing 1205 only when VR is used. can be

5.2.1.3.1.1 Seal-Forming Structure As shown in FIG. 4D, in one form of the present technology, an interfacing structure 1100 functions as a seal-forming structure and provides a target seal-forming region. A target seal-forming area is an area on a seal-forming structure where a seal can occur. The area where sealing actually occurs, i.e. the actual sealing surface, includes, but is not limited to, where the display unit housing 1205 rests on the face, the tension of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, and/or the shape of the user's face. It can vary within a given session, from day to day, and from user to user, depending on various factors.

In one form, the target seal-forming region is located on the outer surface of interfacing structure 1100 .

In some forms, the light-tight shield forms a hermetically-forming structure that can seal against the user's face.

In certain forms, the entire perimeter of the light shield or interfacing structure 1100 may seal against the user's skin, blocking ambient light from reaching the eye area. The region of the eye is the region of the superficial cranial muscles, over the region of the sphenoid bone of the user, over the lateral cheek region from the sphenoid bone to the left or right zygomatic arch, across the zygomatic arch, medial from the zygomatic arch to the wing crest It may be formed on the bridge of the user's nose below the saddle point over the cheek region, enclosing a portion of the user's face therebetween.

When functioning as a seal-forming structure, the light shielding or interfacing structure 1100 may contact sensitive areas of the user's face, such as the bridge of the user's nose. This contact makes it possible to completely prevent the intrusion of ambient light. Sealing around the entire perimeter of display unit housing 1205 may improve performance of head mounted display system 1000 . Additionally, biocompatible materials may be selected such that direct contact with the bridge of the user's nose while wearing the head-mounted display system 1000 does not significantly reduce the user's comfort.

In certain forms of the present technology, a system is provided that includes one or more interfacing structures 1100, each configured to accommodate a different size and/or shape range. For example, the system may be appropriate for large sized heads rather than small sized heads, and another configuration may be appropriate for small sized heads rather than large sized heads. 1100. Different interfacing structures 1100 may be removable and interchangeable so that different users with different sized heads can use the same head-mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the seal-forming structure is located in the region of the superficial cranial muscles, over the region of the sphenoid bone of the user, over the lateral cheek region from the sphenoid bone to the left or right zygomatic arch, across the zygomatic arch, and over the zygomatic arch. can be formed on the bridge of the user's nose below the saddle point, over the medial cheek region from to the wing tips, enclosing a portion of the user's face therebetween. This defined region may be the eye region.

In certain forms, a seal may be provided around the user's eyes. The seal created by the seal-forming structure or interfacing structure 1100 can create a light seal to limit ambient light reaching the user's eyes.

5.2.1.3.2 Biocompatibility of materials Conceivable. The evaluation considers the nature and length of expected contact with human tissue during use. In some forms of the present technology, materials used in positioning and stabilizing and interfacing structures may undergo at least some of the following biocompatibility tests: Cytotoxicity-elution test (MeM extract): ANSI/AAMI/ISO 10993-5, Skin Sensitization: ISO 10993-10, Irritation: ISO 10993-10, Genotoxicity-Bacterial Mutagenicity Test: ISO 10993-3, Implantation: ISO 10993-6.

5.2.1.4 Optical Lenses As shown in FIG. 4B, at least one lens 1240 may be positioned between the user's eyes and the display screen 1220 . A user may view an image provided from display screen 1220 through lens 1240 . At least one lens 1240 may assist in spacing the display screen 1220 away from the user's face, thereby limiting eye strain. At least one lens 1240 may also help improve viewing of the image displayed by display screen 1220 .

In some forms, lens 1240 is a Fresnel lens.

In some forms, lens 1240 may have a substantially frusto-conical shape. The wider end of lens 1240 may be positioned closer to display screen 1220 and the narrower end of lens 1240 may be positioned closer to the user's eye when in use.

In some forms, lens 1240 may have a substantially cylindrical shape and, in use, may have substantially the same width proximate display screen 1220 and proximate the user's eyes. good.

In some forms, at least one lens 1240 can also magnify the image on display screen 1220 to assist the user in viewing the image.

In some forms, head-mounted display system 1000 includes two lenses 1240 (eg, a binocular display), one for each eye of the user. In other words, each of the user's eyes can see through a separate lens positioned in front of their respective pupils. Each of the lenses 1240 can be identical, but in some embodiments one lens 1240 can be different (eg, have a different power) than the other lenses 1240 .

In certain forms, display screen 1220 may output two images simultaneously. Each user's eye may see only one of the two images. Also, the images may be displayed side by side on the display screen 1220 . Each lens 1240 allows each eye to view only images that are close to each eye. The user can view these two images together as one image.

In some forms, the posterior circumference of each lens 1240 can be approximately the size of a user's eye socket. The posterior perimeter may be slightly larger than the size of the user's eye socket so that the user's entire eye can see into each lens 1240 . For example, the outer edge of each lens 1240 may be aligned with the user's frontal bone in an upward direction (e.g., proximate the user's eyebrows) and aligned with the user's upper jaw in a downward direction (e.g., proximate the lateral cheek region). can be

The positioning and/or sizing of lens 1240 may allow the user to have approximately 360 degrees of peripheral vision in the virtual environment to closely simulate the physical environment.

In some forms, head-mounted display system 1000 includes a single lens 1240 (eg, a monocular display). Lens 1240 may be positioned in front of both eyes (eg, so that both eyes see an image from display screen 1220 through lens 1240) or may be positioned in front of only one eye (eg, display screen 1220). if the image from 1220 can be viewed with only one eye).

5.2.1.4.1 Lens Mounting Lens 1240 is attached to display screen 1220 such that lens 1240 does not directly contact display screen 1220 (eg, to limit lens 1240 from scratching display screen 1220). It may be coupled to spacers located in close proximity (eg, between display screen 1220 and interfacing structure 1100).

For example, lens 1240 may be recessed with respect to interfacing structure 1100 such that lens 1240 is positioned within the viewing aperture. In use, each of the user's eyes is aligned with a respective lens 1240 while the user's face is received within the viewing aperture (eg, operating position).

In some forms, the front perimeter of each lens 1240 can encompass approximately half of the display screen 1220 . A substantially small gap may exist between the two lenses 1240 along the centerline of the display screen 1220 . This may allow a user looking through both lenses 1240 to see substantially the entire display screen 1220 and all of the image being output to the user.

In certain configurations, the center of the display screen 1220 (eg, along the centerline between the two lenses 1240) may not have an image output. For example, in a binocular display (eg, where each side of display screen 1220 outputs substantially the same image), each image may be spaced apart on display screen 1220 . This allows the user to view the entire image displayed on the display screen 1220 while the two lenses 1240 are positioned close to the display screen 1220 .

In some forms, protective layer 1242 may be formed around at least a portion of lens 1240 . In use, protective layer 1242 may be positioned between the user's face and display screen 1220 .

In some forms, a portion of each lens 1240 may protrude rearwardly through protective layer 1242 . For example, the narrow end of each lens 1240 may project rearwardly beyond the protective layer 1242 during use.

In some forms, protective layer 1242 may be opaque so that light from display screen 1220 cannot pass through. Furthermore, the user may not be able to visually recognize the display screen 1220 without looking into the lens 1240 .

In some forms, the protective layer 1242 may be non-planar and include contours that substantially match the contours of the user's face. For example, a portion of protective layer 1242 may be concave forward to accommodate the user's nose.

In certain forms, a user may not touch protective layer 1242 while wearing head-mounted display system 1000 . This may help reduce irritation from additional contact to the user's face (eg, contact to the sensitive nasal bridge area).

5.2.1.4.2 Corrective Lenses In some embodiments, the additional lens is a lens so that the user looks through both lens 1240 and the additional lens to view the image output by display screen 1220 . 1240 may be coupled.

In some forms, the additional lens is posterior to lens 1240 when in use. Accordingly, the additional lens is placed closer to the user's eye, and the user looks through the additional lens before looking through lens 1240 .

In some forms, the additional lens may have a different power than lens 1240.

In some forms, the additional lens may be a prescription strength lens. Additional lenses may allow a user to view display screen 1220 without eyeglasses, which can be uncomfortable to wear while using head-mounted display system 1000 . The additional lens may be removable so that a user who does not need the additional lens can still see the display screen 1220 clearly.

5.2.2 Positioning and Stabilizing Structure As shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B, the display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 of the head-mounted display system 1000 of the present technology are served by a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. It may be held in the hour position.

In order to hold the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 in its correct operating position, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 reduces the induced load from the weight of the display unit to reduce facial marks and/or pain from prolonged use. provides ideal comfort for the user's head in order to accommodate in a manner that minimizes There is also a need to allow universal fit (without trade-offs in comfort, ease of use and manufacturing costs). Design criteria include adjustability within a given range and low threshold for the clumsy with a simple set-up solution with few touch points. A further consideration is accommodating the dynamic environment in which the head-mounted display system 1000 may be used. As part of the immersive experience of the virtual environment, users may communicate (ie, converse) while using head-mounted display system 1000 . In this way, the user's jaw or lower jaw can move relative to other bones of the skull. Furthermore, during a period of use of head-mounted display system 1000, the entire head may move. For example, there is movement of the user's upper body (and possibly lower body), and in particular movement of the head relative to the upper and lower body.

In one form, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 provides a holding force that overcomes the effects of gravity on display screen 1220 and/or display unit 1205 .

In one form of the present technology, a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is provided that is configured in a manner consistent with being worn comfortably by a user. In one embodiment, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 has a discreet profile or cross-sectional thickness to reduce the perceived or actual bulk of the device. In one embodiment, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes at least one strap having a rectangular cross-section. In one embodiment, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes at least one flat strap.

In one form of the present technology, a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is provided that is configured not to be so large and bulky as to impede the user's comfortable movement of the head from side to side.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a strap constructed from a laminate of a textile user contact layer, a foam inner layer and a textile outer layer. In one form, the foam is porous such that moisture (eg, perspiration) can pass through the strap. In one form, the skin-contacting layer of the strap is formed from a material that helps keep moisture in the core away from the user's face. In one form, the textile outer layer includes loop material that engages the hook material portions.

In certain forms of the present technology, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes stretchable, eg, elastically stretchable, straps. For example, the strap is configured to be in tension in use and direct a force that draws the display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 closer to and into the field of view of a portion of the user's face, particularly the user's eyes. May be. In one embodiment, the straps may be configured as ties.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a first tie that, in use, has at least a portion of its lower edge against the superior ear floor point of the user's head. It is constructed and arranged to pass superiorly and overlap a portion of the parietal bone without overlapping the occipital bone.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a second tie that, in use, has at least a portion of its upper edge against the lower ear point of the user's head. It is constructed and arranged to pass below and overlie or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is constructed and arranged to interconnect the first tie and the second tie such that the first tie and the second tie are separated from each other. Includes a third tie that reduces the tendency to migrate.

In certain forms of the present technology, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes straps that are bendable, eg, non-rigid. An advantage of this aspect is that the strap is more comfortable against the user's head.

In certain forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes straps that are constructed to be breathable so that water vapor can travel through the straps.

In certain forms of the present technology, one or more positioning and stabilizing structures 1300 are provided, each configured to provide retention force corresponding to different size and/or shape ranges. . For example, the system may be suitable for large sized heads rather than small sized heads and another configuration may be suitable for small sized heads rather than large sized heads Positioning and stabilizing 1300 includes one form of conversion structure 1300 .

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include cushioning material (eg, foam pads) for contacting the user's skin. The cushioning material may provide additional wearability to the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, especially if the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is constructed from a rigid or semi-rigid material.

5.2.2.1 Temporal Connectors As shown in FIG. 4C, some forms of head-mounted display system 1000 or positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 include temporal connectors 1250, each of which in use It may overlap a respective one of the user's temporal bones. A portion of the temporal connector 1250, in use, contacts the area of the user's head that is adjacent to the superior fundus point, ie above the user's ears. In some embodiments, the temporal connector is the strap portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. FIG. In another embodiment, the temporal connector is an arm of head-mounted display unit 1200 . In some embodiments, the temporal connector of head-mounted display system 1000 may be partially formed by a strap portion (eg, lateral strap portion 1330) of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, and the head-mounted display unit It may be partially formed by an arm 1210 of 1200 .

The temporal connectors 1250 can be lateral portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 such that each temporal connector 1250 is positioned on either the left or right side of the user's head.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 can extend in the anterior-posterior direction and can be substantially parallel to the sagittal plane.

In some forms, temporal connector 1250 may be coupled to display unit housing 1205 . For example, the temporal connector 1250 may connect to the lateral side of the display unit housing 1205 . For example, each temporal connector 1250 may be coupled to a respective one of lateral left face 1234 and lateral right face 1236 .

In certain forms, the temporal connectors 1250 may be pivotally connected to the display unit housing 1205 to provide relative rotation between each temporal connector 1250 and the display unit housing 1205.

In certain forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be removably connected to the display unit housing 1205 (eg, via magnets, mechanical fasteners, hook and loop material, etc.).

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be positioned such that, in use, it extends generally along or parallel to the Frankfort horizontal plane of the head and above the user's cheekbones.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be positioned relative to the user's head, similar to the arms of eyeglasses, and positioned above the anti-helix of each ear.

In some forms, temporal connector 1250 may have a generally elongated flat configuration. In other words, each temporal connector 1250 is much longer and wider (from top to bottom in the page) than it is thick (into the page).

In some forms, the temporal connectors 1250 may each have a three-dimensional shape with curvature in all three axes (X, Y, and Z). The thickness of temporal connector 1250 may be substantially uniform, but its height varies throughout its length. The purpose of the shape and dimensions of the temporal connector 1250 is to fit closely to the user's head in order to retain a low profile and maintain a low profile (i.e., not appear overly bulky). That is.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be constructed from a rigid or semi-rigid material that may include plastic, Hytrel (thermoplastic polyester elastomer), or another similar material. A rigid or semi-rigid material can be self-supporting and/or retain its shape without being worn. This may make it easier for a user to more intuitively or clearly understand how to use the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, as opposed to the generally flimsy, non-shape retaining positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. Keeping the temporal connector 1250 in use prior to use may prevent or limit distortion while the user is wearing the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, allowing the user to quickly adjust the head-mounted display system 1000. can be worn or worn on

In certain forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be a stiffener, which limits the amount of extension or deformation of the arm during use, making it more effective (e.g., , direct) tension transformation.

In certain forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can be designed such that the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 pops "out of the box" under spring bias to generally assume an in-use configuration. Additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be arranged to retain its shape in use after being unboxed (e.g., stiffeners may be placed on some or a portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300). (because it can be formed to maintain its shape). Advantageously, because the shape of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally curvilinear, much like the back of the user's head, the orientation of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is clear to the user. That is, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally dome-shaped.

In certain forms, a flexible and/or elastic material may be disposed around the rigid or semi-rigid material of temporal connector 1250 . A flexible material can be more comfortable against the user's head to improve wearability and provide soft contact to the user's face. In one form, the flexible material is a textile sleeve that is permanently or removably coupled to each temporal connector 1250 .

In one form, the fabric may be overmolded onto at least one side of the stiffener. In one form, the stiffener may be formed separately to the elastic component, in which case a sock of user contact material (eg, Breath-O-Prene®) may be coated or slid over the stiffener. . In alternative forms, the user contact material may be provided to the stiffener by gluing, ultrasonic welding, stitching, hook-and-loop material, and/or stud connectors.

In some forms, the user-contacting material may be provided on both sides of the stiffener, or only on the user-contacting side (e.g., the user-contacting side) of the stiffener to reduce material bulk and cost. may be set to

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 is constructed from a flexible material (eg, fabric) that is comfortable against the user's skin and does not require additional layers to enhance comfort. may not.

5.2.2.2 Rear Support Sites As shown in FIG. 4C, some forms of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be used to position the display screen and/or display unit housing 1205 (shown in FIG. 4B) against the user's back. A posterior support portion 1350 may be included to help support close to the eye. The rear support portion 1350 may help secure the display screen and/or the display unit housing 1205 to the user's head to properly orient the display screen close to the user's eyes.

In some forms, rear support portion 1350 may be coupled to display unit housing 1205 via temporal connector 1250 .

In certain forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be directly coupled to the display unit housing 1205 and the rear support portion 1350 .

In some forms, the posterior support portion 1350 can have a three-dimensional contour that fits the shape of the user's head. For example, the three-dimensional shape of the posterior support portion 1350 may have a generally curvilinear three-dimensional shape adapted to overlap portions of the user's head parietal and occipital bones in use.

In some forms, posterior support portion 1350 may be the posterior portion of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . The posterior support portion 1350 may provide an at least partially forwardly directed securing force.

In certain forms, posterior support section 1350 is the lowest section of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, the posterior support portion 1350 may contact the area of the user's head between the occipital bone and the trapezius muscles. The posterior support 3008 may hook to the lower edge of the occipital bone (eg, occiput). The posterior support portion 1350 can provide upward and/or forward directed force to maintain contact with the back of the user's head.

In certain forms, the rear support section 1350 is the lowest section of the entire head-mounted display system 1000 . For example, the posterior support portion 1350 may be positioned at the base of the user's neck (e.g., the occiput and mitral bone below the user's eyes) such that the posterior support portion 1350 is below the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 . overlapping the muscle).

In some forms, the posterior support portion 1350 may include padded material, which may contact the user's head (eg, overlap the area between the occipital bone and the trapezius muscle). The padded material can provide additional comfort to the user and limit the marking caused by the posterior support portion 1350 pulling against the user's head.

5.2.2.3 Forehead Support Some forms of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 include a forehead support that, during use, is configured to contact the user's head above the user's eyes. It may include a portion or front support 1360 . The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIG. 5B includes a forehead support 1360 . In some examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIG. 4A can include a forehead support 1360. As shown in FIG. The forehead support 1360 may overlap the frontal bone of the user's head. In certain variations, the forehead support 1360 may also be superior to the sphenoid and/or temporal bones. This also allows the forehead support 1360 to be positioned above the user's eyebrows.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 can be an anterior portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and is positioned forward of the user's head relative to any other portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. can be The posterior support portion 1350 may provide at least partially posteriorly directed force.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 is a cushioning material (e.g., fabric, foam, silicone, etc.) that can contact the user and help limit the marks caused by the straps of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. may contain Forehead support 1360 and interfacing structure 1100 may cooperate to provide comfort to the user.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be separate from the display unit housing 1205 and may contact the user's head at a different location than the display unit housing 1205 (eg, higher). .

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 can be adjusted to allow the positioning and stabilizing structure 3000 to accommodate the shape and/or configuration of the user's face.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 (eg, on the lateral side of the forehead support 1360). The temporal connector 1250 may extend at least partially downward for coupling to the posterior support portion 1350 .

In certain forms, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include multiple pairs of temporal connectors 1250 . For example, a pair of temporal connectors 1250 may be coupled to forehead support 1360 and a pair of temporal connectors 1250 may be coupled to display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be displayed at an angle generally parallel to the user's forehead to improve comfort for the user. For example, the forehead support 1360 can position the user in an orientation that overlaps the frontal bone and is substantially parallel to the coronal plane. Placing the forehead support substantially parallel to the coronal plane may reduce the likelihood of pressure ulcers that may result from uneven presentation.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be offset from the posterior support or posterior support site that contacts the posterior region of the user's head (e.g., the overlapping occipital and trapezius muscles). good. In other words, the axis along the posterior straps will not intersect the forehead support 1360, which can be positioned lower and forward than the axis along the posterior straps. The resulting offset between the forehead support 1360 and the rear straps can create a moment that opposes the weight of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 . A larger offset may produce a larger moment and therefore more assistance in maintaining the proper position of display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 . The offset moves the forehead support 1360 closer to the user's eyes (e.g., more forward and downward along the user's head) or/or increases the angle of the rear straps to be more vertical. can be increased by

5.2.2.4 Adjustable Straps As shown in FIG. 4C, optional straps are attached to the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 to fix the position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 . A portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be adjustable in order to apply a sufficient tensile force.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may include at least one loop or eyelet 1254, and at least one of the temporal connectors 1250 may be threaded through that loop and folded back on itself. The length of temporal connector 1250 threaded through each eyelet 1254 can be selected by the user to adjust the tensile force provided by positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, a greater length of temporal connector 1250 can be threaded through eyelet 1254 to provide greater pulling force.

In some forms, at least one of the temporal connectors 1250 may include an adjustment portion 1256 and a receiving portion 1258 . Adjustment portion 1256 may be positioned through eyelet 1254 on display unit housing 1205 and may be coupled to receiving portion 1258 (eg, by folding back on itself). Adjustment portion 1256 may include hook material and receiving portion 1258 may include loop material (or vice versa) so that adjustment portion 1256 may be removably retained in a desired position. In some embodiments, the hook and loop material may be Velcro®.

In certain forms, adjusting the position of adjustment portion 1256 relative to receiving portion 1258 applies a rearward force to display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 to increase or decrease the sealing force of the light shield against the user's head. (eg, when the light shield acts as a hermetic forming structure).

In certain forms, the adjustment site 1256 may be constructed of a flexible and/or elastic material that may conform to the shape of the user's head and/or the adjustment site may pass through the eyelet 1254. may allow it to be For example, adjustment site(s) 1256 may be constructed from an elastic fabric, which can provide elastic tension. The remainder of the temporal connector 1250 may be constructed from the rigid or semi-rigid materials described above (although it is contemplated that additional portions of the temporal connector 1250 may also be constructed from flexible materials. is done).

5.2.2.4.1 Head Strap In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 3000 can include an upper strap portion 1340 that can overlap the upper region of the user's head.

In some forms, the upper strap section 1340 may extend between a front section of the head-mounted display system 1000 and a rear section of the head-mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the upper strap portion 1340 may be constructed from a flexible material and configured to complement the shape of the user's head.

In certain forms, top strap portion 1340 may be connected to display unit housing 1205 . For example, upper strap portion 1340 may be coupled to upper face 1230 . Top strap portion 1340 may also be coupled to display unit housing 1205 proximate the rear end of display unit housing 1205 .

In certain forms, upper strap section 1340 may be coupled to forehead support 1360 . For example, the upper strap section 1340 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 proximate the upper edge. Upper strap portion 1340 may be connected to display unit housing 1205 via forehead support 1360 .

In some forms, the upper strap section 1340 may be connected to the rear support section 1350. For example, the upper strap section 1340 may be connected proximate the upper edge of the rear support section 1350 .

In some variations, the upper strap portion 1340 may overlap the frontal and parietal bones of the user's head.

In certain forms, upper strap section 1340 may extend along the sagittal plane such that it extends between the anterior and posterior sections of head-mounted display system 1000 .

In certain forms, the upper strap portion 1340 may apply an at least partially upwardly directed tensile force, which can counteract the force of gravity.

In certain forms, the upper strap portion 1340 may apply an at least partially rearwardly directed pulling force, thereby pulling the interfacing structure 1100 toward the user's face (and thus the light shielding shield). 3304 provides a sealing force site when acting as a seal-forming structure).

In some forms, the upper strap portion 1340 is adapted to apply selective tension to the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 to secure the position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205. may be adjustable to

In certain forms, the display unit housing 1205 and/or the forehead support 1360 (optionally) may include at least one loop or eyelet 1254 through which the upper strap portion 1340 passes and extends itself. may be wrapped to The length of upper strap portion 1340 threaded through eyelet 1254 may be selected by the user to adjust the tensile force provided by positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, a greater length of upper strap portion 1340 may be threaded through eyelet 1254 to provide greater pulling force.

In some forms, the upper strap portion 1340 can include an adjustment portion and a receiving portion. The adjustment portion may be positioned via an eyelet 1254 and may be coupled (eg, by folding back on itself) with the receiving portion. The adjustment portion may include hook material, the receiving portion may include loop material (or vice versa), and the adjustment portion may be removably retained in a desired position. In some embodiments, the hook and loop material may be Velcro®.

5.2.2.5 Rotation Control In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 and/or the display screen 1220 can pivot relative to the user's face while the user is wearing the positioning and stabilizing structure. can be done. This may allow the user to check the physical environment while wearing the user interface 3000 . This may be useful for users who want to take a break to view the virtual environment, but do not want to remove the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 .

In some forms, a pivot connection 1260 may be formed between an upper portion of display unit housing 1205 and positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, pivot connection 1260 may be formed in upper face 1230 of display unit housing 1205 .

In certain forms, pivot connection 1260 may be coupled to forehead support 1360 . The display unit housing 1205 may be able to pivot around the lower edge of the forehead support 1360 .

In one form, temporal connector 1250 may be coupled to forehead support 1360 to allow display unit housing 1205 to pivot.

In some forms, the pivot connection 1260 can be a ratchet connection and can maintain the display unit housing 1205 in the raised position without additional user intervention.

5.2.3 Controller As shown in FIG. 6, the head-mounted display system 1000 includes a controller 1270 for providing user input to the virtual environment and/or for operating the head-mounted display system 1000. may be engageable by a user to control the A controller 1270 may be connected to the display unit 1200 and may provide the user with the ability to interact with virtual objects output from the head-mounted display unit 1200 to the user.

5.2.3.1 Handheld Controller In some forms, the controller 1270 may comprise a handheld device and can be easily grasped by a user with one hand.

In particular forms, head-mounted display system 1000 may include two handheld controllers. The handheld controllers may be substantially identical to each other, and each handheld may be operable by a respective one of the user's hands.

In some forms, a user can interact with the handheld controller(s) to control and/or interact with virtual objects within the virtual environment.

In some forms, the handheld controller includes buttons that may be actuable by the user. For example, the user's fingers may be able to press buttons while gripping the handheld controller.

In some forms, the handheld controller may include directional controls (eg, joystick, control pad, etc.). A user's thumb may be able to engage the directional controls while gripping the handheld controller.

In certain forms, controller 1270 may be wirelessly connected to head-mounted display unit 1200 . For example, controller 1270 and head-mounted display unit 1200 may be connected by Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, or any similar means.

In certain forms, controller 1270 and head-mounted display unit 1200 may be wired together.

5.2.3.2 Fixed Controller In some variations, at least a portion of controller 1270 may be integrally formed with display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, controller 1270 may include operating buttons that are integrally formed with display unit housing 1205 . For example, the operating buttons are located on the upper face 1230 and/or the lower face such that the user's fingers are engageable when the user's palm is held against the lateral left or right face 1234 , 1236 of the display unit housing 1205 . 1232 may be formed. Operation buttons may also be arranged on other faces of the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, a user may interact with control buttons to control at least one operation of head mounted display system 1000 . For example, the operating button may be an on/off button that can selectively control whether display screen 1220 is outputting an image to the user.

In certain forms, the operation buttons and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be wired.

In some forms, the head-mounted display system 1000 may include both handheld controllers and control buttons.

5.2.4 Speakers Referring to FIG. 6, in some configurations, the head-mounted display system 1000 is connected to the head-mounted display unit 1200 and placed in close proximity to the user's ears to provide auditory output to the user. A sound system or speaker 1272 positionable by

In some forms, the speakers 1272 may be positionable around the user's ears to block or limit the user from hearing ambient noise.

In certain forms, speakers 1272 may be wirelessly connected to head-mounted display unit 1200 . For example, speakers 1272 and head-mounted display unit 1200 may be connected by Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, or any similar means.

In some forms, speaker 1272 includes a left ear transducer and a right ear transducer. In some forms, the left and right ear transducers output different signals so that volume and/or noise that a user hears in one ear (e.g., left ear) is reflected in the volume and/or noise that a user hears in the other ear (e.g., right ear). may differ from the volume and/or noise heard by the ear).

In some forms, speaker 1272 (eg, the volume of speaker 1272 ) may be controlled using controller 1270 .

5.2.5 Power Supply Referring to FIG. 6, some forms of head mounted display system 1000 can provide power to head mounted display unit 1200 and any other electrical components of head mounted display system 1000. An electrical power source 1274 may be included.

In certain forms, power source 1274 may include a wired electrical connection that may be coupled to an external power source that may be fixed at a particular location.

In certain forms, power source 1274 may include a portable battery that may power head mounted display unit 1200 . A portable battery can increase a user's mobility compared to a wired electrical connection.

In certain forms, head mounted display system 1000 and/or other electronic components of head mounted display system 1000 may include internal batteries and may be usable without power source 1274 .

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 may include power supply 1274 remote from head mounted display unit 1200 . Electrical wiring may extend from a distal location to display unit housing 1205 to electrically connect power source 1274 to head mounted display unit 1200 .

In certain forms, power source 1274 may be coupled to positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, power source 1274 may be permanently or removably coupled to straps of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . Power supply 1274 may be coupled to a rear portion of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 such that it may generally face display unit housing 1205 and/or head-mounted display unit 1200 . Accordingly, the weight of power supply 1274 and the weight of head mounted display unit 1200 and display unit housing 1205 can be distributed throughout head mounted display system 1000 instead of being concentrated in the front portion of head mounted display system 1000 . Shifting weight to the rear portion of the head-mounted display system 1000 may limit the moments generated by the user's face, improving comfort and allowing the user to wear the head-mounted display system 1000 for longer periods of time. can do.

In certain forms, power source 1274 may be supported by the user distal to the user's head. For example, power supply 1274 may be connected to head mounted display unit 1200 and/or display unit housing 1205 only via electrical connectors (eg, wires). The power source 1274 may be stored in the user's pants pocket, on a belt clip, or in a similar manner that supports the weight of the power source 1274 . This removes the weight that the user's head has to support, and may make wearing the head-mounted display system 1000 more comfortable for the user.

In some forms, head mounted display unit 1200 may include power supply 1274 . For example, display unit 1220 may be a cell phone or other similar electronic device that includes an internal power source 1274 .

5.2.6 Control System Referring to FIG. 6, some forms of head-mounted display system 1000 include a control system 1276 that helps control the output received by the user. Specifically, control system 1276 can control visual output from display screen 1220 and/or audio output from speakers 1272 .

In some forms, the control system 1276 may include sensors that monitor different parameters (eg, in the physical environment) and communicate the measured parameters to the processor. The power received by the user can be affected by the measured parameters.

In some forms, control system 1276 is integrated with head-mounted display unit 1200 . In other forms, control system 1276 is housed within control system support 1290 and is separate from but connected (eg, electrically connected) to head mounted display unit 1200 .

5.2.6.1 Power Source In some forms, the control system 1276 may be powered by a power source 1274, which may be at least one battery used to power the components of the control system 1276. good. For example, the sensors of control system 1276 may be powered by power supply 1274 .

In some forms, at least one battery of power source 1274 may be low power system battery 1278 and mains battery 7008 .

In certain forms, a low power system battery 1278 may be used to power a real-time (RT) clock 1282 of control system 1276 .

5.2.6.1.1 Integrated Power Support Site In some configurations, the battery support site 1288 may support the low power system battery 1278 and/or the mains battery 7008 . Battery support portion 1288 may be directly supported by head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, battery support portion 1288 may be located within display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, posterior support portion 1288 may be positioned on positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, battery support portion 1288 may be coupled to rear support portion 1350 . The weight of head-mounted display system 1000 may be more evenly distributed around the user's head. One form of battery support portion 1288 is a battery pack housing, which is described in more detail herein.

5.2.6.1.2 Remote Power Support Site In some forms, the battery support site 1288 may support the low power system battery 1278 and/or the mains battery 7008 . Battery support portion 1288 may be coupled to the user independently of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and/or display unit housing 1205 (eg, may be coupled via a belt clip). Battery support portion 1288 may also be supported away from the user's body (eg, when head mounted display system 1000 receives power from a computer or video game console). A tether may couple the battery support portion 1288 to the control system 1276 and/or other electronics. The location of the battery support site may improve comfort for the user as the weight of the low power system battery 1278 and/or mains battery 7008 is not supported on the user's head.

5.2.6.2 Orientation Sensor In some forms, the control system 1276 includes a orientation sensor 1284 that can sense the orientation of the user's body. For example, orientation sensor 1284 may sense when the user rotates the entire body and/or individually rotates the head. In other words, orientation sensor 1284 may measure the angular position (or any similar parameter) of the user's body. By sensing rotation, sensor 1284 may communicate to display screen 1220 to output a different image.

In some embodiments, external orientation sensors may be placed in the physical environment in which the user is wearing head-mounted display system 1000 . The external orientation sensor can track the user's movements, similar to the orientation sensor 1284 described above. Using an external orientation sensor can reduce the weight that the user must bear.

5.2.6.2.1 Cameras In some forms, the control system 1276 may include at least one camera, which may be positioned to view the user's physical environment.

In some forms, orientation sensor 1284 is a camera configured to observe the user's physical environment to determine the orientation of the user's head (eg, which direction the user's head is tilted). May be.

In some forms, orientation sensors 1284 are positioned throughout head-mounted display system 1000 to provide a more complete view of the user's physical environment and to more accurately determine the orientation of the user's head. Including multiple cameras.

In some forms, camera 1284 is coupled to front face 1238 of display unit housing 1205 . Cameras 1284 may be arranged in sequence to provide a "first person" view.

In certain forms, the display screen 1220 may display the user's physical environment using the camera 1284 and allow the user to feel as if they are viewing the physical environment without assistance from the head-mounted display system 1000 (i.e., , first-person view). This may allow the user to move around their physical environment without removing the head-mounted display system 1000 .

In one form, the virtual objects may be displayed while the display screen 1220 is displaying the user's physical environment. Camera 1284 enables head-mounted display system 1000 to operate as an MR device. Control system 1276 may include controls for switching operation between VR and MR devices.

5.2.6.3 Eye Sensors In some forms, the control system 1276 may include eye sensors that can track the movement of the user's eyes. For example, an eye sensor can measure the position of at least one eye of the user and determine which direction the at least one eye of the user is looking.

In some forms, control system 1276 may include two eye sensors. Each sensor can correspond to one eye of the user.

In some forms, an eye sensor may be placed in or near lens 1240 .

In some forms, eye sensors may measure the angular position of the user's ears to determine the visual output from display screen 1220 .

5.2.6.4 Processing System In some forms, control system 1276 includes a processing system that can receive measurements from various sensors of control system 1276 .

In some forms, the processing system may receive measurements recorded by orientation sensor 1284 and/or eye sensors. Based on these measurements, the processor can communicate with display screen 1220 to modify the output image. For example, if the user's eyes and/or the user's head rotate upward, display screen 1220 may display a higher portion of the virtual environment (eg, in response to an instruction from the processing system). .

5.3 Augmented Reality Display Interface As shown in FIGS. 5A-5B, a display device or head-mounted display system 1000 according to one aspect of the present technology comprises the following functional aspects: a display screen 1220, a display housing 3200. , and positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . In some forms, functional aspects may provide one or more physical components. In some forms, one or more physical components may provide one or more functional aspects. In use, the display 3100 is positioned to be positioned close to and in front of the user's eyes so that the user can view the display unit 3100 .

In other aspects, head mounted display system 1000 may include interfacing structure 1100 , controller 1270 , speakers 1272 , power supply 1274 and/or control system 1276 . In some embodiments they may be an integral part of the head mounted display system 1000, in other embodiments they are modular and integrated into the head mounted display system 1000 as desired by the user. But it's okay.

5.3.1 Display Unit The head-mounted display unit 1200 may include structures for providing observable output to the user. Specifically, the head-mounted display unit 1200 is arranged to be held in an operating position (eg, manually, by positioning and stabilizing structures, etc.) in front of the user's face.

In some examples, head-mounted display unit 1200 may include display screen 1220 , display unit housing 1205 , and/or interfacing structure 1100 . These components may be integrally formed within a single head-mounted display unit 1200, or may be separable and selectively connected by the user to form the head-mounted display unit 1200. . Additionally, display screen 1220 , display unit housing 1205 , and/or interfacing structure 1100 may be included within head-mounted display system 1000 but may not be part of head-mounted display unit 1200 .

5.3.1.1 Display Screen As shown in FIG. 5A, some forms of head-mounted display unit 1200 include a display screen 1220 . Display screen 1220 may include electrical components that provide user-observable output.

In one form of the present technology shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B, display screen 1220 provides a user-observable light output. The light output allows the user to observe the virtual environment and/or virtual objects.

The display screen 1220 may be placed in close proximity to the user's eyes so that the user can view the display screen 1220 . For example, display screen 1220 may be positioned in front of the user's eyes. Display screen 1220 can display a computer-generated image viewable by the user to augment the user's physical environment (e.g., the computer-generated image can appear to exist in the user's physical environment). there is).

In some forms, display screen 1220 is an electronic display. The display screen 1220 can be a liquid crystal display (LCD) or light emitting diode (LED) display.

In some forms, the computer-generated image may be projected onto display screen 1220 .

In some forms, the display screen 1220 can extend the distance between the user's pupils to a greater extent. Display screen 1220 may also be wider than the distance between the user's cheeks.

In some forms, display screen 1220 may display at least one image viewable by a user. For example, display screen 1220 may display an image that changes according to predetermined conditions (eg, passage of time, user movement, user input, etc.).

In certain forms, portions of display screen 1220 may be visible to only one eye of the user. In other words, a portion of the display screen 1220 may be positioned in front of and close to only one of the user's eyes (eg, right eye) and block the view from the other eye (eg, left eye).

In one embodiment, the display screen 1220 may be split into left and right sides (eg, left side and right side) to display two images at a time (eg, one image on each side).

A similar image may be displayed on each side of the display screen 1220 . In some embodiments the images may be the same, and in other embodiments the images may be slightly different.

By combining two images on the display screen 1220 to form a binocular display, a more realistic AR or MR experience can be provided to the user. In other words, the user's brain can process the two images from display screen 1220 together as one image. By providing two (eg, non-identical) images, the user can see virtual objects in his or her surroundings, expanding his or her perspective in the virtual environment.

In certain forms, display screen 1220 may be positioned to be visible to both eyes of the user. The display screen 1220 can simultaneously output a single image that can be viewed with both eyes. This makes it possible to simplify the processing compared to the multiple image display screen 1220 .

In some forms, head-mounted display system 1000 includes a single lens 1240 (eg, a monocular display). Lens 1240 may be placed in front of both eyes (eg, so that both eyes see the image from display screen 1220 through lens 1240) or may be placed in front of only one eye (eg, display screen 1220). if the image from the can be viewed with only one eye). This can be particularly useful in AR or MR when the user wants to limit the virtual stimuli and observe the physical environment without overlapping virtual objects.

In certain forms, particularly when using the display screen 1220 in an AR or MR environment, the display screen 1220 can be turned off while the user wears the display screen 1220 and continues to interact with the physical environment. This allows the user to select the timing of receiving a virtual stimulus and the timing of observing only the physical environment.

In certain forms, display screen 1220 may be transparent (or translucent). For example, display screen 1220 may be glass that allows a user to see through display screen 1220 . This can be particularly useful in AR or MR applications, allowing the user to continuously check the physical environment.

5.3.1.1.1 Optical Lens As shown in FIG. 5A, the display screen 1220 may be placed within a lens 1240 . A user may view an image provided from display screen 1220 through lens 1240 . Lens 1240 may be transparent and/or translucent along with display screen 1220 so that a user can observe the physical environment while looking through lens 1240 . In some examples, a user may be able to observe (eg, visually observe) the physical environment with or without a computer-generated image output by display screen 1220 .

In some forms, head-mounted display system 1000 includes two lenses 1240 (eg, a binocular display), one for each eye of the user. In other words, each of the user's eyes can see through a separate lens placed in front of their respective pupils. Each of the lenses 1240 can be identical, but in some embodiments one lens 1240 can be different (eg, have different powers) than the other lenses 1240 . For example, lens 1240 may be a prescription lens 1240, and each eye of the user may have a different prescription.

In certain forms, display screen 1220 may output two images simultaneously. Each user's eye may see only one of the two images. Also, the images may be displayed side by side on the display screen 1220 . Each lens 1240 allows each eye to view only images that are close to each eye. The user can view these two images together as one image.

In certain forms, each lens 1240 may include a separate display screen 1220 that outputs a different image. For example, different computer-generated images may be displayed to the user's eyes.

In one aspect, the user may control whether both, one, or both display screens 1220 are output simultaneously. This can be useful when a user wants to switch which eye they use to view a computer-generated image.

In some forms, head-mounted display system 1000 includes a single lens 1240 (eg, a monocular display). Lens 1240 may be placed in front of both eyes (eg, so that both eyes see the image from display screen 1220 through lens 1240) or may be placed in front of only one eye (eg, display screen 1220). if the image from the can be viewed with only one eye).

5.3.1.2 Display Housing In some forms of the present technology shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B, the display unit housing 1205 allows the position of at least some of the components of the display screen 1220 to be positioned relative to one another. To maintain, a support structure for display screen 1220 may be provided to further protect display screen 1220 and/or other components of display unit 1200 . Display unit housing 1205 may be constructed of a material suitable to provide protection from impact forces to display screen 1220 . The display unit housing 1205 may also contact the user's face and may be constructed from a biocompatible material suitable for limiting stimulation of the user.

A display unit housing 1205 according to some forms of the present technology may be constructed from a hard, rigid or semi-rigid material such as plastic.

In certain forms, a rigid or semi-rigid material may be at least partially covered with a soft and/or flexible material (eg, fabric, silicone, etc.). This is because at least a portion of display unit housing 1205 that a user engages (eg, grasps with one's hand) comprises a soft and/or flexible material, thereby reducing biocompatibility and/or user comfort. can improve

A display unit housing 1205 according to other aspects of the present technology may be constructed from a soft, flexible, resilient material such as silicone rubber.

In some forms, display screen 1220 may protrude at least partially from display unit housing 1205 . For example, unlike the VR head-mounted display system 1000 , the display screen 1220 in the AR (or MR) head-mounted display system 1000 may not be completely enclosed by the display unit housing 1205 . A user may be able to directly view display screen 1220 or may be able to see through display screen 1220 (eg, if display screen 1220 is transparent or translucent).

In certain forms, display unit housing 1205 may support sensors or other electronics described below. The display unit housing 1205 can provide protection to the electronic device without substantially obstructing the user's view of the display screen 1220 .

5.3.1.3 Interfacing Structures As shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B, some forms of the present technology position and/or position the interfacing structure 1100 to conform to the shape of the user's face. positioned to provide additional comfort to the user while wearing and/or using the head-mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, interfacing structure 1100 is coupled to a surface of display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, interfacing structure 1100 can be constructed from a biocompatible material.

In some forms, an interfacing structure 1100 according to the present technology may be constructed from soft, flexible, and/or elastic materials.

In certain forms, an interfacing structure 1100 according to the present technology may be constructed from silicone rubber and/or foam.

In some forms, the interfacing structure 1100 may contact sensitive areas of the user's face, which may be areas of discomfort. The material forming interfacing structure 1100 may cushion these sensitive areas and limit the user's discomfort while wearing head-mounted display system 1000 .

In particular forms, these sensitive areas may include the user's forehead. Specifically, this may include the superficial cranial muscles and/or areas of the user's head that are proximate to the frontal bone, such as the glabella. This area can be sensitive due to the limited natural cushioning from muscle and/or fat between the user's skin and bones. Similarly, the bridge of the user's nose may also contain little natural cushioning.

In some forms, interfacing structure 1100 may comprise a single element. In some embodiments, interfacing structure 1100 may be designed for high volume manufacturing. For example, interfacing structure 1100 can be designed to comfortably fit a wide range of different face shapes and sizes.

In some forms, the interfacing structure 1100 may include different elements that overlap different regions of the user's face. Different portions of the interfacing structure 1100 can be constructed from different materials to provide different textures and/or cushioning to the user in different areas.

In some forms, the interfacing structure 1100 may include nose pads (eg, used in eyeglasses) that may contact the lateral sides of the user's nose. The nose pads may apply light pressure to the user's nose to maintain the position of the head-mounted display system 1000, but will not apply significant uncomfortable forces (e.g., the nose pads may be pushed backwards). will not receive a directed tensile force).

5.3.2 Positioning and Stabilizing Structure As shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 of the head-mounted display system 1000 of the present technology are served by a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. It may be held in the hour position.

In order to hold the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 in its correct operating position, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 reduces the induced load from the weight of the display unit to reduce facial marks and/or pain from prolonged use. provides ideal comfort for the user's head in order to accommodate in a manner that minimizes There is also a need to allow universal fit (without trade-offs in comfort, ease of use and manufacturing costs). Design criteria include adjustability within a given range and low threshold for the clumsy with a simple set-up solution with few touch points. A further consideration is accommodating the dynamic environment in which the head-mounted display system 1000 may be used. As part of the immersive experience of the virtual environment, users may communicate (ie, converse) while using head-mounted display system 1000 . In this way, the user's jaw or lower jaw can move relative to other bones of the skull. Furthermore, during a period of use of head-mounted display system 1000, the entire head may move. For example, there is movement of the user's upper body (and possibly lower body), and in particular movement of the head relative to the upper and lower body.

In one form, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 provides a holding force that overcomes the effects of gravity on display screen 1220 and/or display unit 1205 .

In one form of the present technology, a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is provided that is configured in a manner consistent with being worn comfortably by a user. In one embodiment, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 has a discreet profile or cross-sectional thickness to reduce the perceived or actual bulk of the device. In one embodiment, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes at least one strap having a rectangular cross-section. In one embodiment, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes at least one flat strap.

In one form of the present technology, a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is provided that is configured not to be so large and bulky as to prevent a user from comfortably moving his head from side to side.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a strap constructed from a laminate of a textile user contact layer, a foam inner layer and a textile outer layer. In one form, the foam is porous such that moisture (eg, perspiration) can pass through the strap. In one form, the skin-contacting layer of the strap is formed from a material that helps keep moisture in the core away from the user's face. In one form, the textile outer layer includes loop material that engages the hook material portions.

In certain forms of the present technology, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes stretchable, eg, elastically stretchable, straps. For example, the straps are configured to be in tension in use and direct a force that draws the display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 closer to and along a portion of the user's face, particularly the user's eyes, along the line of sight. May be. In one embodiment, the straps may be configured as ties.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a first tie that, in use, has at least a portion of its lower edge against the superior ear floor point of the user's head. It is constructed and arranged to pass superiorly and overlap a portion of the parietal bone without overlapping the occipital bone.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a second tie that, in use, has at least a portion of its upper edge against the lower ear point of the user's head. It is constructed and arranged to pass below and overlie or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is constructed and arranged to interconnect the first tie and the second tie such that the first tie and the second tie are separated from each other. Includes a third tie that reduces the tendency to migrate.

In certain forms of the present technology, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes straps that are bendable, eg, non-rigid. An advantage of this aspect is that the strap is more comfortable against the user's head.

In certain forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes straps that are constructed to be breathable so that water vapor can travel through the straps.

In certain forms of the present technology, one or more positioning and stabilizing structures 1300 are provided, each configured to provide retention force corresponding to different size and/or shape ranges. . For example, the system may be suitable for large sized heads rather than small sized heads and another configuration may be suitable for small sized heads rather than large sized heads Positioning and stabilizing 1300 includes one form of conversion structure 1300 .

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include cushioning material (eg, foam pads) for contacting the user's skin. The cushioning material may provide additional wearability to the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, especially if the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is constructed from a rigid or semi-rigid material.

5.3.2.1 Temporal Connectors As shown in FIG. 5B, some forms of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 include temporal connectors 1250, each of which, in use, connects to a respective temporal bone of the user. can overlap one of A portion of the temporal connector 1250, in use, contacts the area of the user's head that is proximate to the superior fundus point, ie, above each of the user's ears.

The temporal connectors 1250 can be lateral portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 such that each temporal connector 1250 is positioned on either the left or right side of the user's head.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 can extend in the anterior-posterior direction and can be substantially parallel to the sagittal plane.

In some forms, temporal connector 1250 may be coupled to display unit housing 1205 . For example, the temporal connector 1250 may connect to the lateral side of the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be positioned such that, in use, it extends generally along or parallel to the Frankfort horizontal plane of the head and above the user's cheekbones.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be positioned relative to the user's head, similar to the arms of eyeglasses, and positioned above the anti-helix of each ear.

In some forms, temporal connector 1250 may have a generally elongated flat configuration. In other words, each temporal connector 1250 is much longer and wider (from top to bottom in the page) than it is thick (into the page).

In some forms, the temporal connectors 1250 may each have a three-dimensional shape with curvature in all three axes (X, Y, and Z). The thickness of temporal connector 1250 may be substantially uniform, but its height varies throughout its length. The purpose of the shape and dimensions of the temporal connector 1250 is to fit closely to the user's head in order to retain a low profile and maintain a low profile (i.e., not appear overly bulky). That is.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be constructed from a rigid or semi-rigid material that may include plastic, Hytrel (thermoplastic polyester elastomer), or another similar material. A rigid or semi-rigid material can be self-supporting and/or retain its shape without being worn. This may make it easier for a user to more intuitively or clearly understand how to use the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, as opposed to the generally flimsy, non-shape retaining positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. Keeping the temporal connector 1250 in use prior to use may prevent or limit distortion while the user is wearing the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, allowing the user to quickly adjust the head-mounted display system 1000. can be worn or worn on

In certain forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be a stiffener, which limits the amount of extension or deformation of the arm during use, making it more effective (e.g., , direct) tension transformation.

In certain forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can be designed such that the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 pops "out of the box" under spring bias to generally assume an in-use configuration. Additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be arranged to retain its shape in use after being unboxed (e.g., stiffeners may be placed on some or a portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300). (because it can be formed to maintain its shape). Advantageously, the shape of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally curvilinear, much like the back of the user's head, so that the orientation of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is clear to the user. That is, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally dome-shaped.

In certain forms, a flexible and/or elastic material may be disposed around the rigid or semi-rigid material of temporal connector 1250 . A flexible material may be more comfortable against the user's head to improve wearability and provide soft contact to the user's face. In one form, the flexible material is a textile sleeve that is permanently or removably coupled to the temporal connector 1250 .

In one form, the fabric may be overmolded onto at least one side of the stiffener. In one form, the stiffener may be formed separately to the elastic component, in which case a sock of user contact material (eg, Breath-O-Prene®) may be coated or slid over the stiffener. . In alternative forms, the user contact material may be provided to the stiffener by gluing, ultrasonic welding, stitching, hook-and-loop material, and/or stud connectors.

In some forms, user-contacting material may be provided on both sides of the stiffener, or only on the user-contacting side (e.g., user-contacting surface) of the stiffener to reduce material bulk and cost. may be set to

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 is constructed from a flexible material (eg, fabric) that is comfortable against the user's skin and does not require additional layers to enhance comfort. may not.

Some versions of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include only temporal connectors 1250 . The temporal connectors 1250 may be shaped like the temples or arms of eyeglasses and may rest against the user's head in a similar manner. For example, the temporal arms 3304 may provide forces directed at the lateral sides of the user's head (eg, directed at the respective temporal bones).

5.3.2.2 Rear Support Site As shown in FIG. 5B, some forms of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 provide a rear support, such as display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205, to the user's back. A posterior support portion 1350 may be included to help support close to the eye. The rear support portion 1350 may help secure the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 to the user's head to properly orient the display screen 1220 close to the user's eyes.

In some forms, rear support portion 1350 may be coupled to display unit housing 1205 via temporal connector 1250 .

In certain forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be directly coupled to the display unit housing 1205 and the rear support portion 1350 .

In some forms, the posterior support portion 1350 can have a three-dimensional contour that fits the shape of the user's head. For example, the three-dimensional shape of the posterior support portion 1350 may have a generally curvilinear three-dimensional shape adapted to overlap portions of the parietal and occipital bones of the user's head in use.

In some forms, posterior support portion 1350 may be the posterior portion of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . The posterior support portion 1350 may provide an at least partially forwardly directed securing force.

In certain forms, posterior support section 1350 is the lowest section of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, the posterior support portion 1350 may contact the area of the user's head between the occipital bone and the trapezius muscles. The posterior support portion 1350 may hook to the lower edge of the occipital bone (eg, occiput). The posterior support portion 1350 can provide upward and/or forward directed force to maintain contact with the back of the user's head.

In certain forms, the rear support section 1350 is the lowest section of the entire head-mounted display system 1000 . For example, the posterior support portion 1350 may be positioned at the base of the user's neck (e.g., the occiput and mitral bone below the user's eyes) such that the posterior support portion 1350 is below the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 . overlapping the muscle).

In some forms, the posterior support portion 1350 may include padded material, which may contact the user's head (eg, overlap the area between the occipital bone and the trapezius muscle). The padded material can provide additional comfort to the user and limit the marking caused by the posterior support portion 1350 pulling against the user's head.

5.3.2.3 Forehead Support As shown in Figures 5A and 5B, some forms of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, in use, provide the user's head with a position above the user's eyes. may include a forehead support 1360 that may contact the . For example, the forehead support 1360 may overlap the frontal bone of the user's head. In certain variations, the forehead support 1360 may also be superior to the sphenoid and/or temporal bones. Also, this allows the forehead support 1360 to be positioned above the user's eyebrows.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 can be an anterior portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and is positioned more forward of the user's head than any other portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. May be. The posterior support portion 1350 may provide at least partially posteriorly directed force.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 is a cushioning material (e.g., fabric, foam, silicone, etc.) that can contact the user and help limit the marks caused by the straps of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. may contain Forehead support 1360 and interfacing structure 1100 may cooperate to provide comfort to the user.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be separate from the display unit housing 1205 and may contact the user's head at a different location than the display unit housing 1205 (eg, higher). .

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 can be adjusted to allow the positioning and stabilizing structure 3000 to accommodate the shape and/or configuration of the user's face.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 (eg, on the lateral side of the forehead support 1360). The temporal connector 1250 may extend at least partially downward for coupling to the posterior support portion 1350 .

In certain forms, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include multiple pairs of temporal connectors 1250 . For example, a pair of temporal connectors 1250 may be coupled to forehead support 1360 and a pair of temporal connectors 1250 may be coupled to display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be displayed at an angle generally parallel to the user's forehead to improve comfort for the user. For example, the forehead support 1360 can position the user in an orientation that overlaps the frontal bone and is substantially parallel to the coronal plane. Placing the forehead support substantially parallel to the coronal plane may reduce the likelihood of pressure ulcers that may result from uneven presentation.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be offset from the posterior support that contacts the posterior region of the user's head (eg, the overlapping region of the occiput and trapezius muscles). In other words, the axis along the posterior straps will not intersect the forehead support 1360, which can be positioned lower and forward than the axis along the posterior straps. The resulting offset between the forehead support 1360 and the rear straps can create a moment that opposes the weight of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 . A larger offset may produce a larger moment and therefore more assistance in maintaining the proper position of display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 . The offset may be moving the forehead support 1360 closer to the user's eyes (e.g., more forward and downward along the user's head) or/or increasing the angle of the rear straps to be more vertical. can be increased by increasing

5.3.2.4 Adjustable Straps To fix the position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 and to apply selective tension to the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205. , the location of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be adjustable.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may include at least one loop or eyelet 1254, and at least one of the temporal connectors 1250 may be threaded through that loop and folded back on itself. The length of the strap of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 threaded through each eyelet 1254 can be selected by the user to adjust the tension force. For example, passing a greater length through eyelet 1254 can provide greater pulling force.

In some forms, at least one of the temporal connectors 1250 may include an adjustment portion 1256 and a receiving portion 1258 . Adjustment portion 1256 may be positioned through eyelet 1254 on display unit housing 1205 and may be coupled to receiving portion 1258 (eg, by folding back on itself). Adjustment portion 1256 may include hook material and receiving portion 1258 may include loop material (or vice versa) so that adjustment portion 1256 may be removably retained in a desired position. In some embodiments, the hook and loop material may be Velcro®.

In certain forms, the strap may be constructed at least partially from a flexible and/or elastic material, which may conform to the shape of the user's head, and/or where the adjustment sites are eyelets 1254. may allow it to pass through For example, adjustment site(s) 1256 may be constructed from an elastic fabric, which can provide elastic tension. The remainder of the temporal connector 1250 may be constructed from the rigid or semi-rigid materials described above (although it is contemplated that additional portions of the temporal connector 1250 may also be constructed from flexible materials. is done).

5.3.2.4.1 Upper Strap Region In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 3000 can include an upper strap region 1340 that can overlap the upper region of the user's head.

In some forms, the upper strap section 1340 may extend between a front section of the head-mounted display system 1000 and a rear section of the head-mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the upper strap portion 1340 may be constructed from a flexible material and configured to complement the shape of the user's head.

In certain forms, top strap portion 1340 may be connected to display unit housing 1205 . For example, upper strap portion 1340 may be coupled to upper face 1230 . Top strap portion 1340 may also be coupled to display unit housing 3528 proximate the rearward end of display unit housing 1205 .

In certain forms, upper strap section 1340 may be coupled to forehead support 1360 . For example, the upper strap section 1340 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 proximate the upper edge. Upper strap portion 1340 may be connected to display unit housing 1205 via forehead support 1360 .

In some forms, the upper strap section 1340 may be connected to the rear support section 1350. For example, the upper strap section 1340 may be connected proximate the upper edge of the rear support section 1350 .

In some variations, the upper strap portion 1340 may overlap the frontal and parietal bones of the user's head.

In certain forms, upper strap section 1340 may extend along the sagittal plane such that it extends between the anterior and posterior sections of head-mounted display system 1000 .

In certain forms, the upper strap portion 1340 may apply an at least partially upwardly directed tensile force, which can counteract the force of gravity.

In some forms, the upper strap portion 1340 is adapted to apply selective tension to the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 to secure the position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205. may be adjustable to

In certain forms, display unit housing 1205 and/or forehead support 1360 may include at least one loop or eyelet 1254 through which upper strap portion 1340 is threaded and folded back on itself. Also good. The length of upper strap portion 1340 threaded through eyelet 1254 may be selected by the user to adjust the tensile force provided by positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, passing a greater length of upper strap portion 1340 through eyelet 1254 may provide greater pulling force.

In some forms, the upper strap portion 1340 can include an adjustment portion and a receiving portion. The adjustment portion may be positioned via an eyelet 1254 and may be coupled (eg, by folding back on itself) with the receiving portion. The adjustment portion may include hook material and the receiving portion may include loop material (or vice versa) to removably retain the adjustment portion in a desired position. In some embodiments, the hook and loop material may be Velcro®.

5.3.2.5 Rotation Control In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 and/or the display screen 1220 pivot with respect to the user's face while the user is wearing the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. be able to. This may allow the user to view the physical environment without looking into head-mounted display unit 1200 (eg, without viewing computer-generated images). This may be useful for users who want to take a break to view the virtual environment, but do not want to remove the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 .

In certain forms, pivot connection 1260 may be coupled to temporal connector 1250 . The head-mounted display unit 1200 pivots about an axis extending between the temporal connectors 1250 (eg, a substantially horizontal axis that, in use, can be substantially perpendicular to the Frankfort horizontal). is possible.

In certain forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 includes a pair of arms 1210 that extend away from the display screen 1220 (eg, in a cantilever configuration) and rearwardly in use. can extend in the direction

In certain forms, a pair of arms 1210 may extend at least partially along temporal connector 1250 and connect to temporal connector 1250 at pivot connection 1260 .

In some forms, the pivot connection 1260 can be a ratchet connection and can maintain the display unit housing 1205 in the raised position without additional user intervention.

In some forms, display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 are in a neutral position (eg, see FIG. 5B, substantially horizontal when in use) and a pivoted position (eg, pivoted about a horizontal axis when in use). can include

In certain forms, display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0° and about 90° with respect to temporal connector 1250 . In certain forms, display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0° and about 80° with respect to temporal connector 1250 . In certain forms, display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0° and about 70° with respect to temporal connector 1250 . In certain forms, display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0° and about 60° with respect to temporal connector 1250 . In certain forms, display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0° and about 50° with respect to temporal connector 1250 . In certain forms, display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0° and about 45° with respect to temporal connector 1250 . At least in its maximum pivot position, display screen 1220 may be above the user's eyes so that the user does not have to look into display screen 1220 to view the physical environment.

5.3.3 Controller
As shown in FIG. 6, head-mounted display system 1000 includes controller 1270, which provides user input to the virtual environment and/or controls operation of head-mounted display system 1000. It may be engageable by a user. A controller 1270 may be connected to the display unit 1200 and may provide the user with the ability to interact with virtual objects output from the head-mounted display unit 1200 to the user.

5.3.3.1 Handheld Controller In some forms, the controller 1270 may comprise a handheld device and can be easily grasped by a user with one hand.

In certain forms, head-mounted display system 1000 may include a single handheld controller. The handheld controllers may be substantially identical to each other, and each handheld may be operable by a respective one of the user's hands.

In some forms, a user can interact with the handheld controller(s) to control and/or interact with virtual objects within the virtual environment.

In some forms, the handheld controller includes buttons that may be actuable by the user. For example, the user's fingers may be able to press buttons while gripping the handheld controller.

In some forms, the handheld controller may include directional controls (eg, joystick, control pad, etc.). A user's thumb may be able to engage the directional controls while gripping the handheld controller.

In certain forms, controller 1270 may be wirelessly connected to head-mounted display unit 1200 . For example, controller 1270 and head-mounted display unit 1200 may be connected by Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, or any similar means.

In certain forms, controller 1270 and head-mounted display unit 1200 may be wired together.

5.3.3.2 Fixed Controller In some variations, at least a portion of controller 1270 may be integrally formed with display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, controller 1270 may include operating buttons that are integrally formed with display unit housing 1205 . For example, the operating buttons are positioned on the upper face 1230 and/or the lower face such that when the user's palm is held against the lateral left or right face 1234, 1236 of the display unit housing 1205, the user's fingers are engageable. It may be formed on the face 1232 . Operation buttons may also be arranged on other faces of the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, a user can interact with the control buttons to control at least one operation of head-mounted display system 1000 . For example, the operating button may be an on/off button that can selectively control whether display screen 1220 is outputting an image to the user.

In certain forms, the operation buttons and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be wired.

In some forms, the head-mounted display system 1000 may include both handheld controllers and control buttons.

In some forms, it may be preferable to have only control button(s) in an AR or MR device. While wearing the AR or MR head-mounted display system 1000, users can interact with their physical environment (eg, walk around, use tools, etc.). Therefore, a user may prefer to take their hands off controller 1270 .

5.3.4 Speakers Referring to FIG. 6, some forms of head-mounted display system 1000 are connected to head-mounted display unit 1200 and placed in close proximity to the user's ears to provide auditory output to the user. Includes a deployable sound system or speakers 1272 .

In some forms, the speakers 1272 may be positionable around the user's ears to block or limit the user from hearing ambient noise.

In certain forms, speakers 1272 may be wirelessly connected to head-mounted display unit 1200 . For example, speakers 1272 and head-mounted display unit 1200 may be connected by Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, or any similar means.

In some forms, speaker 1272 includes a left ear transducer and a right ear transducer. In some forms, the left and right ear transducers output different signals so that volume and/or noise that a user hears in one ear (e.g., left ear) is reflected in the volume and/or noise that a user hears in the other ear (e.g., right ear). may differ from the volume and/or noise heard by the ear).

In some forms, speaker 1272 (eg, the volume of speaker 1272 ) may be controlled using controller 1270 .

5.3.5 Power Supply As shown in FIG. 6, some forms of head-mounted display system 1000 provide power to head-mounted display unit 1200 and any other electrical components of head-mounted display system 1000. may include an electrical power source 1274 capable of

In certain forms, power source 1274 may include a wired electrical connection that may be coupled to an external power source that may be fixed at a particular location.

In certain forms, power source 1274 may include a portable battery that may power head mounted display unit 1200 . A portable battery can increase a user's mobility compared to a wired electrical connection.

In certain forms, head mounted display system 1000 and/or other electronic components of head mounted display system 1000 may include internal batteries and may be usable without power source 1274 .

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 may include power supply 1274 remote from head mounted display unit 1200 . Electrical wiring may extend from a distal location to display unit housing 1205 to electrically connect power source 1274 to head mounted display unit 1200 .

In certain forms, power source 1274 may be coupled to positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, power source 1274 may be permanently or removably coupled to straps of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . Power supply 1274 may be coupled to a rear portion of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 such that it may generally face display unit housing 1205 and/or head-mounted display unit 1200 . Accordingly, the weight of power supply 1274 and the weight of head mounted display unit 1200 and display unit housing 1205 can be distributed throughout head mounted display system 1000 instead of being concentrated in the front portion of head mounted display system 1000 . Shifting the weight to the rear portion of the display interface may limit the moments generated by the user's face, improving comfort and allowing the user to wear the head-mounted display system 1000 for longer periods of time. can be done.

In certain forms, power source 1274 may be supported by the user distal to the user's head. For example, power supply 1274 may be connected to head mounted display unit 1200 and/or display unit housing 1205 only via electrical connectors (eg, wires). The power source 1274 may be stored in the user's pants pocket, on a belt clip, or in a similar manner that supports the weight of the power source 1274 . This removes the weight that the user's head has to support, and may make wearing the head-mounted display system 1000 more comfortable for the user.

5.3.6 Control System In some forms, the control system 1276 may be powered by a power supply 1274 (eg, at least one battery) used to power the components of the control system 1276. good. For example, the sensors of control system 1276 may be powered by power supply 1274 .

In some forms, at least one battery of power source 1274 may be low power system battery 1278 and mains battery 7008 .

In certain forms, a low power system battery 1278 may be used to power a real-time (RT) clock 1282 of control system 1276 .

5.3.6.1.1 Integrated Power Support Site In some configurations, the battery support site 1288 may support the low power system battery 1278 and/or the mains battery 7008 . Battery support portion 1288 may be directly supported by head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, battery support portion 1288 may be located within display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, battery support portion 1288 may be positioned on positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, battery support portion 1288 may be coupled to rear support portion 1350 . The weight of head-mounted display system 1000 may be more evenly distributed around the user's head.

5.3.6.1.2 Remote Power Support Site In some configurations, battery support site 1288 may support low power system battery 1278 and/or mains battery 1280 . Battery support portion 1288 may be coupled to the user independently of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and/or display unit housing 1205 (eg, may be coupled via a belt clip). Battery support portion 1288 may also be supported away from the user's body (eg, when head mounted display system 1000 receives power from a computer or video game console). A tether may couple battery support portion 1288 to control system 1276 and/or other electronics. The location of the battery support site may improve comfort for the user as the weight of the low power system battery 1278 and/or mains battery 7008 is not supported on the user's head.

5.3.6.2 Orientation Sensor In some forms, the control system 1276 includes a orientation sensor 1284 that can sense the orientation of the user's body. For example, orientation sensor 1284 may sense when the user rotates the entire body and/or individually rotates the head. In other words, orientation sensor 1284 may measure the angular position (or any similar parameter) of the user's body. By sensing rotation, sensor 1284 may communicate to display screen 1220 to output a different image.

In some embodiments, external orientation sensors may be placed in the physical environment in which the user is wearing head-mounted display system 1000 . An external position sensor can track the movement of the user, similar to the orientation sensor 1284 described above. Using an external orientation sensor can reduce the weight that needs to be supported by the user.

5.3.6.2.1 Cameras In some forms, the control system 1276 may include at least one camera, which may be positioned to view the user's physical environment.

In some forms, the orientation sensor 1284 is a camera that observes the user's physical environment to measure and determine the orientation of the user's head (eg, in which direction the user's head is tilted). may be configured to

In some forms, orientation sensors 1284 are positioned throughout head-mounted display system 1000 to provide a more complete view of the user's physical environment and to more accurately determine the orientation of the user's head. Including multiple cameras.

5.3.6.3 Eye Sensors In some forms, the control system 1276 may include eye sensors that can track the movement of the user's eyes. For example, an eye sensor can measure the position of at least one eye of the user and determine which direction the at least one eye of the user is looking.

In some forms, control system 1276 may include two eye sensors. Each sensor can correspond to one eye of the user.

In some forms, an eye sensor may be placed in or near lens 1240 .

In some forms, eye sensors may measure the angular position of the user's ears to determine the visual output from display screen 1220 .

In some forms, the user's eyes act as the controller, and the user may move their eyes to interact with the virtual object. For example, a virtual cursor can follow the position of the user's eyes. The eye sensor can track and measure the user's eye movements and communicate with the processing system 1286 (described below) to move the virtual cursor.

5.3.6.4 Processing System In some forms, the control system 1276 includes a processing system 1286 (eg, microprocessor) that can receive measurements from various sensors of the control system 1276 .

In some forms, processing system 1286 may receive measurements recorded by orientation sensor 1284 and/or eye sensors. Based on these measurements, the processor can communicate with display screen 1220 to modify the output image. For example, if the user's eyes and/or the user's head pivot upward, display screen 1220 may display a higher portion of the virtual environment (eg, in response to an instruction from processing system 1286). good.

5.4 Head-mounted display systems that may include separate battery packs FIGS. 7A-7C, 8, 9, 21A-21E, 23A-23D, 28A-28E, 32A-32C and 33 show an example head-mounted display system 1000. FIG. In these particular examples, head-mounted display system 1000 is configured for use as a virtual reality (VR) headset. Head mounted display system 1000 in each of these embodiments comprises head mounted display unit 1200 and battery pack 1500 . Head-mounted display unit 1200 may comprise a display configured for VR. Battery pack 1500 is configured to supply current to head mounted display system 1000 . Although various features are described herein in the context of a head-mounted display system 1000 including a battery pack 1500 separate from the head-mounted display unit 1200, the head-mounted display unit unless otherwise required by context. Whether the head-mounted display system 1000 does not include the battery pack 1500 separate from the head-mounted display system 1000, or the head-mounted display system 1000 includes the battery pack 1500 located at a location other than the back of the user's head, the features of each shall be understood to apply.

Each head-mounted display system 1000 comprises a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 configured to hold the head-mounted display unit 1200 in front of the user's eyes so that the display is viewable by the user during use. . Head-mounted display unit 1200 may also be configured to hold the battery behind the user's head when in use.

Positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a posterior support portion 1350 configured to engage a posterior portion of a user's head, posterior support portion 1350 in these examples being located on the crown of the user's head in use. A crown strap portion 1310 configured to overlap a bone and an occipital strap portion 1320 configured to overlap or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head in use.

In these examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 further includes a pair of lateral strap sections 1330 configured to connect between the rear support section 1350 and the head-mounted display unit 1200, each of which in use configured to lie on each lateral side of the user's head.

Positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may further include an upper strap portion 1340 configured to connect between battery pack 1500 and head mounted display unit 1200 . The upper strap portion 1340 may be configured to overlap the upper portion of the user's head when in use.

5.4.1 Crown Strap Sites FIGS. 7A-7C, 8, 9, 21A-21E, 23A-23D, 28A-28E, 31A-31B, 32A-32C , and in the embodiment shown in FIG. 33 , the position of the crown strap section 1310 is movable forward and rearward relative to the top strap section 1340 . That is, the user can move the crown strap portion 1310 through a range of positions on the user's head without also moving the top strap portion 1340 . Advantageously, the ability to move the crown strap section 1310 may allow the user to expand the crown strap section 1310 and the back strap section 1320 without moving the top strap section 1340 . The expansion of the crown strap portion 1310 and the occipital strap portion 3120 may create a hoop stress within the loop formed by these two portions to provide a secure fit to the posterior surface of the user's head. is an advantage. In particular, the angle between the crown strap portion 1310 and the back strap portion 1320 may be adjustable by the user.

The crown strap section 1310 passes under the top strap section 1340 in this example. By passing underneath, the crown strap portion 1310 can securely (e.g., sufficiently securely) engage the user's head without restricting the ability of the top strap portion 1340 to move back and forth. is an advantage.

As particularly shown in FIGS. 7B and 7C, the top strap section 1340 may pass through a buckle 1312 connected to the crown strap section 1310. As shown in FIG. Buckle 1312 may be configured to limit lateral movement of upper strap portion 1340, an advantage of which is that upper strap portion 1340 may remain centered on the user's head during use. In this example, buckle 1312 is positioned in the sagittal plane of the user's head when in use. In this embodiment, the buckle 1312 is substantially rigid and may be formed from a thermoplastic material, for example. Buckle 1312 may alternatively be formed from a flexible material such as a woven material.

In other embodiments, crown strap section 1310 can be fixed relative to top strap section 1340 . In some embodiments, crown strap section 1310 is connected and secured to top strap section 1340 .

5.4.2 Top Strap Sites As shown particularly in FIGS. 7A and 7B, in this embodiment, top strap sites 1340 may be connected to occipital strap sites 1320 .

In this embodiment, the upper strap portion 1340 is adjustable in length. Advantageously, this allows the user to achieve a more secure, stable, and/or comfortable fit when wearing the head-mounted display system 1000 . Top strap portion 1340 may be adjustable in length between head mounted display unit 1200 and battery pack 1500 . Alternatively or additionally, the top strap portion 1320 may be adjustable in length between the head mounted display unit 1200 and the occipital strap portion 1320 .

In this embodiment, the upper strap portion 1340 is connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 via an eyelet 1202 connected to the head mounted display unit 1200, loops back and secures to itself. An end of the upper strap section 1340 may be secured to another section of the upper strap section 1340 with hook-and-loop fastener connections.

7A and 8, the outer layer 1341 of the upper strap portion 1340 is configured to loop back past the eyelet 1202 and secure to itself. However, the user-facing layer 1344 does not pass through the eyelet. The user-facing layer 1344 remains in contact with the user's head. Upper strap portion 1340 may be substantially non-stretchable.

As shown in FIGS. 7A and 8, upper strap section 1340 comprises a layered construction. That is, the upper strap portion 1340 can be formed from multiple layers. In these examples, the upper strap portion 1340 includes a substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 that allows the upper strap portion 1340 to extend longitudinally. (optionally) along with other components or layers that may interfere) to prevent longitudinal extension. As shown in FIGS. 7A and 8, the front edge of substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 is spaced along the length of the upper strap portion from the head mounted display unit. Advantageously, this allows the head-mounted display unit 1200 to adjust the length of the upper strap portion 1340 without interfering with the substantially inextensible layer 1343 .

In these examples, the upper strap portion includes a fabric layer 1344 that faces the user. That is, the user-facing layer 1344 may be formed from a woven material. Additionally or alternatively, upper strap portion 1340 may comprise a textile outer layer 1341 .

7A-7C and 8, the top strap portion 1340 connects the battery pack 1500 to the head-mounted display unit 1200 and powers the head-mounted display unit 1200 from the battery pack during use. A power cable 1510 is provided. Battery pack 1500 may power the display and other electronic components. In these examples, power cable 1510 is contained within upper strap portion 1340 .

22A-22D show another embodiment of the present technology in which the power cable 1510 is contained within the upper strap portion 1340. FIG. In this embodiment, power cable 1510 is insertable by the user through the interior of upper strap portion 1340 . In particular, power cable 1510 is insertable through upper strap portion 1340 between substantially inextensible layer 1343 and outer layer 1341 . FIG. 21E shows positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in disassembled state, and FIGS. 21A and 21C show head-mounted display system 100 assembled. FIG. 21B is a cross-sectional view showing the interior of upper strap section 1340, with internal power cable 1510 visible.

5.4.3 Front and Back Sections of Upper Strap Section FIG. 33 shows another example of the present technology. In this example, upper strap section 1340 includes front section 1345 and rear section 1346 . Rear portion 1346 is configured to engage the user's head in use. However, the forward portion 1345 is configured not to engage the user's head in use. Front portion 1345 is spaced from the user's head. An advantage of this is that this spacing prevents the front portion 1345 from compressing, contacting, or otherwise contacting the user's hair on the user's head in areas where the front portion 1345 is in use. to partially or completely avoid interfering with

Excessive compression or interference of the user's hair can result in a lack of comfort or embarrassment when the user removes the head-mounted display system during use. In use, the upper strap portion 1340 having the front portion 1345 not engaging (eg, pressing against) the user's head may at least partially address these issues or concerns. The amount that front portion 1345 may contact a particular user's hair depends on the length and style of the user's hair. Front portion 1345 may not engage the user's head, but if the user has long enough hair length and/or style, the user's hair may nonetheless contact front portion 1345. . However, the forward portion 1345 does not engage the user's head and therefore does not overly compress, interfere with, or disturb the user's hair.

Front portion 1345 may push against the user's head, for example, by not contacting the user's head (eg, not contacting the user's skin, even if the user does not have hair). , wrapping and/or fitting and/or exerting force on the user's head. The rear portion 1346 pushes, wraps,/ Alternatively, it may engage the user's head by fitting and/or by exerting a force on the user's head.

As shown in FIG. 33, in this particular embodiment upper strap section 1340 comprises a shape having a bend between rear section 1346 and front section 1345 . The upper strap portion 1340 may be shaped to follow the curvature of the user's head at the posterior portion 1346 of the upper strap portion 1340 and deviate from the curvature of the user's head at the anterior portion 1345 of the upper strap portion 1340 . In some embodiments, upper strap section 1340 is stiffened to support front section 1345 in spaced relation to the user's head. The anterior portion 1345 may be spaced upwardly from the user's head margin, forehead, and/or frontal bone region.

As shown in FIG. 33, front section 1345 curves downward toward head mounted display unit 1200 . Further, the front portion 1345 of the upper strap portion 1340 may extend partially upwardly from the rear portion 1346 of the upper strap portion 1340 (eg, extend from the front end 1347 of the rear portion 1346).

A front portion 1345 of the upper strap portion 1340 may be connected to a rear portion 1346 of the upper strap portion 1340 at a front end 1347 of the rear portion 1346 .

In various examples of the present technology, the forward end 1347 of the rear portion 1346 can be positioned in a number of different positions relative to the user's head. The front end 1347 may be positioned behind the edge region of the user's head. For example, the anterior end 1347 may be positioned between the marginal region of the user's head and the coronal suture in use. In some embodiments, the anterior end 1347 is positioned posterior to the frontal bone of the user's head when in use. In some embodiments, the forward end 1347 is positioned proximate to the coronal plane of the user's head in use, which aligns with each fundus point of the user's head. In some embodiments, the anterior end 1347 is positioned posterior to the coronal plane aligned with each fundus point of the user's head in use. In some embodiments, the forward end 1347 of the rear portion 1346 can be positioned proximate the crown strap portion 1310 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 3300 during use. As noted above, the upper strap portion 1340 may comprise a bend. For example, as shown in FIG. 33, the flexure may be located at or near the anterior end 1347 of the posterior section 1346 .

As shown in FIG. 33, the top strap section 1340 connects between the head mounted display unit 1200 and the battery pack 1500 to power the head mounted display system 1000 . Battery pack 1500 may be placed against the back surface of the user's head when in use. As an advantage of this, the upper strap portion 1340 provides the downward weight force of the battery pack 1500 against the upward support force on the head mounted display unit 1200 that opposes the downward weight force of the head mounted display unit 1200 . It can be mentioned that it can be moved.

The upper strap portion 1340 may be adjustable in length. As shown in FIG. 33, the top strap portion 1340 connects to the head-mounted display unit 1200 via an eyelet 1202 connected to the display unit housing 1205 of the head-mounted display unit 1200, loops back and secures to itself. (eg, with hook-and-loop fasteners or buckles). In particular, the user-facing layer 1344 of the upper strap portion 1340 is configured to pass through the eyelet 1202, loop back, and secure to itself (eg, using hook-and-loop fasteners, buckles, etc.). . In this particular embodiment, the outer layer of upper strap section 1340 does not pass through eyelet 1202 .

User-facing layer 1344 may be user-contacting (eg, may be a user-contacting layer) or user-contacting (eg, may be a user-contacting layer). Some or all of the user-facing layer 1344 may contact the user (eg, against the hair/head). At least some of the user-facing layers 1344 may not contact the user and/or engage the user's head. For example, in positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 of FIG. 33, a portion of layer 1344 facing the user (eg, front portion 1345) does not contact the user (eg, is spaced from the user's head). Further, in the example of FIG. 33, a portion of layer 1344 that faces the user (eg, rear portion 1346) contacts the user (eg, is in contact with the user's hair/head).

Upper strap portion 1340 (eg, both front portion 1345 and rear portion 1346) can be substantially non-stretchable and can comprise a layered construction. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 33, upper strap portion 1340 comprises a substantially non-stretchable layer 1343. In the embodiment shown in FIG. In this embodiment, substantially inextensible layer 1343 at least partially stiffens upper strap portion 1340 . In some embodiments (eg, the embodiment of FIG. 33 and other embodiments), a substantially non-stretchable layer can function as a stiffener. For example, substantially inextensible layer 1343 may stiffen upper strap section 1340 by imparting shape to upper strap section 1340 . It should be understood that we are stating that a stiffened strap may still be bendable, but may be stiffened in the sense that it is self-supporting or stiffer than a flexible strap section. A substantially inextensible layer 1343 extends along both the anterior portion 1345 and the posterior portion 1346 . The substantially inextensible layer 1343 may stiffen the front portion 1345 to support the front portion 1345 in a spaced relationship relative to the user's head. That is, the front portion 1345 can be stiffened to be supported away from the user's head so that it does not engage the user's head during use. As illustrated in FIG. 33, the front edge of generally non-stretchable layer 1343 is spaced from head-mounted display unit 1200 along the length of upper strap portion 1340 . For example, there is a gap between the front edge of substantially inextensible layer 1343 and head mounted display unit 1200 . In some embodiments, the upper strap portion 1340 comprises a fabric layer 1344 that faces the user. In some embodiments, the upper strap portion 1340 comprises, for example, a textile outer layer overlying a substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 .

In some embodiments, an upper strap portion 1340 with a forward portion 1345 that does not engage the user's head attaches the battery pack 1500 to power the head-mounted display unit 1200 from the battery pack 1500 when in use. A power cable 1510 (not shown in FIG. 33) is provided for connecting to the head mounted display unit 1200 . A power cable 1510 may be contained within the upper strap portion 1340 . For example, power cable 1510 may be insertable by the user through the interior of upper strap portion 1340 . In some embodiments, the power cable 1510 can be inserted through the upper strap portion 1340 between the generally non-stretchable layer 1343 and the textile outer layer.

The substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 can be part of the adjusting stiffener 1380 . Accommodating stiffeners 1380 are described below, the features of which can be used in the accommodative stiffeners forming substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIG.

The upper strap portion 1340 described with reference to FIG. 33 (eg, the upper strap portion 1340 having a forward portion 1345 that does not engage the user's head in use) is another exemplary strap portion described herein. It should be understood that any one or more of the features described with reference to any of the upper strap portions can have any one or more of the features. Similarly, an upper strap portion 1340 having a forward portion 1345 that does not engage the user's head can be applied to any of the other head-mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

5.4.4 Battery Pack As shown by way of example in FIG. 7A, in some embodiments of the present technology, a battery pack 1500 connects to upper strap portions 1340 at an upper position 1501 and a lower position 1502 . In other embodiments, battery pack 1500 may connect to top strap portion 1340 at only one of these locations and/or to different components.

The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be configured to hold the battery pack 1500 (or other counterweight) low on the user's head. In some examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to hold the battery pack 1500 in a position overlying the occipital bone of the user's head during use. In some examples of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 holds the battery pack 1500 at or near the occipital bone of the user's head, at or near the vertical axis of rotation of the user's head. configured as Supporting the battery pack 1500 low on the user's head is said to cause the posterior surface of the user's head to curve inwards (forward and downward) toward the user's spine, placing the battery pack 1500 on the user's head. can be placed close to the axis of rotation of the The axis of rotation may be at or near the user's spine. Supporting the battery pack at a position as close as possible to the axis of rotation of the user's head can advantageously reduce the destructive force applied to the battery pack when, for example, the user violently rotates or moves the head during a game. .

In the embodiment of FIG. 7A, battery pack 1500 is removably connected to upper strap portion 1340 . The battery pack 1500 may be connected to the upper strap portion 1340 by hook-and-loop connections. Alternatively, battery pack 1500 may connect via buttons, studs (eg, domes), or the like. In this example, the lower position 1502 where the battery pack 1500 connects to the upper strap section 1340 is adjacent the occipital strap section 1320 .

Connecting the battery pack 1500 in this manner advantageously allows the crown strap portion 1310 and/or the occipital strap portion 1320 to engage the user's head unobstructed by the battery pack 1500. to obtain.

Battery pack 1500 may comprise a concave inner surface configured to approximately correspond to the curvature of the user's head.

22A-22C illustrate a battery pack 1500 in accordance with various embodiments of the present technology, eg, FIGS. 7A-7C, 8, 9, 21A-21E, 23A-23D, 28A- Suitable use in the head-mounted display system 1000 shown in FIGS. 28E, 31A-31B, 32A-32C, and 33 is shown. The back of the user's head is indicated by 1010 to illustrate the in-use position of each battery pack 1500 and its interior. In these examples, as shown in the figures, battery pack 1500 comprises a battery pack housing 1505 and a plurality of cells 1502 contained within housing 1505 . As shown in FIG. 22A, the cells 1502 may be equidistantly spaced within the battery pack housing 1505 from the front wall of the battery pack housing 1505 . As shown in FIG. 22B, one or more of the cells 1502 may be further spaced from the front wall of the battery pack housing 1505 than another one or more of the cells 1502 . By spacing the cells 1502 further back, an advantage may be that it may allow the battery pack 1500 to generate a greater moment to counteract the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 . Alternatively or additionally, each of the plurality of cells 1502 may be spaced from the front wall of the battery pack housing 1505, as shown in FIG. 22C.

As shown in FIG. 22C, the battery pack housing may include a counterweight 1512 configured to contribute to the weight balance between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1500. In the embodiment of FIG. 22C, the battery pack housing 1505 is spaced from the rear surface 1010 of the user's head (which can be comfortably designed in this particular embodiment with pad 1511). The counterweight 1512 may be a weight formed of metal, water, sand, or other dense material of permanent or removable construction. In some embodiments, the battery pack 1500 can be replaced by the counterweight alone, for example when the battery is located within the head mounted display unit 1200 . The battery pack housing 1505 may also include supports for increasing the offset distance from the rear surface 1010 of the user's head.

FIG. 62A shows a head-mounted display system 1000 according to another embodiment of the present technology. Similar to other embodiments disclosed herein, it comprises a head-mounted display unit 1200 and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 , the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 being attached to the head-mounted display unit 1200 at eyelets 1212 . a posterior support portion 1350 including a crown strap portion 1310 and an occipital strap portion 1320 connected to a pair of lateral strap portions 1330 connected to the arms 1210 of the head. Also similar to other embodiments described herein, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes upper strap portion 1340 and battery pack 1500 . The upper strap portion 1340 comprises a user-facing layer 1344 and a substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 . In this embodiment, both the user-facing layer 1344 and the substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 of the upper strap portion 1340 are connected to the head-mounted display unit 1200 .

Also shown in FIG. 62A, the battery pack 1500 is connected to the upper strap portion 1340 on the upper side (e.g., upper end) of the battery pack 1500 and the occipital strap portion on the lower side of the battery pack 1500 in this embodiment. 1320 is connected (or connectable). This embodiment is one in which the top strap section 1340 does not connect to the occipital strap section 1320 . In this embodiment, battery pack 1500 is connected to occipital strap section 1320 by lower battery pack strap section 1515 . The lower battery pack strap portion 1515 may connect to the occipital strap portion 1320 with hook-and-loop connections, press studs, magnetic clips or other suitable fastening. In other embodiments, lower battery pack strap section 1515 may be permanently connected to occipital strap section 1320 .

In the example of FIG. 62A, head-mounted display system 100 includes a pad 1511 configured to contact the rear surface of the user's head, the pad facing partially rearward and partially upward. It may be a facing surface, and in some embodiments may be a partially rearward facing and partially downward facing surface. Battery pack housing 1505 is spaced from the rear surface of the user's head by pads 1511 . Pad 1511 may be formed from silicone or foam, which can make the presence of battery pack 1500 more comfortable for the user. In this example, the battery pack housing 1505 rests against a pad that itself rests against the user's head. Pad 1511 may conform to the user's head and distribute the force exerted by battery pack 1500 on the user's head evenly and over a large surface area.

5.4.4.1 Vertical Battery Packs FIGS. 7A-7C, 8, 21A-21E, 22A-22C, 28A-28E, 31A-33, 36A-36C, In some embodiments, such as those embodiments described with reference to FIGS. 39A-39C, 42C-42D, 46-53G, and 62A, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 , is configured to hold the battery pack 1500 in a vertical orientation when in use. Battery pack 1500 may have a length, width and depth. The length, width and depth may be substantially perpendicular to each other. Battery pack 1500 may, for example, be curved along its length (eg, as shown in FIG. 62A) and/or may not have a uniform width or depth. shall be understood. Note that the battery pack 1500 may be generally long in width or depth.

As illustrated in many of the references above, the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to hold battery pack 1500 in an orientation in which the length of battery pack 1500 is substantially vertically aligned in use. The length of the battery pack may be aligned with the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. Since much of the weight of the battery pack 1500 is supported by the upper strap portion 1340 when in use, a battery pack 1500 that is longer than it is wide and oriented with its longitudinal axis substantially vertical will not allow the weight of the battery pack 1500 to increase its weight. Aligned directly below the connection to the upper strap portion rather than on either side may advantageously provide a secure fit.

5.4.4.2 Horizontally Disposed Battery Pack In FIG. 62A and many other illustrated examples of the technology described herein, the crown strap portion 1310 is positioned on the user's head. It is configured to overlap the parietal bone in a posterior and superior position. That is, in use, the parietal strap portion 1310 passes through the sagittal plane of the user's head at a location spaced from the junction between the parietal and frontal bones (e.g., the coronal suture) and also passes through the parietal and posterior bones. It is configured to pass at a location spaced from the junction with the skull (eg, the lambdoid suture). In such an embodiment, the crown strap sections 1310 are angled rearwardly and upwardly from their connection to each lateral strap section 1330, eg, at an angle of 45 degrees or so, with respect to the lateral strap sections 1330 at an oblique angle. may be extended to The crown strap portion 1310 can, in some embodiments, intersect the sagittal plane of the user's head at a location substantially equidistant from the coronal suture and the lambdoid suture.

However, in other embodiments of the present technology, such as the embodiment shown in FIG. 62B, the parietal strap portion 1310 is located at the junction between the parietal and occipital bones (eg, at or near the lambdoid suture). It is configured to overlap the area of the user's head when in use. For example, the crown strap portion 1310 may be located above the lambdoid sutures of the user's head in use. The crown strap portion 1310 of this embodiment may intersect the sagittal plane of the user's head in a posterior position rather than a posterior superior position (as in the embodiment of FIG. 62A). As illustrated in FIG. 62B, crown strap portion 1310 and lateral strap portion 1330 may be configured to lie on a common plane during use. A crown strap portion 1310 may extend rearward from the connection to each lateral strap portion 1330 in a direction parallel to the lateral strap portions.

In the embodiment of Figure 62B, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to hold the battery pack 1500 horizontally during use. As noted above, the battery pack 1500 in various embodiments may have a length, width and depth, with the length being greater than the width and depth. In the embodiment of FIG. 62B, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to hold battery pack 1500 in an orientation in which the length of battery pack 1500 is substantially horizontally aligned during use. As shown, the length of the battery pack 1500 may be aligned parallel to the crown strap portion 1310 during use. Battery pack 1500 may be connected to crown strap portion 1310 . For example, battery pack 1500 is supported on crown strap section 1310 . In some embodiments, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include additional straps (eg, battery pack support straps) that support the battery pack 1500 and hold it against the back of the user's head. Additional straps may connect to the lateral strap portions 1330 or the crown strap portions 1310 (for example), lie against the rear surface of the battery pack 1500, or attach to the sides or edges of the battery pack 1500. may be connected to

5.4.4.3 Battery Pack Connections As described elsewhere, the battery pack 1500 may be connected to the upper strap portions 1340 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 at the upper position 1501 and lower position 1502 . As shown in FIG. 7A, in some examples of the present technology, the lower position 1502 is located at or near the rear lower end of the upper strap section 1340 and/or the occipital strap section 1320. placed in 68A and 68B show an alternative of the present technology where the lower end of the upper strap section 1340 connects to the occipital strap section 1320 and the lower location 1502 where the battery pack 1500 connects to the upper strap section 1340 is spaced upwardly from the occipital strap section. An example is shown. As shown in FIG. 68B, the lower portion of the upper strap portion 1340 is then free to deform inward toward the back of the patient's head as the headgear is tightened to provide a secure fit. This deformation can occur when head-mounted display system 1000 is worn by a user and/or when occipital strap portion 1320 or another strap portion of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is tightened.

68C and 68D show a further example of the present technology in which the battery pack 1500 is connected to the upper strap portion 1340 at a pivot connection 1516 that allows the battery pack 1500 to pivot about a horizontal axis. The battery pack 1500 also connects to the upper strap sites at an upper position 1501 and a lower position 1502 . In this example, battery pack 1500 is connected to upper strap portion 1340 by spring elements at upper position 1501 and lower position 1502 . The spring element may be any connector that resiliently connects battery pack 1500 to upper strap portion 1340 . The upper strap portion 1340 is stiffened (eg, by a stiffening substantially non-stretchable layer 1343), but elastically deforms when the straps of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 are tightened or fitted to the user's head. It is possible to The spring element may lightly resist conformance of the upper strap portion 1340 against the user's head to provide elastic tension to the strap. The ability of the upper strap portion 1340 to elastically deform without being constrained by the shape of the battery pack 1500 may advantageously allow the upper strap portion 1340 to fit a range of head shapes and sizes. Figure 68C shows the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in the process of being fitted to a small sized head, while Figure 68D shows the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in the process of being fitted to a medium sized head. 1300 is shown. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may deform less to fit a large size head than a small size head. Battery pack 1500 (or other counterweight) may be held in a stable position by pivot connection 1516 while being prevented from rotating by spring elements in upper position 1501 and lower position 1502 .

5.4.5 Stiffening the Crown and/or Occipital Strap Sections Also referring to the embodiment shown in FIG. 62A, the crown strap section 1310 may be constructed in a layered construction. The crown strap portion may be substantially non-stretchable. The crown strap portion 1310 can bend to conform to the shape of the user's head, but may be non-stretchable to transmit force along the crown strap portion 1310 . 62A, the crown strap portion 1310 includes a user contact layer 1318 and a substantially non-stretchable layer 1317. In the embodiment of FIG. User contact layer 1318 may be formed from a woven material and may be formed from the same material as user contact layer 1344 of top strap section 1340 and/or lateral strap section 1330 . Substantially non-stretchable layer 1317 may be formed from a material that does not stretch in length under the forces experienced during use of the head-mounted display system, and is from the same material as substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 of upper strap portion 1340. may be formed. As shown, the forward end of the generally inextensible layer 1317 of the crown strap section 1310 is positioned at or near the junction between the crown strap section 1310 and the occipital strap section 1320. be done.

The occipital strap portion 1320 may also include a layered structure. Occipital strap region 1320 may also be substantially non-stretchable. As shown, occipital strap region 1320 includes user contacting layer 1328 and substantially non-stretchable layer 1327 . User contact layer 1328 may be formed from a woven material. The forward end of substantially non-stretchable layer 1327 of occipital strap section 1320 may be positioned at or near the junction between crown strap section 1310 and occipital strap section 1320 .

The substantially non-stretchable layer 1317 of the crown strap section 1310 is formed by, for example, adhesive, overmolding, welding, or the substantially non-stretchable layers 1317 and 1327 of the two strap sections 1310 and 1320 are integrally formed with each other. may be connected to the substantially inextensible layer 1327 of the occipital strap region 1320 at one or both ends by a .

A substantially non-stretchable or "rigidized" crown strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 1320 are less likely to ride up or down on the user's head during use. A stable posterior support site 1350 may be provided.

5.4.6 Elastic Strap Sites In some embodiments of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include one or more elastic strap sites. The elastic strap portions may complement or replace any one or more of the strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 described herein. FIG. 62C shows a head-mounted display system 1000 that includes the same features as the head-mounted display system 1000 shown in FIG. 62A. Additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIG. In this particular example, head mounted display system 1000 includes arm 1210 connected to head mounted display unit 1200 at pivot point 1213 . Connected to arm 1210 and/or head-mounted display unit 1200 are lateral strap portions 1330 formed from an elastic material. The elastic material may be, for example, a knitted or braided fabric, configured to have a tendency to stretch in length under tension and return to its rest length. In some embodiments, the lateral strap sections 1330 are formed by both elastic strap sections and non-elastic strap sections, with the elastic strap sections overlapping the non-elastic strap sections. Inelastic strap sections may be connected to the crown strap section 1310 and the occipital strap section 1320 .

Additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes an elastic parietal strap portion 1331 configured to be placed over the parietal bones of the user's head in use. In this particular embodiment, battery pack 1500 is positioned between elastic crown strap portion 1331 and the user's head (also separated by pad 1511). The elastic crown strap portion 1331 can help hold the battery pack 1500 against the user's head and/or help hold the head-mounted display unit 1200 against the patient's face. can.

Additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in this example includes an elastic occipital strap portion 1333 configured to lie over the occipital bone of the user's head in use. An elastic occipital strap portion 1333 can be positioned over the occipital strap portion 1320 and can help secure the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 to the back of the user's head.

The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may comprise, for example, a pair of guides on each lateral side of the user's head located near and above the user's ears. Each guide may be positioned at or near the junction of the crown strap portion 1310 and the occipital strap portion 1320 . The elastic strap portion may pass through guides, which may advantageously hold the elastic strap portion up against the user's ears. The junction between the elastic crown strap portion 1331 and the elastic occipital strap portion 1333 may be located at or near the guide.

In some embodiments, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1330 includes only the lateral strap portions 1330, only the elastic crown strap portions 1331, only the elastic occipital strap portions 1333, and/or any combination thereof. It shall be understood to be provided.

5.4.7 Alternative Top Strap Connections for Head Mounted Displays FIGS. 67A and 67B show a head mounted display system 1000 according to another embodiment of the present technology. In this embodiment, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprises an upper strap arm 1365 connecting upper strap portion 1340 to head mounted display unit 1200 . In this example, there are two upper strap arms 1365 . The upper strap arm 1365 may be substantially rigid, or at least sufficiently rigid so that it can retain its shape in use and support the weight of the head-mounted display unit 1200. can be That is, upper strap arm 1365 may transfer the weight of head-mounted display unit 1200 to upper strap portion 1340 . The upper strap portion 1340 can resist the weight of the head-mounted display unit 1200 by being secured to the back of the user's head or with a counterweight placed behind the user's head, such as the battery pack 1500. .

Upper strap arm 1365 may be connected to head mounted display unit 1200 at pivot point 1213 and head mounted display unit 1200 may be able to pivot relative to upper strap arm 1365 . The upper strap sections 1340 that connect to the head-mounted display unit 1200 at pivot points 1213 on either side of the head-mounted display unit 1200, when the upper strap sections 1340 are tightened (eg, when its effective length is adjusted), the head-mounted display unit 1200 Rotational forces can be advantageously avoided. As shown, upper strap arms 1365 may extend forward, laterally, and downwardly from upper strap portion 1340 and connect to lateral sides of head-mounted display unit 1200 .

As shown in FIGS. 67A and 67B, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include lateral face strap sections 1330 that connect to head-mounted display unit 1200 at pivot points 1213 in addition to upper strap arms 1365 . . In some embodiments, lateral strap portions 1330 are configured to elastically extend under tension. In other embodiments, lateral strap regions 1330 are substantially non-stretchable. In a further embodiment, head mounted display system 1000 may include arm 1210 to which lateral strap portion 1330 is connected. Arm 1210 may be as described in any of the embodiments disclosed herein.

5.4.8 Power Cable Strap Portion As noted above, head mounted display system 1000 may include power cable 1510 connected between battery pack 1500 and head mounted display unit 1200 . Figures 25A-25C and Figures 26A-26B illustrate such an embodiment. The power cable 1510 may be positioned within the upper strap portion 1340 (FIGS. 25B and 25C) during use or along the upper strap portion 1340 (FIG. 25A) during use.

In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 26A-26B, power cable 1510 is attached to power cable strap portion 1520 proximate head-mounted display unit 1200 . In this embodiment, power cable strap portion 1520 is extendable in length. A serpentine portion of power cable 1510 is attached to power cable strap portion 1520 in a serpentine pattern, allowing the length of power cable strap portion 1520 and serpentine portion of power cable 1510 to extend. Additionally, power cable 1510 is attached to crown strap portion 1320 in these illustrative examples.

5.4.9 Power Cable Management FIGS. 27 and 28A-28E illustrate further examples of the present technology in which a power cable 1510 connects to the head mounted display unit 1200 and battery pack 1500. FIG. As described herein, the head-mounted display unit 1200 includes a display unit housing 1205 that includes a display and an interface constructed and arranged to engage the user's face in facing relation to the user's face. and facing structure 3800 .

As shown in FIG. 27, the power cable 1510 can be housed within the display unit housing 1205 outside the perimeter of the interfacing structure 3800 . In this embodiment, the display unit housing 1205 comprises a rearward facing side (viewable in FIG. 27) and an interfacing structure 3800 extending rearwardly from the rearward facing side. The rearward facing side is closer to the perimeter of the interfacing structure 3800 that allows the power cable 1510 to be stored in the display unit housing 1205 through the opening 1206 in the rearward facing side of the display unit housing 1205 . can be big.

In the example of FIG. 27, opening 1206 is inside the perimeter of display unit housing 1205 . More specifically, the rear-facing side of display unit housing 1205 in this example includes a rectangular shape, and interfacing structure 3800 includes a rounded shape. The rear facing side openings 1206 are positioned proximate the corners of the rear facing side rectangle.

58A and 58B show views of portions of a head mounted display 1200 in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology. In this embodiment, openings 1206 are provided at the perimeter of display unit housing 1205 .

Head mounted display unit 1200 may comprise one or more power cable retention features 1207 that may be configured to constrain the position and/or orientation of power cable 1510 within display unit housing 1205 . In the example shown in FIGS. 58A and 58B, head mounted display unit 1200 includes two power cable retention features 1207. FIG. There may be one, three, or more power cable retention features 1207 in other embodiments. Power cable retention feature 1207 may be an annular shaped rigid portion through which power cable 1510 passes. Each power cable retention feature 1207 may be in the form of a closed ring through which the power cable 1510 is threaded, or in the form of an open ring with the power cable 1510 tucked in such that the ring snaps around the power cable 1510. can be The power cable retention feature 1207 may retain the power cable 1510 in position within the display unit housing 1205, absorbing forces that may be exerted on the power cable 1510 such that those forces are applied to the power cable 1510 and the head mounted display unit. It can be prevented from being propagated to connections between electronic devices within 1200 .

28A-28E illustrate a crown strap portion 1310 configured to overlap the parietal bone of the user's head in use, and a crown strap portion 1310 that, in use, overlaps or underlies the occipital bone of the user's head. 13 shows an embodiment of a head-mounted display system 1000 having a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 comprising a rear support portion 1350 with an occipital strap portion 1320 configured to. Positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 further includes a pair of lateral strap sections 1330 configured to connect between rear support section 1350 and head-mounted display unit 1200, each of which, in use, rests on the user's head. configured to be positioned on each lateral side. Additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 comprises an upper strap portion 1340 configured to connect between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200, which in use is positioned on the user's head. is configured to overlap the upper portion of the

In each of these embodiments, the power cable 1510 runs from the battery pack 1500 to the head mounted display unit 1200 (as shown in FIG. 28A) along (eg, attached to) the top strap portion 1340, or if not, it is fixed to it or extends in alignment with it).

Power cable 1510 extends from battery pack 1500 to head mounted display unit 1200 along one of crown strap section 1310 and lateral strap section 1330 (as shown in FIGS. 28B and 28C). obtain. A power cable 1510 may be connected to the head mounted display unit on its laterally facing side (as shown in FIG. 28C).

The power cable 1510 may run along one of the occipital strap regions 1320 and the lateral strap regions 1330 (as shown in FIG. 28D). Power cable 1510 is configured to allow movement (eg, during actual use, adjustment, or shipping) between head mounted display unit 1200 and battery pack 1500, as shown in each of FIGS. 28C and 28E. and a slack region.

5.4.10 Retractable Power Cable In some embodiments of the present technology, such as the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, a portion of the power cable 1510 is positioned within the battery pack 1500 and can extend from or be stored in it. An advantage of this is that it may allow the length of the upper strap section 1340 to be adjusted without affecting the position of the battery pack 1500 and/or the occipital strap section 1320 . Retractable power cable 1510 may also be incorporated into other embodiments, such as any of the other head-mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

One or more layers of the upper strap portion 1340 may reside partially within the battery pack 1500 and extend from and retract into that battery pack 1500 along with the power cable 1510 .

As shown in FIG. 8, in this embodiment, the outer layer 1341 of the upper strap portion 1340 is positioned within the battery pack 1500 and extends from and retracts into the battery pack 1500 along with the power cable 1510. can do. Additionally, the substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 of the upper strap portion 1340 is positioned within the battery pack 1500 and can be extended from and retracted into the battery pack 1500 along with the power cable 1510 . In other embodiments, such as the embodiment shown in FIG. 7A, substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 is positioned between battery pack 1500 and the user's head. In this embodiment (and also in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7A), user contact layer 1344 of top strap portion 1340 is positioned between battery pack 1500 and the user's head.

The portion of the power cable 1510 located within the battery pack 1500 and the one or more layers of the upper strap portion 1340 located partially within the battery pack 1500 provide the interface between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200. To adjust the length of the upper strap portion 1340, a retraction portion of the upper strap portion 1340 can be formed that can be extended from and retracted into the battery pack 1500. FIG. That is, power cable 1510 and one or more layers of upper strap portion 1340 may form a retraction portion that may be extended from and retracted into battery pack 1500 by a user. The lead-in site can include, for example, outer layer 1341, power cable 1510, and substantially inextensible layer 1343. FIG. The user-facing layer 1344 may not form part of the withdrawal site. A user-facing layer 1344 may be positioned between the battery pack 1500 and the user's head. The user-facing layer 1344 may be separate from one or more other layers of the upper strap portion 1340 . Battery pack 1500 slides over user-facing layer 1344 (and any other layers not located within battery pack 1500) to provide a top strap region between battery pack 1500 and head-mounted display unit 1200. It may allow adjustment of the length of 1340 and/or allow positioning of the battery pack 1500 on the user's head.

In some examples of the present technology, the retraction portion of the upper strap portion 1340 is movable between a plurality of predetermined positions relative to the battery pack 1500 where the position of the retraction portion is fixable relative to the battery pack 1500. be. For example, the retraction site may be movable relative to battery pack 1500 between three positions corresponding to small, medium, and large sizes. A user may adjust the upper strap portion 1340 to a fixed one of these sizes. In some embodiments, top strap portion 1340 may be secured to head mounted display unit 1200 . In the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, the top strap portion 1340 is a head-mounted display in that the user can somewhat pull the top strap portion 1340 (or at least one end portion of its outer layer 1341) through the eyelet 1202. Adjustable in unit 1200 . The user can make coarse adjustments to the length of the top strap portion 1340 by changing the amount of the top strap portion 1340 in the battery pack and the amount of the top strap portion 1340 that can be pulled through the eyelet 1202. Fine tuning can be done by changing. Accordingly, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can provide two mechanisms of length adjustment of the upper strap portion 1340, which can include a coarse adjustment mechanism and a fine adjustment mechanism.

In other embodiments, the retraction portion of upper strap portion 1340 can be moved continuously within a range of possible positions relative to battery pack 1500 . The retraction portion may be held in place by a locking mechanism (eg, a spring-loaded buckle or other catch), or may be held in place by tension within the upper strap portion 1340 during use.

5.4.11 Arms As shown in FIGS. 7A, 8 and 9, the head mounted display unit 1200 comprises a display unit housing 1205 and a pair of arms 1210 extending from the display unit housing 1205 . In each embodiment, lateral strap portions 1330 of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 each connect to a respective one of arms 1210 . The arm features described herein may be incorporated into other embodiments, such as any of the other head-mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

7A, 8, and 9, each lateral strap portion 1330 connects to the rearward end of each one of the pair of arms 1210. As shown in FIGS. In this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 7A and 8, each lateral strap section 1330 passes through an eyelet 1212 at the rearward end of the respective arm 1210 and is secured back onto itself. .

In this embodiment, each lateral strap portion 1330 connects to a respective one of a pair of arms 1210 adjacent the forward ends of the arms 1210, as shown in FIG. Specifically, each lateral strap portion 1330 passes through an eyelet 1214 at or near the rearward end of the respective arm 1210 and passes through a hole 1216 near the forward end of the arm and is secured to the arm 1210 . In this embodiment, each lateral strap portion 1330 is secured to a laterally facing side of a respective arm 1210 as shown. As shown in FIG. 9, an end 1332 of each lateral strap portion 1330 is secured to arm 1210 . Lateral strap portions 1330 may be secured to respective arms 1210 using hook-and-loop fastening arrangements by one or more of a series of domes, or by another suitable mechanism. In other examples, arm 1210 may include a spring-loaded buckle or other catch that prevents retraction of lateral strap portion 1330 through aperture 1216 .

In each of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 7A, 8 and 9, each of the pair of arms 1210 is pivotable with respect to the display unit housing 1205. As shown in FIG. Each of the arms 1210 may be covered with a woven material. Each arm 1210 may be covered by a tubular woven material.

FIG. 21D shows a pair of arms 1210 according to another embodiment of the present technology. Each arm 1210 has an eyelet 1214 (in this example in the form of an open slot into which a strap segment can be quickly inserted) and a strap segment withdrawn and returned to itself or to another site configured to attach. It has holes 1216 to which it can be fixed.

Figures 29A-29D show an arm 1210 according to a further embodiment of the present technology. Each lateral strap portion 1330 may be secured to its own exposed portion within arm 1210 as shown in FIGS. 29A, 29B and 29C. As shown in FIGS. 29A, 29B, and 29C, respectively, ends 1332 of lateral strap segments 1330 are secured back onto lateral strap segments 1330 . As shown in FIGS. 29B and 29C, the eyelet 1214 at or near the rearward end of the arm 1210 is partially open and moves transversely to the strap 1330 so that the strap 1330 moves in and out of the eyelet 1214. make it possible. In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 29D, each arm 1210 is wrapped with a sock and each lateral strap portion 1330 (eg, its end 1332) is attached to the sock (eg, with hook-and-loop fasteners). ) is fixed.

In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 30A and 30B, each arm 1210 comprises a substantially rigid portion 1217 overmolded onto a fabric portion 1218. As shown in FIGS. In these embodiments (or in other embodiments), the straps connecting arm 1210 may include features to prevent the straps from passing through, such as widened portions of the straps.

5.4.12 Adjusting Stiffeners FIGS. 21A-21E and 23A-23E show a head-mounted display system 1000 according to further embodiments of the present technology, shown in FIGS. 7A-7C, 8 and 9. Although they share features with the illustrated embodiments, they are not all repeated. The differences will be mainly described below. Figures 24A, 24C, and 24D show an adjusting stiffener 1380, described below. FIG. 24B shows positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 having crown strap section 1310, occipital strap section 1320, and top strap section 1340 configured for use with adjusting stiffeners 1380. FIG. The adjustment stiffeners 1380 described herein may also be applied to other implementations, such as any of the other head-mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

21A-21E and 23A-23D, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 comprises a lateral strap portion 1330 configured to connect to the arm 1210. As shown in FIG. In other examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include elastic elements configured to connect to a cover on the arm 1210 and connect via button connections and/or hook-and-loop fasteners.

21A-21E, 23A-23D, and 24A-24D, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may comprise an adjustment stiffener 1380 comprising a substantially non-extensible member. In these embodiments, adjustment stiffener 1380 is configured to connect to occipital strap portion 1320 . The adjustment stiffener 1380 may be configured to decrease the length of the occipital strap portion 1320. FIG.

The occipital strap region 1320 may comprise more than two occipital strap connection points 1323, and the adjustment stiffeners 1380 are selected for the first pair of occipital strap connection points 1323 and the second pair 1323 of the occipital strap connection points 1323. can be directly connected. When the adjusting stiffeners 1380 connect to the first pair of occipital strap connection points 1323, the occipital strap regions can have a first effective length (eg, corresponding to a smaller size). When the adjusting stiffeners 1380 connect to the second pair of occipital strap connection points 1323, the occipital strap sections may have a second effective length that is longer than the first effective length (e.g., to accommodate larger sizes). do). These different connection options allow the effective length of the strap section to be changed by the user to achieve a good fit when using head-mounted display system 1000 .

In some embodiments, the adjusting stiffener 1380 constrains the occipital strap section 1320 to a first effective length when the adjusting stiffener 1380 is connected to the first pair of occipital strap connection points 1320 .

As shown in FIGS. 24A, 24C and 24D, the adjusting stiffener 1380 includes a pair of adjusting stiffener connection points 1383 configured to connect to the occipital strap connection points 1323. As shown in FIGS. The occipital strap region 1320 shown in FIG. 24B includes four occipital strap connection points 1323 (two points 1323a corresponding to standard size and two points 1323B corresponding to large size in this example).

The second pair of occipital strap connection points 1323B may be located inside the first pair of occipital strap connection points 1323a.

In other embodiments, the occipital strap section 1320 can include a left section separate from the right section, and the adjustment stiffener 1380 is configured to connect the left and right sections.

Referring again to FIGS. 21A-21E, 23A-23D, and 45A-45D, the adjustment stiffener 1380 in these embodiments comprises an inner stiffening portion 1381 and laterally extending from the inner stiffening portion 1381. and an adjusting stiffener connection point 1383 located on the lateral stiffening portion 1382 . In these embodiments, one adjustable stiffening connection point 1383 is located on each lateral stiffening region 1382 .

In these examples, the medial stiffening region 1381 is configured to lie, in use, overlying the occipital bone of the user and overlying the junction between the parietal bones of the user. More specifically, the medial stiffening region 1381 is located on the user's head at or near the user's frontal bone that overlaps the junction between the user's parietal bones and connects to the occipital strap region 1320 . configured to

As shown, adjustment stiffener 1380 may form part of the upper strap portion of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . This adjustment stiffener may form a substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 at the upper strap region 1340 .

In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 21A-21E, the adjusting stiffener 1380 is permanently attached within the upper strap portion 1340. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. In particular, the adjustment stiffener 1380 is permanently attached to the user-facing layer 1344 of the upper strap portion 1340 . The upper strap portion 1340 may be foldable, eg, at the hinge region, for transportation.

In each of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 21A-21E and 23A-23D, the battery pack is configured to connect to the adjustment stiffener 1380. FIG. Additionally, the power cable 1510 is positioned between the adjustment stiffener 1380 and the outer layer 1341 of the upper strap portion 1340 during use. A power cable 1510 is insertable between the adjustment stiffener 1380 and the outer layer 1341 of the upper strap portion 1340 .

In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 23A-23D, the adjusting stiffener 1380 is separable from the user-facing layer 1344 of the upper strap portion 1340, as shown specifically in FIG. 23D. In this embodiment, the adjusting stiffener 1380 is insertable between the user-facing layer 1344 and the outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 . The adjustment stiffener 1380 is configured to connect to the user-facing layer 1344 . In particular, the adjustment stiffener 1380 comprises a hook material 1384 configured to form a hook-and-loop connection to the user-facing layer 1344 of the upper strap portion 1340 . The adjustment stiffener 1380 may be foldable, eg, at the hinge area, for transportation.

The power cable 1510 may be permanently attached to the adjustment stiffener 1380, as illustrated in FIG. 23D. Additionally, the battery pack 1500 can be permanently attached to the adjustment stiffener 1380 (eg, using screws or other permanent attachments).

24C and 24D, the adjustment stiffener 1380 is positioned between a pair of lateral stiffening regions 1382 at or near the junction of the lateral stiffening region 1382 and the medial stiffening region 1381. In position, there is a lower cutout 1385 that allows the adjustment stiffener 1380 to flex. The adjustment stiffener 1380 shown in FIG. 24D also includes lateral cutouts 1385 on opposite lateral sides of the medial stiffening region 1381 adjacent the lateral stiffening region 1382 so that the adjustment stiffener 1380 to flex at a location proximate to the lateral cutout 1385 . In the embodiment shown in FIG. 24B, the user-facing layer 1344 of the upper strap portion 1340 includes a cutout 1325 that corresponds (eg, is aligned with) the lower cutout 1385 in the adjustment stiffener 1380. In the embodiment shown in FIG. . Cutouts 1385 and/or 1325 provide a flexing behavior that allows the occipital strap region 1320 (or other strap to which an adjusting stiffener may connect) to stretch. The advantage of this elongation is that by means of adaptation it can provide adaptation to variations in head size or to dynamic forces during use.

5.4.13 Lockable and Extensible Connection Sites FIGS. 31A, 31B, and 32A-32H illustrate a head-mounted display system 1000, in accordance with further embodiments of the present technology, in which a lock It includes a possible extendable connection site 1335 . A lockable, extendable connection site 1335 may be provided in any of the other head-mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

Generally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is a lockable, stretchable structure that can include a first strap portion and both elastically stretchable connector strap portions 1338 and substantially non-stretchable connector strap portions 1336 . and a second strap portion connected by a possible connection portion 1335 . In some embodiments, the substantially non-stretchable connector strap portion 1336 is part of the first strap portion.

The elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 can be configured to allow a predetermined amount of separation of the first strap portion from the second strap portion. That is, it may elastically extend to a predetermined extent that allows the first strap portion and the second strap portion to separate (which is the time a user puts on the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300). ). A substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 releasably attaches the first strap portion to the second strap portion to prevent separation of the first strap portion from the second strap portion. (or at least reduce the degree of separation that may occur). That is, when attaching the substantially non-stretchable connector strap portion 1336 to the first strap portion and the second strap portion, it may otherwise allow the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 to , preventing them from separating (which may secure the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 on the user's head during use). Advantageously, the elastically non-stretchable connector strap portion 1338 can also hold the head-mounted display system 1000 on the user's head with sufficient stability. The fit can be adjusted by the user before connecting.

A user may wear head-mounted display system 1000 with first strap portion and second strap portion unattached by substantially non-stretchable connector strap portion 1336 (FIG. 31A). Elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 are inflatable to allow positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 to fit over and/or around the user's head, after which the user can One strap section and a second strap section can be attached together with a substantially non-stretchable connector strap section 1336 to hold them securely together for use with the head-mounted display system 1000 (FIG. 31B).

A substantially non-stretchable connector strap portion 1336 is adjustable in length. As shown in FIGS. 31A, 31B, and 32D-32F, the substantially non-stretchable connector strap portion 1336 includes a clip 1339 having an eyelet through which the substantially non-stretchable strap portion extends. A portion of the possible connector strap portion 1336 can be threaded back into place and secured onto itself (eg, with hook-and-loop fasteners) allowing the strap to be pulled somewhat through its eyelets. to

In these examples, the substantially non-stretchable connector strap portion 1336 comprises a magnetic clip 1339 configured to magnetically attach to a connection point 1337 on the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 .

In some embodiments, the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 can connect to the head-mounted display unit 1200 directly on the inner surface of the arm 1210 to the pivot point, or on the side of the head-mounted display unit 1200. can connect.

In some embodiments, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a lockable, extensible connection portion 1335 at each lateral strap portion 1330. As shown in FIG. As shown in FIGS. 31A, 31B, and 32F, lockable and extensible connection portions 1335 are provided on lateral strap portions 1330. As shown in FIGS. In this embodiment, a lockable and extensible connection portion 1335 connects lateral strap portion 1330 to the strap portion formed by the junction of crown strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 1320 .

As shown in FIG. 32A, each lockable and extendable connection site 1335 is located on an arm 1210 (eg, an arm as described herein) extending rearwardly from head-mounted display unit 1200. can. In some embodiments, lockable, extendable connection site 1335 may connect directly to a connection point on head-mounted display unit 1200 (eg, without arm 1210). In such embodiments, lockable, extendable connection site 1335 may pivot about its connection site to head-mounted display unit 1200 .

As shown in FIG. 32B, each lockable and extensible connection site 1335 may be positioned proximate the junction between each lateral strap site 1330, crown strap site 1310, and occipital strap site 1320. .

As shown in FIGS. 32C, 32D, and 32E, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may comprise a lockable and extendable connection portion 1335 to the occipital strap portion 1320. As shown in FIGS. In some embodiments, a lockable, extensible connection portion 1335 may connect a portion of the occipital strap portion 1320 to the adjustment stiffener 1380 at this location.

32D and 32E, the lateral occipital strap portion 1321 forms a substantially non-stretchable connector strap portion 1336 that connects to the medial occipital strap portion 1322 via magnetic clips 1339. Connected. The elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 holds the lateral occipital strap portion 1321 and the medial occipital strap portion 1322 together when the lateral occipital strap portion 1321 is not attached to the medial occipital strap portion 1322 by magnetic clips 1339 . The lateral occipital strap section 1321 and the medial occipital strap section 1322 are connected to provide a quantitative separation. It should be appreciated that the clip of the substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336 may not be magnetic in other embodiments of the present technology. For example, it may be a mechanical clip such as a buckle. It may be a hook configured to hook around corresponding points on the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . In some embodiments, the substantially non-stretchable connector strap portions 1336 may form loops that fit over corresponding lugs on the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, or the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 It may be connected to the upper connection point via a hook-and-loop connection.

32D, an elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 is connected between the medial occipital strap portion 1322 and the junction between the lateral occipital strap portion 1321 and the crown strap portion 1310. In the embodiment of FIG. be.

In the embodiment of FIG. 32E, elastically extensible connector strap sections 1338 are connected between the lateral occipital strap sections 1321 and laterally of the lateral occipital strap sections 1321 . A resiliently extensible connector strap portion 1338 may pass through a hole in the lateral occipital strap portion 1321 and attach to the outwardly facing surface of the lateral occipital strap portion 1321 . An advantage of this configuration is that less of the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 contacts the user's head. As the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 extends and stretches, any portion that does not contact the user's head is beneficially free of the user's head, such as frictional forces or binding to the user's skin. It may not have potentially unwanted effects on the body. These effects can be irritating and/or mark the user's skin.

Further, as the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 is stretched, some or all of the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 is substantially disposed on the outer surface of the non-extensible strap portion 1336. In that case, any friction exerted on the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 would be lower than if it were sandwiched between the user's head and the substantially non-extensible strap portion 1336 . Low friction has the advantage of facilitating elongation without undue resistance. In some examples of the present technology, the entire elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 is disposed on the lateral surface (eg, non-patient contacting) of the non-extensible strap portion.

Additionally, if at least a portion of the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 does not contact the user's head, the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 may be formed of, for example, a plastic or metal spring. , may be a less viable option if the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 contacts the user's head. Similarly, portions of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that contact the head, such as portions of substantially non-stretchable strap portions 1336 and/or elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338, are less stretchable than stretchable. can also be formed from materials configured for user comfort. In some embodiments, the elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 may include user contacting portions and non-user contacting portions, even though the non-user contacting portions are more stretchable than the user contacting portions. good. The user contact portion may be configured softly with emphasis on comfort, and the non-user contact portion may be configured with emphasis on extensibility and reduced softness.

In some embodiments, the hole in the substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336 through which the elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 passes is located at the end of the substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336, e.g. It may be adjacent to magnetic clip 1339 .

32F, elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 connects between arm 1210 and the junction between lateral strap portion 1330 and crown strap portion 1310. In FIG. In this embodiment, lateral strap portion 1330 forms a substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336 of lockable stretchable connection portion 1335 . Lateral strap portion 1330 connects to arm 1210 via magnetic clip 1339 .

32G, elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 connects between arm 1210 and the junction between crown strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 1320. In FIG. That is, a resiliently extensible connector strap portion 1338 connects between the arm and the rear support portion 1350 in this example. In this embodiment, substantially non-stretchable strap portions 1336 of lockable stretchable connection portions 1335 form lateral strap portions 1330 of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . A substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336 connects to a rear support portion 1350 via a magnetic clip 1339 at the rear end of the substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336 . A substantially non-extensible strap portion 1336 connects at the front end of arm 1210 by passing through eyelet 1212 and securing back to itself with, for example, a hook and loop connection. The user may disconnect the clip 1339 when putting on or taking off the head mounted display system 1000 . And, the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 allows the arm 1210 to be separated from the rear support portion 1350 by a predetermined amount when the head-mounted display system 1000 is removed by the user. The connection between substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336 and arm 1210 may also be adjusted, for example, by threading substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336 more or less through eyelet 1212 . The combination of adjustment at arm 1210 and magnetic clip 1339 allows set-and-forget adjustment of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 while facilitating attachment and detachment.

In other examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can include lockable and extendable connection sites 1335 elsewhere, such as the crown strap sites 1310, the top strap sites 1340, or elsewhere.

5.4.14 Dial Adjuster FIG. 32H shows a head-mounted display system 1000 according to another embodiment of the present technology. This example includes all features of the embodiment shown in FIG. 32G. In other embodiments, one or more of the features such as lockable extensible connection portion 1335 may be omitted and replaced with lateral strap portion 1330. FIG. 32G is that the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIG. 32H includes a dial adjuster 1329. FIG. A dial adjuster 1329 may be configured to provide strap portion length adjustment. In the embodiment of FIG. 32H, dial adjuster 1329 is configured to adjust the length of occipital strap portion 1320 . For example, dial adjuster 1329 may be rotated by the user in a first direction to decrease the length of occipital strap portion 1320 and rotated by the user in a first direction to increase the length of occipital strap portion 1320 . A dial configured to be rotated in a second, opposite direction may be included.

Dial adjuster 1329 may consist of a rack and pinion assembly. The occipital strap section 1320 may be formed in two sections (eg, halves) connected by a dial adjuster 1329 . A dial adjuster 1329 can telescopically move the two sections of the occipital strap section 1320 . The dial adjuster 1329 may comprise one or more rack portions provided on the occipital strap portion 1320 , eg, two rack portions each provided on a respective one of the bifurcations of the occipital strap portion 1320 . The rack portion may be configured to engage a pinion or cog connected to a dial rotatable by the user. Each of the rack portion and pinion may include teeth or ribs or the like configured to engage one another. Rotating the dial in a first direction (e.g., clockwise) pulls the rack portions provided on the occipital strap portion 1320 together, increasing the overlap between the two rack portions, thereby increasing the overlap of the occipital strap portion 1320. Effective length can be reduced. Rotating the dial in a second direction (eg, counterclockwise) can force the rack sections apart to reduce overlap between the rack sections and increase the effective length of the occipital strap section 1320 . In some embodiments, the dial adjuster 1329 provides the minimum force required to lengthen the strap section to which the dial adjuster 1329 is connected, and to avoid unintended lengthening of the strap section: For example, it may have static torque resistance provided by corresponding features such as static friction or dimples. The rack section may be a rigid section overmolded onto the flexible section of the occipital strap section 1320 .

A dial adjuster 1329 may provide intuitive and easy adjustment of the strap locations to allow the user to obtain a good fit. It should be appreciated that dial adjustment 1329 may be applied to any strap portion of head mounted display system 1000 . Dial adjuster 1329 may facilitate positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 to fit various user head sizes. Head-mounted display system 1000 may include dial controls 1329 in any one or more of one or both of occipital strap section 1320, crown strap section 1310, top strap section 1340, and lateral strap section 1340. . More generally, head-mounted display system 1000 may include any one or more of one or both of occipital strap section 1320, crown strap section 1310, top strap section 1340, and lateral strap section 1340, or other An adjustment mechanism may be provided at the strap portion. The adjustment mechanism may be a dial adjuster 1329 having any one or more of the features described above, or other mechanism for adjusting the length of the strap portion.

5.4.15 Front Support Site FIGS. 19A and 19B show a head-mounted display system 1000 according to a further embodiment of the present technology. Each comprises a head-mounted display unit 1200 comprising a display and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 configured to hold the head-mounted display unit 1200 in an operable position on the user's head when in use.

In these examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 comprises a posterior support portion 1350 configured to engage a posterior portion of the user's head. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 also includes a pair of lateral strap sections 1330 configured to connect between the rear support section 1350 and the head-mounted display unit 1200, each of which, in use, rests on the user's head. configured to lie on each lateral side.

Each positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 also includes a front support portion 1360 that, in use, is configured to engage the user's head at a location overlying the frontal bone of the user's head. This is shown in Figures 19A and 19B.

In each embodiment, front support portion 1360 is connected to head mounted display unit 1200 . The front support portion 1360 may be connected to the head mounted display unit at one or more locations, as described below.

5.4.15.1 Front Support Portion Connecting to Head Mounted Display Unit As shown in FIGS. 19A and 19B, respectively, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a front support portion 1360 and a head mounted display unit 1200. and a front connector 1362 connected between. In these illustrative examples, anterior connector 1362 is positioned substantially in the sagittal plane of the user's head. In other examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can include two or more anterior connectors 1362, which can be symmetrically spaced across the sagittal plane, for example. The front connector 1362 may limit (eg, limit or prevent) downward movement of the head-mounted display unit 1200 in use, particularly when the user moves his or her head.

Front connector 1362 may be formed from a flexible material. In some examples, flexible materials include flexible non-elastic materials, such as thermoplastic materials. In other examples, the flexible material may comprise an elastic material such as one of silicone, TPE, or elastic woven straps. The front connector 1362 may advantageously hold the head mounted display unit 1200 steady as the user moves. An advantage of the front connector 1362 formed from a resilient material is that it can act as a shock absorber during active movement of the user.

In other embodiments, front connector 1362 is formed from a substantially rigid material, such as a thermoplastic material.

5.4.15.2 Front Support Site Connected to Rear Support Site Front support site 1360 may additionally or alternatively be connected to rear support site 1350 .

Referring to FIG. 19A, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a pair of lateral connectors 1364 each connected between front support section 1360 and rear support section 1350 . In this particular embodiment, the posterior support portion 1350 includes a crown strap portion 1310 configured to overlap the parietal bone of the user's head in use, and a crown strap portion 1310 configured to overlap the occipital bone of the user's head in use. , or an occipital strap portion 1320 configured to lie thereunder. Each of the lateral connectors 1364 may be connected to a respective side of the posterior support portion 1350 adjacent the occipital strap portion 1320 or may be connected to a respective side of the occipital strap portion 1320 . In the illustrated embodiment, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 also includes lateral strap sections 1330 that connect rear support section 1350 to head mounted display unit 1200 . In other examples, a lateral connector 1364 may connect to each lateral support strap 1330 .

Each lateral connector 1364 can be elastically extensible. Alternatively or additionally, each lateral connector may be adjustable in length.

Each lateral connector 1364 may be fixedly connected to the front support site 1360 and may be removably attachable to the rear support site 1350 . Alternatively, each lateral connector 1364 may be detachably attachable to the front support site 1360 and may be detachably attachable to the rear support site 1350 . In a further example, each lateral connector 1364 may be removably attachable to the front support portion 1360 and may be fixedly connected to the rear support portion 1350 . Each lateral connector 1364 may be connected to the rear support site 1350 and/or the front support site 1360 by one snap button, one clip, or one hook-and-loop connection.

Lateral connectors 1364 connecting front support portion 1360 to rear support portion 1350 (and, in this particular example, to occipital strap portion 1320) connect front support portion 1360 to the user's head overlying the frontal bone. allow it to be held firmly (e.g. sufficiently tight) against the In particular, this advantage advantageously allows the front support portion 1360 to support a large amount of the weight of the head-mounted display unit 1200 and, in use, keeps the head-mounted display unit 1200 in proper position during active movement. It is possible to hold

5.4.15.3 Arms As illustrated in FIGS. 19A and 19B, respectively, the head-mounted display unit 1200 may comprise a display unit housing 1205 and a pair of arms 1210 extending from the display unit housing 1205. . In these examples, lateral strap portions 1330 each connect to each arm 1210 . Specifically, each lateral strap portion 1330 connects to the rearward end of each one of the pair of arms 1210 . As shown, each lateral strap portion 1330 passes through an eyelet 1212 at the rearward end of the respective arm 1210 and is secured back onto itself. In these illustrative examples, each of a pair of arms 1210 is pivotable relative to display unit housing 1205 .

5.4.15.4 Front Support Sites Connecting to Arms Referring to FIG. 19B, in this embodiment, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes front support sites 1364 and respective one of a pair of arms 1210, respectively. and a pair of lateral connectors 1364 connected between the two.

Each lateral connector 1364 may be elastically extensible. Alternatively or additionally, each lateral connector may be adjustable in length.

Each lateral connector 1364 may be fixedly connected to the front support portion 1360 and may be removably attachable to a respective one of the arms 1210 . Alternatively, each lateral connector 1364 may be detachably attachable to the front support portion 1360 and detachably attachable to a respective one of the arms 1210 . In a further example, each lateral connector 1364 may be removably attachable to the front support portion 1360 and may be fixedly connected to a respective one of the arms 1210 . Each lateral connector 1364 may connect to a respective one of arms 1210 and/or front support site 1360 by a snap button, clip, or hook-and-loop connection.

A lateral connector 1364 that connects the front support portion 1360 to the arm 1210 allows the front support portion 1360 to connect through the arm, optionally in addition to the front connector 1362, to either a portion of the weight of the head-mounted display unit 1200 or It can support the whole and, in use, hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in place during active movement.

5.4.16 Hair Strap Site FIGS. 20A and 20B show a head-mounted display system 1000 according to another embodiment of the present technology. Head-mounted display system 1000 has positioning and stabilizing features configured to hold head-mounted display unit 1200 in an operable position on the user's head (as shown in FIGS. 20A and 20B when in use). A structure 1300 is provided.

In this example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head and, in use, connects the rear support portion 1350 and the head-mounted display unit 1200 together. It comprises one or more front support sections (in this example a pair of lateral strap sections 1330 and an upper strap section 1340 in certain embodiments) configured to connect. In other embodiments, the upper strap sections 1340 may be omitted, or the positioning and stabilizing structure may have, for example, a pair of upper lateral strap sections and a pair of lower lateral strap sections.

In this embodiment, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes hair strap section 1370 connected to posterior support section 1350 . The hair strap portion 1370 may be positionable, in use, between the user's head and the hair descending from the back portion of the user's head. The hair strap portion 1370 may be positionable under the user's hair if the user has long enough hair. A hair strap portion 1370 may be secured under the hair, eg, between the hair and the neck or the hair and the head, to provide additional stability to the head-mounted display system 1000 . FIG. 20B shows a hair strap portion 1370 under the user's hair.

As noted above, in this embodiment, one or more of the front support sections comprises a pair of lateral strap sections 1330 that connect the rear support sections 1350 to the head mounted display unit 1200 .

As shown, hair strap portion 1370 includes a pair of ends 1371 and 1372 connected to respective lateral sides of posterior support portion 1350 . Each end of the hair strap portion 1370 is positioned proximate the Frankfort horizontal plane of the user's head when in use. The hair strap portion 1370 may be removably attachable to the posterior support portion 1350 at one or both ends of the hair strap portion 1370 .

In some embodiments, the hair strap section 1370 comprises a left strap section and a right strap section removably attached to the left strap section. The left strap portion may be removably attached to the right strap portion proximate the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. When the user wears the head-mounted display system 1000, the user can separate the two strap sections and reconnect them under the hair.

In some embodiments, hair strap portion 1370 is elastically extensible. In other embodiments, hair strap portion 1370 is substantially non-stretchable.

In this illustrated embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 20A and 20B, the posterior support section 1350 includes a crown strap section 1310 configured to overlap the parietal bone of the user's head in use, and a crown strap section 1310 configured to overlap the parietal bone of the user's head. and an occipital strap portion 1320 configured to overlie or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head. In particular, the hair strap section 1370 connects to the occipital strap section in use. Hair strap portion 1370 may connect to occipital strap portion 1320 proximate an end of occipital strap portion 1320 .

As described herein, hair strap sites 1370 may be incorporated into any of the positioning and stabilizing structures 1300 having occipital strap sites described herein.

5.4.17 Removable Attachment of Rear Sections FIGS. 36A-36D show a head-mounted display system 1000 according to a further embodiment of the present technology and share features with embodiments described elsewhere. However, not all of them are repeated. 36A and 36B show a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 having a crown strap section 1310, a pair of lateral strap sections 1330 and an upper strap section 1340. FIG.

Positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 further includes an occipital strap portion 1320 formed by a pair of lateral occipital strap portions 1321 extending from crown strap portion 1310, each of lateral occipital strap portions 1321, in use. , is removably attached to a medial occipital region 1322 configured to cover or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head. In other embodiments, lateral occipital strap portion 1321 may not extend from crown strap portion 1310, but instead from positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 or another component of head-mounted display system 1000 (e.g., portion partially downward and partially posteriorly).

The crown strap portion 1310, medial occipital strap portion 1322, and lateral occipital strap portion 1321 may form a posterior support portion 1350 configured to engage a posterior portion of the user's head in use. The crown strap portion 1310 is configured to overlap the parietal bones of the user's head in use. A pair of lateral occipital strap portions 3122 are each configured to, in use, rest on respective lateral sides of the user's head. For example, as shown in FIG. 36A, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can include an upper strap section 1340 configured to connect between the rear support section 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200. As shown in FIG.

In some embodiments, the top strap section 1340 connects directly to the rear support section 1350 (eg, connects directly to the crown strap section 1310 or the back strap section 1320). In other embodiments, the upper strap section 1350 connects to the rear support section 1350 via another component, such as the battery pack 1500 . That is, in some embodiments, the upper strap section 1340 connects to the rear support section 1350 by connecting a battery pack 1500 that connects to components of the rear support section 1350 such as the occipital strap section 1320 .

Head mounted display system 1000 may include battery pack 1500 for powering head mounted display system 1000 . The battery pack 1500 can be placed behind the user's head when in use. The battery pack 1500 can be configured to connect to the top strap portion 1340 when in use. Any features of the upper strap region 1340 and battery pack 1500 described elsewhere herein are identical to the upper strap region 1340 and battery pack shown in FIGS. 36A-36D, unless expressly required otherwise. 1500.

In the illustrated embodiment, the medial occipital region 1322 is stiffened. The medial occipital region 1322 may comprise an occipital stiffener. In alternate embodiments, the medial occipital region 1322 may comprise flexible straps, such as medial occipital region straps. In some embodiments, medial occipital region 1322 may form part of upper strap region 1340 . The medial occipital region 1322 may be permanently attached within the upper strap region 1340 (eg, may be permanently attached to the user-facing layer). In some embodiments, the medial occipital region 1322 may be secured to the upper strap region 1340 (eg, sutured or welded in place to the user-facing layer 1344 of the upper strap region 1340). In an alternate embodiment, medial occipital region 1322 may be secured in a manner similar to that described elsewhere with reference to adjustable stiffener 1380 .

In some embodiments, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a removable fastener between each of a pair of lateral occipital strap regions 1321 and medial occipital region 1322 . Each removable fastener can include a fastener portion configured to attach to a corresponding connection point 1337 . In the embodiment of FIGS. 36A-36D , the medial occipital region 1322 includes a pair of connection points 1337 configured to connect to corresponding fastener regions provided on each lateral occipital strap region 1321 .

As shown in FIG. 36D, in some embodiments attachment in a detachable form is provided by a magnetic clasp. Each magnetic fastener may include a magnetic clip portion configured to magnetically attach to a respective one of connection points 1337 . As shown in FIG. 36D , a magnetic clip 1339 is secured to the lateral occipital strap portion 1321 and the magnetic clip 1339 is configured to magnetically attach to a connection point 1337 on the occipital region 1322 .

In some embodiments, the length of each of the lateral occipital strap portions 1321 may be adjustable. For example, each magnetic clip 1338 may have an eyelet 1202, and a portion of each of the pair of lateral occipital strap portions 1321 may pass through the eyelet and be secured back on itself at the desired length. .

5.4.18 Washable Portion of Positioning and Stabilizing Structure FIGS. 39A-39C show further views of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIGS. 36A-36D above. Figures 40A-40B, 41A-41B, 42A-42D illustrate a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and components thereof according to further embodiments of the present technology. Many of the features described above in relation to other embodiments of the technology, which are not repeated here, are applicable in combination with the concepts described below. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIGS. 36A-36D, 39A-39C, 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D is also shown in FIGS. 21A-21D and 23A. 23D share some features with each other. It is to be understood that features of each of these embodiments may be applied alternatively or in combination to each of the other examples, unless otherwise required.

In each of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 36A-36D, 39A-39C, 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D, head-mounted display system 1000 is a head-mounted display system A battery pack 1500 is provided for powering the 1000, and the battery pack 1500 is configured to be positioned rearward relative to the user's head when in use. An upper strap portion 1340 of each positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 connects to the battery pack 1500 during use.

5.4.18.1 Outer Layer of Top Strap Section Separable from User-Facing Layer In the embodiments of FIGS. , a user-facing layer 1344 and an outer layer 1341 (opposite the top strap portion 1340 to the user-facing layer 1344). In these embodiments, the user-facing layer 1344 of the upper strap section 1340, the crown strap section 1310, the occipital strap section 1320, and the lateral strap sections 1330 are separable from the outer layer 1341 of the upper strap section 1340. . 39A-39C, FIG. 39B shows these components separated from outer layer 1341 of upper strap layer 1340. FIG. FIG. 39C shows the separated outer layer 1341 of the upper strap portion 1340 (in this embodiment, the outer layer 1341 is formed by an outer sleeve 1348 described below). Figures 42A-42D show the components of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in Figures 41A-41B in isolation.

An advantage of this type of configuration is that the user-facing layer 1344 of the upper strap section 1340, the crown strap section 1310, the occipital strap section 1320, and the lateral strap sections 1330 are aligned with the washable sections ( For example, washable subassemblies) can be formed (washable portions shown separately in FIG. 39B). These components may be user contact portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and are all washable materials such as textile materials, plastic materials, non-electronic components (machine washable or otherwise easily washable). material). This washable portion may be separated from the outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 for cleaning by the user, eg, periodically or as needed when soiled. Alternatively, head mounted display system 1000 includes a power cable 1510 connecting battery pack 1500 to head mounted display unit 1200, as described below. The cleanable portion does not require the user to manipulate the power cable 1510 (e.g., unplug it, pull it out of its sleeve, or otherwise remove the power cable 1510 when removing the cleanable portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300). consideration), can be isolated from power cable 1510 (and battery pack 1500) while being isolated from other non-user contacting components.

Outer layer 1341 of top strap portion 1340 may be configured to connect to head mounted display unit 1200 of head mounted display system 1000 . As shown in FIGS. 39A, 40A, and 41A, respectively, the forward portion of outer layer 1341 is passed through portions of head-mounted display unit 1200 such as eyelets, lugs, etc. (not shown) and looped around, for example. It can be secured to itself with a hook and loop connection (or another suitable connection such as by a buckle or one of a series of press studs). This connection may be as described elsewhere herein.

42A-42D, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a buckle 1312 attached to a crown strap portion 1310 similar to the buckle 1312 described above with reference to FIGS. 7B and 7C. can contain. In use, a user-contacting portion 1342 (eg, at least the user-facing layer 1344 ) may be positioned between the buckle 1312 and the crown strap portion 1310 . Buckle 1312 may be configured to limit lateral movement of user contact portion 1342, the advantage of which is that upper strap portion 1340 may remain centered on the user's head during use. In this example, buckle 1312 is positioned in the sagittal plane of the user's head when in use. In the example of FIGS. 42A-42D , the buckles 1312 are located on opposite sides of the center of the crown strap section (eg, symmetrically opposite each side of the sagittal plane of the user's head in use). It is formed by a length of flexible material extending between two points along 1310 . Buckle 1312 may be sutured or welded to crown strap portion 1310, or may be connected in another suitable manner (eg, adhesive, additional buckles). FIG. 57 shows a further embodiment of buckle 1312 .

5.4.18.2 Connection Between Occipital Strap Section and Top Strap Section The occipital strap section 1320 is removably connected to the top strap section 1340 . 39A-39C, occipital strap section 1320 includes a pair of lateral occipital strap sections 1321 configured to connect between crown strap section 1310 and superior strap section 1340, each lateral occipital strap section Regions 1321 are configured to lie on respective lateral sides of the user's head in use. In this embodiment, each of the lateral occipital strap sections 1321 is adjustable in length. Accordingly, the length of the occipital strap portion 1320 is adjustable. In this embodiment, occipital strap section 1320 connects to top strap section 1340 via a magnetic connection. In particular, each of the lateral occipital strap sections 1321 is configured to be connected to an upper strap section 1340 via a magnetic fastener. As shown in FIGS. 39A and 39B, occipital strap section 1320 connects to top strap section 1340 via magnetic clip 1338 .

40A-40B and 41A-41B, the occipital strap portion 1320 is removably connected to the upper strap portion 1340, but in such a way that the occipital strap portion 1320 is not adjustable in length. Advantageously, the alignment and stabilization structure 1300 can be set up more intuitively.

Figures 42A and 42B show the connection between the occipital strap section 1320 and the top strap section 1340 shown in Figures 41A-41B. Top strap portion 1340 is configured to connect to occipital strap portion 1320 via a pivotable connection. That is, the occipital strap portion 1320 can pivot relative to the upper strap portion 1340 (or vice versa), which can improve comfort. As shown in Figures 42A and 42B, the pivotable connection comprises a press stud connection. The press stud connection includes male press stud portion 1324a and female press stud portion 1324B and is configured to snap together during assembly of top strap portion 1340 and occipital strap portion 1320. The male and female parts of the press stud connection may be reversed. In other embodiments, the occipital strap section 1320 may connect to the upper strap section 1340 in this manner, but may be adjustable in length. In other embodiments, the top strap portion 1340 and the occipital strap portion 1320 connect via alternative mechanisms such as hook-and-loop connections, magnetic clips or other suitable connections.

In some other embodiments of the present technology, the occipital strap section 1320 is a posterior strap section where the occipital strap section 1320 removably connects to the top strap section 1340, for example, in the embodiment shown in FIGS. At the ends it is permanently connected to the upper strap section 1340 .

56A-56C show another embodiment of the connection between the occipital strap section 1320 and the top strap section 1340. FIG. In this embodiment, occipital strap portion 1320 includes occipital connection tabs 1326 and upper strap portion 1340 includes occipital connection tab holes 1351 . Occipital connection tab 1326 may be configured to pass through occipital connection tab hole 1351 and be secured to upper strap portion 1340 . In some embodiments, the occipital connection tab 1326 can be connected to the upper strap portion 1340 by a press stud connection. In some embodiments, the occipital connection tab 1326 can be connected to the upper strap portion 1340 by a hook and loop connection.

5.4.18.3 Upper Strap Section Outer Sleeve In each of the embodiments shown in FIGS. , with an outer sleeve 1348 . Outer sleeve 1348 forms outer layer 1341 of upper strap portion 1340 . In those examples, outer sleeve 1348 is connected to battery pack 1500 . Outer sleeve 1348 may be removably connected to battery pack 1500 or permanently connected (eg, not configured for separation from battery pack 1500 by a user). For example, outer sleeve 1348 may be glued, heat staked, screwed, or connected to battery pack 1500 in another suitable manner.

As noted above, the head mounted display system 1000 may include a power cable 1510 connected between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display system 1000 during use. 39A-39C, 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D, head-mounted display system 1000 includes power cable 1510 located within outer sleeve 1348. . Power cable 1510 can slide into outer sleeve 1348 along the length of outer sleeve 1348 .

In these examples, power cable 1510 is retractable into and extendable from battery pack 1500 . The ability of power cable 1510 to slide within outer sleeve 1348 also allows the length of outer sleeve 1348 and upper strap portion 1340 to be adjusted without affecting the amount of slack in power cable 1510 . Also, the power cable 1510 that is retractable into the battery pack 1500 and that is extendable from the battery pack 1500 may be able to fix the power cable 1510 to the head mounted display unit 1200 . A power cable 1510 that is not pulled into head-mounted display unit 1200 and extends from head-mounted display unit 1200 makes head-mounted display unit 1200 small (or at least smaller than the size needed to accommodate retractable power cable 1510). It may be possible to keep In another embodiment, power cable 1510 is fixed relative to outer sleeve 1348 . In other embodiments, power cable 1510 does not pull into battery pack 1500 or extend from battery pack 1500 .

5.4.18.4 Velcro Connections The washable portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be connected to other components of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 by Velcro connections. Advantageously, this may allow the washable portion to be “peelable” from other portions of the head-mounted display system 1000 . For example, the washable portion of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be connected to outer sleeve 1348 by one or more hook-and-loop connections 1349 . For example, the user contact layer 1344 of the upper strap portion 1340 (at least part of the washable portion in some embodiments) may be connected to the outer sleeve 1348 by a hook and loop connection 1349 . In the embodiment shown in FIG. 40B, user contact layer 1344 connects to outer sleeve 1348 via hook-and-loop connection 1349 as shown.

In some embodiments, such as the embodiment shown in FIGS. 41A-41B and 42A-42D, positioning and stabilizing structure 1340 comprises user contact sites 1342, which are described in more detail below. User contact portion 1342 comprises user contact layer 1344 . User contact portion 1342 connects to outer sleeve 1348 with, for example, a hook and loop connection, or alternatively with a press stud connection, band, or another suitable connection. As shown in FIG. 41A, user contact portion 1342 is connected to outer sleeve 1348 by hook and loop connection 1349 .

Outer sleeve 1348 may include one or more hook portions 1349a. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 42C, outer sleeve 1348 includes a plurality of hook portions 1349a. In this embodiment, there are two hook portions 1349a, but in other embodiments there may be one, three or more hook portions 1349a. In some embodiments, the washable portion comprises a plurality of continuous loop portions 1349B corresponding to and to which hook portions 1349a can be attached. As shown in FIG. 42C, the user contact portion 1342 of the washable portion comprises a pair of continuous loop portions 1349B corresponding to the hook portions 1349a to form a hook-and-loop connection 1349. As shown in FIG.

In other embodiments of the present technology, the washable portion, which may be, for example, the user contact portion 1342 or the user contact layer 1344, may have one or more hook portions 1349a attached to it, forming hook-and-loop connections 1349. The surface may be formed from a free loop material. Outer sleeve 1348 or other portion of upper strap portion 1340 including hook portion 1349 a may be directly connected to the surface of the washable portion of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 .

In other embodiments, the washable portion comprises a hook portion 1349a and the outer sleeve 1348 or other portion of the non-washable portion comprises a continuous loop portion 1349B or a surface formed from continuous loop material. obtain.

5.4.18.5 Other Hook-and-Loop Connection Embodiments The above concepts regarding hook-and-loop connections in the upper strap region 1340 are equally applicable to other embodiments of the present technology. In some embodiments, the head-mounted display system 1000 includes a head-mounted display unit 1200 that includes a display and, in use, a operable display on the user's head, as described elsewhere herein. a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 configured to hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in position.

41A-41C and 42A-42D for purposes of illustrating more generally applicable aspects of the present technology, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 engages a rear portion of the user's head. and configured to connect between the rear support portion 1350 and the head-mounted display unit 1200 (each located on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use). A pair of lateral strap sections 1310 and an upper strap section 1340 configured to connect between the rear support section 1350 and the head-mounted display unit 1200, wherein the upper strap section 1340, in use, rests on the user's head. The upper strap portion 1340 may comprise a user contact portion 1342 and an outer layer 1341 configured to overlap the upper portion of the upper strap portion 1340 . As shown, the user contact portion 1342 of the upper strap portion 1340 and the outer layer 1341 of the upper strap portion 1340 are removably connected by one or more hook-and-loop connections 1349 .

User contact portion 1342 and outer layer 1341 are separable from each other by hook-and-loop connection portion 1349, which advantageously allows user contact portion 1342 to be connected to or form part of outer layer 1341 and outer layer 1341. It can be possible to wash separately from any electronics. Alternatively or additionally, one of user contact portion 1342 or outer layer 1341 may be replaced separately from the other.

In some embodiments, the posterior support portion 1350 includes a crown strap portion 1310 configured to overlap the parietal bone of the user's head in use, and a crown strap portion 1310 configured to overlap the occipital bone of the user's head in use. , or an occipital strap portion 1320 configured to lie thereunder. However, the hook-and-loop connection between user contact portion 1342 and outer layer 1341 may be applied to other configurations of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 as well. The crown strap section 1310, the back strap section 1320 and the lateral strap section 1330 may be separable from the outer layer 1341 of the upper strap section 1340 along with the user contact section 1342 by separation of hook-and-loop connections.

Upper strap section 1349 may include outer sleeve 1348 forming outer layer 1341 of upper strap section 1340 . Outer layer 1348 may be connected to battery pack 1500 (in embodiments in which battery pack 1500 is present).

Any of the exemplary configurations of hook portion 1349a, solid loop portion 1349B, and/or surfaces formed from solid loop material may be positioned between outer sleeve 1348 and user contact portion 1342, or more generally. may be applied to create a hook and loop connection 1349 between the outer layer 1341 and the user contact portion 1342 or user contact layer 1341 .

5.4.18.6 Substantially Non-Stretchable Layer In this example, the upper strap portion 1340 includes a substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 that, in use, is positioned between the outer layer 1341 and the user-facing layer 1344. (eg, in some embodiments, a stiffener that is at least partially rigid in the sense that it can at least partially retain its shape under its own weight). The substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 may be identified as a stiffener or stiffening layer in embodiments that make the upper strap portion 1340 stiffer than without the substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 . In some embodiments, substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 is non-stretchable but does not substantially increase the stiffness of upper strap portion 1340 . Substantially inextensible layer 1343 facilitates upper strap region 1340 transferring some or all of the weight of rear-mounted battery pack 1500 or other counterweight to a lifting force on head-mounted display unit 1200. can be done. This may advantageously allow the user to perceive head mounted display unit 1200 to be lighter. Further, the head mounted display unit 1200 is held against the user's face with as much force as might be required if the upper strap portion 1340 and/or the counterweight/battery pack 1500 did not constitute a portion of the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200. Less tension may be required in the other headgear straps (eg, lateral strap portions 1330) as they may not need to be pulled against. The presence of the substantially inextensible layer 1343, the upper strap region 1340 as a whole, and the counterweight each (optionally independently or together) allow the head-mounted display system 1000 to be comfortable for the user, while in use. It may help to provide stability to the user's head, even during vigorous movements.

Substantially inextensible layer 1343 may be formed from a thermoplastic material in some embodiments. In embodiments in which a rear-mounted battery pack 1500 is not present (e.g., if an optional battery is present in head-mounted display unit 1200), substantially inextensible layer 1343 is secured to rear support portion 1350 to provide a head-mounted battery pack. A display unit 1200 may be supported. 39A-39C, 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D, head-mounted display system 1000 powers head-mounted display system 1000. A battery pack 1500 is provided for powering, and the battery pack 1500 is configured to be positioned rearwardly relative to the user's head when in use. Top strap portion 1340 connects to battery pack 1500 in use.

A battery pack 1500 may be removably connected to the substantially inextensible layer 1343 . The substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 and the battery pack 1500 are configured to removably connect the battery pack 1500 to the substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 (e.g., the first and second fastener sites 1503, 1504 (corresponding to ). For example, as shown in FIGS. 40A, 41A, and 42D, generally non-stretchable layer 1343 includes first fastening region 1503. As shown in FIGS. The first fastening portion 1503 in these examples is located on the rearward facing surface of the upper strap portion 1340 in use. As shown in FIG. 42D, the battery pack includes a second fastener portion 1504 corresponding to the first fastener portion 1503 . First and second fastener portions 1503 and 1504 are configured to connect together to connect battery pack 1500 to substantially inextensible layer 1343 in use. First and second fastening portions 1503 and 1504 are such that, in these examples, substantially inextensible layer 1343 at least partially supports the weight of battery pack 1500 in use, e.g. A substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 is connected to the battery pack 1500 in a supporting manner.

First and second fastener portions 1503 and 1504 may be configured to snap fit together. In other embodiments, the battery pack 1500 may be connected to the substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 via hook-and-loop connections, fit in a pocket, or be attached to the substantially non-stretchable layer in another suitable manner. 1343 may be connected directly or indirectly. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 42D, first fastener portion 1503 is a male portion and second fastener portion 1504 is a female portion. In other embodiments, first fastener portion 1503 may be a female portion configured to receive male second fastener portion 1504 .

In some embodiments, substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 is flat (as illustrated in FIG. 43B). In other embodiments, substantially inextensible layer 1343 is curved in cross-section, as shown in FIG. 43D. This curvature may, for example, avoid pressure points and provide greater comfort to the user by matching the curvature to the expected curvature of the human head in the sagittal plane. In some embodiments, the substantially inextensible layer may be in the range of 1-3 mm thick, such as 1.5-2 mm thick, such as 1.8 mm thick.

5.4.18.7 Washable Region Separable from Substantially Non-Stretchable Layer The washable region may be separable from the substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 . As noted above, upper strap portion 1340 includes outer sleeve 1348 forming outer layer 1341 . 40A-40B, substantially inextensible layer 1343 is located within outer sleeve 1348. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. As shown in FIG. 39C, outer sleeve 1348 connects to battery pack 1500 .

In this embodiment, the user-facing layer 1344 is separated from the outer sleeve 1348 when the washable portion is separated from the rest of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 for cleaning. A substantially inextensible layer 1343 remains within the outer sleeve 1348 . Battery pack 1500 may or may not be detached from substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 as the user may not need to do so as the washable area can now be washed. In some embodiments in which substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 does not form part of the washable region (e.g., in embodiments in which the washable region is separable from substantially non-stretchable layer 1343), battery pack 1500 includes: It may not be configured to be separated from substantially inextensible layer 1343 by the user.

5.4.18.8 Washable Regions Including Substantially Non-Stretchable Regions In other embodiments, a substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 forms part of a washable region. 41A-41B, 42A-42D, and 43A-43D, the upper strap portion 1340 has a user contact portion 1342 that forms the user-facing layer 1344, as described above. Prepare. A substantially inextensible layer 1343 in this embodiment is provided at the user contact area 1342 . User contact portion 1342 forms part of the washable portion and is separable from outer sleeve 1348 such that substantially inextensible layer 1343 forms part of the washable portion and is separable from outer sleeve 1348. is.

In this example, user contact portion 1342 comprises a user contact sleeve 1342a. As shown in FIG. 41B, substantially inextensible layer 1343 is located within user contacting sleeve 1342a.

43A-43D, user contacting sleeve 1342 may include a stiffener opening 1343a into which substantially inextensible layer 1343 may be inserted. The stiffener openings 1343a may be slits or narrow holes in the material of the user-contacting sleeve 1342 that conform to the shape of the cross-section of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 and to allow insertion of the substantially inextensible layer 1343. It may be shaped and sized to correspond to size. A stiffener opening 1343 a is located at or near an end of user contacting sleeve 1342 to allow a first end of substantially inextensible layer 1343 to be inserted inside user contacting sleeve 1342 . and may be wrapped to cover the second end of the generally inextensible layer 1343 to encapsulate the generally inextensible layer 1343 . A substantially inextensible layer 1343 may be removably inserted into the user contacting sleeve 1342 . Advantageously, this may allow the user contact sleeve 1342 to be replaced if necessary.

User contact sleeve 1342 includes a fastener opening 1503 a that allows battery pack 1500 to be removably attached to substantially inextensible layer 1343 . The generally non-stretchable layer 1343 comprises first fastener regions 1503 configured to connect to corresponding second fastener regions 1504 of the battery pack 1500 . When assembled, the first fastener portion 1503 can extend through a first fastener opening 1503a configured to connect to the second fastener portion 1504, thereby providing a substantially non-stretchable Layer 1343 may be configured to connect to battery pack 1500 .

Battery pack 1500 may cover either or both of stiffener opening 1343a and fastener opening 1503a when in use. 43A and 43C outline the shape of battery pack 1500. FIG. As shown, both the stiffener opening 1343a and the fastener opening 1503a are within the perimeter/periphery of the battery pack 1500 when in use.

In the embodiment shown in FIG. 56C, the occipital strap portion 1320 includes occipital connection tabs 1326, as described above. In this example, occipital connection tab 1326 is configured to connect to user contacting sleeve 1342 on the non-user facing side of user contacting sleeve 1342 . through a first user contacting sleeve aperture 1352 on the side facing the user contacting sleeve 1342 and through a second user contacting sleeve aperture 1353 on the non-user facing side of the user contacting sleeve 1342 . Occipital connection tab 1326 is configured to connect to user contacting sleeve 1342 with a hook and loop connection in this example. In other embodiments, the connections may be press stud connections or other suitable connections.

User contacting sleeve 1342a and/or outer sleeve 1348 may each be formed from a woven material by cutting a woven sheet (e.g., by die cutting, ultrasonic cutting or RF cutting), folding into a tubular shape, and lengthening the length of the sleeve. Along with any other edge, the seam may be formed by ultrasonic welding. Advantageously, when the sleeve is turned inside out, it has a sharp welded edge on the inside and no sharp edges on the outside that cause discomfort or unsightliness in use. Any other suitable aspect is to form user contacting sleeve 1342a and outer sleeve 1348 . Hooks and loops for forming hook-and-loop connections may be welded or sewn into the woven material. In another embodiment, the textile material may be sewn to form a tubular shape. In other embodiments, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 is not encapsulated by the user-contacting sleeve, but instead is secured to the user-facing layer 1344 (e.g., glued, fastened with a hook-and-loop connection, inserted, overmolding or other connection) to the user contact sites 1342 .

Outer sleeve 1348 and/or user-contacting sleeve 1342a may be formed from a resilient or non-resilient material, may be formed from a soft material that is comfortable in contact with a user, and is washable (eg, machine washable). and/or may be formed from a material that helps wick moisture away from the user's face or head. In some embodiments, the sleeve (ie, outer sleeve 1348 and/or user contacting sleeve 1342a) is formed from any one of elastane, TPE or nylon. The sleeve may be formed from a resilient material that facilitates insertion of substantially inextensible layer 1343 in the case of user contacting sleeve 1342a. The sleeve may be formed from a low-friction material (or a material having a low-friction inner surface), which, in the case of outer sleeve 1348 , may reduce the length of power cable 1510 within outer sleeve 1348 during adjustment of the length of outer sleeve 1348 . facilitate movement.

As noted above, head mounted display system 1000 may include power cable 1510 connected between battery pack 1500 and head mounted display unit 1200 . As shown in the embodiments of both FIGS. 40B and 41B, power cables may be disposed within sleeve 1348 (eg, in a manner described elsewhere herein).

69A and 69B show a battery pack housing 1505 having a second fastener site 1504 and a substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 having a corresponding first fastener site 1503, respectively, according to another embodiment of the present technology. show. In this embodiment, the first fastener portion 1503 fits into the holes of the second fastener portion such that the post of the first fastener portion 1503 slides into the channel of the second fastener portion 1504. It is configured to slide in a direction parallel to the plane of the bore. The second fastener portion 1504 may consist of a snap-fit arm configured to resist the post of the first fastener portion 1503 from sliding out of the channel of the second fastener portion 1504 .

70A and 70B illustrate a battery pack housing 1505 having a second fastener site 1504 and a substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 having a corresponding first fastener site 1503, respectively, according to another embodiment of the present technology. show. In this example, first fastener portion 1503 comprises a first cylindrical portion configured to be pressed between two corresponding second cylindrical portions of second fastener portion 1504 . Second fastener portion 1504 deforms such that the second cylindrical portion of second fastener portion 1504 receives the first cylindrical portion of first fastener portion 1503, while the first fastener portion There is a relief cutout in the battery pack housing 1505 configured to allow it to move back toward the undeformed position to effect the snap fit of 1503 to the second fastener portion 1504 .

71A and 71B illustrate a battery pack housing 1505 having a second fastener site 1504 and a substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 having a corresponding first fastener site 1503, respectively, according to another embodiment of the present technology. show. In this embodiment, first fastener portion 1503 includes a male slide portion configured to be slidably received in a female slide portion of second fastener portion 1504 . Both the male slide portion and the female slide portion may be elongated. The first and second fastener portions 1503, 1504 are weighed against the weight of the battery pack 1500 because the disengagement occurs so that the female slide portion on the battery pack housing 1505 is disengaged from the male slide portion. May be oriented in use such that it must slide.

71A and 71B illustrate a battery pack housing 1505 having a second fastener site 1504 and a substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 having a corresponding first fastener site 1503, respectively, according to another embodiment of the present technology. show. In this embodiment, first fastener portion 1503 is inserted into an opening in battery pack housing 1505 formed by second fastener portion 1504 and slides into the channel formed by second fastener portion 1504. a male slide portion configured to. The second fastener portion may include relief cutouts on two sides of the channel such that the opening of the channel forms a snap-fit connection with the corresponding portion of the first fastener portion 1503. .

5.4.19 Battery Pack Structures FIGS. 46-52B illustrate various features of a battery pack 1500 according to embodiments of the present technology. Battery pack 1500 may comprise battery pack housing 1505 connected to battery pack base 1525 . The upper strap portion 1340 may include a user contact portion 1342 forming a user facing layer 1344 and the battery pack base 1525 may be configured to connect to the user contact portion 1342 .

Battery pack 1500 may also include a cable guide 1530 configured to guide power cable 1510 . As shown in FIGS. 47A-48B, cable guide 1530 may include an elongated portion 1531 through which power cable 1510 may slide into and out of battery pack housing 1505 . Elongated portion 1531 may be rigid. Advantageously, the elongated portion 1531 may provide a long passageway for the power cable 1510 to pass through, which may support a corresponding long length of the power cable 1510, which allows the power cable 1510 to Cables can be prevented from digging into the walls of the cable guide 1530 during movement. Cable guide 1530 may include a cable guide attachment site 1532 configured to connect to battery pack base 1525 . Battery pack base 1525 includes a cable guide mount 1526 for cable guide 1530 , and cable guide mount 1526 is configured to connect to cable guide attachment site 1532 .

Cable guide 1530 may include one or more teeth 1533 , eg, multiple teeth 1533 configured to engage upper strap portion 1340 . In this example, cable guide 1530 comprises three teeth 1533 . As noted above, the upper strap section can include an outer sleeve 1348 that forms an outer layer of the upper strap section 1340 and the outer sleeve 1348 can be connected to the battery pack 1500 . Power cable 1510 may be disposed within outer sleeve 1348 and may be slidable within outer sleeve 1348 along the length of outer sleeve 1348 . Teeth 1533 of cable guide 1530 may be configured to engage outer sleeve 1348 to secure outer sleeve 1348 to battery pack 1500 . Teeth 1533 may be located on elongated portion 1531 of cable guide 1530 and may face outwardly relative to elongated portion 1531 . Teeth 1533 of cable guide 1530 may be configured to pinch outer sleeve 1348 against battery pack base 1525 .

In some embodiments, at least a portion of elongated portion 1531 of cable guide 1530 resides within outer sleeve 1348 during use. Cable guide mount 1526 of battery pack base 1525 may include one or more teeth 1527 configured to engage upper strap portion 1340, as shown in FIG. 47B. In this particular embodiment, teeth 1527 of cable guide mount 1526 are configured to engage outer sleeve 1348 to secure outer sleeve 1348 to battery pack 1500 . In particular, teeth 1527 of cable guide mount 1526 may pinch outer sleeve 1348 against cable guide 1530 .

49B, battery pack base 1525 has base recess 1528 configured to receive occipital strap site connection tab 1326 configured to connect occipital strap site 1340 to user contact site 1342 of top strap site 1340. Referring to FIG. Prepare. Occipital strap site connection tab 1326 may reside in base recess 1528 . Base recess 1528 may advantageously accommodate occipital strap site connection tab 1326 while keeping battery pack 1500 in a low profile profile. Battery pack base 1525 also includes mounting structures configured to connect battery pack base 1525 (and thereby battery pack 1500) to user contact sites 1342, as described elsewhere herein. But it's okay.

46-50, the battery pack 1500 includes a cable stopper 1540 secured to the power cable 1519 inside the battery pack 1500, the cable stopper 1540 allowing the power cable 1510 to extend from the battery pack 1500. configured to limit the extent to which it can exist. Cable stopper 1540 in this embodiment is annularly shaped (although other embodiments may include different shapes) and is configured to reduce the diameter of cable stopper 1540 to engage power cable 1510 . and adjustment screw 1542 . Cable stopper 1540 may be clipped onto power cable 1510 and may be fixed in position relative to power cable 1510 . Cable stopper 1540 may comprise an internal thread 1541 configured to engage power cable 1510 .

As shown in FIGS. 47A-52B, battery pack housing 1505 in this embodiment includes power cable opening 1506 . Thus, power cable opening 1506 is also the power cable opening 1506 of battery pack 1500 . Cable guide 1530 may extend out of battery pack 1500 through power cable opening 1506, for example.

As shown in FIGS. 51C and 51D, battery pack housing 1505 includes power cable divider 1507 configured to house a portion of power cable 1510 and one compartment configured to house battery cells 1502 . The above cell partitions 1508 may be provided. Battery pack housing 1505 includes one or more partition walls 1509 that separate power cable partition 1507 and one or more cell partitions 1508 . In this embodiment, power cable opening 1506 is aligned with power cable divider 1507 . In the illustrated embodiment, battery pack 1500 includes two cell dividers 1508 . A power cable partition 1507 is located between two cell partitions 1508 . Battery pack 1500 comprises cells 1502 arranged in series, oriented vertically along a left-right axis in use. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 52B, cells 1502 are angled inward on the rear side of battery pack 1500 . In this embodiment, there are four battery cells 1502, but there may be one, two, three, four or more cells 1502 in other embodiments. Also, in other embodiments, the cells 1502 may be oriented horizontally.

53A-53F, the power cable 1510 may include a service loop 1513 inside the battery pack 1500. FIG. Service loop 1513 may be configured to provide extension and retraction of power cable 1510 from battery pack 1500 to the battery pack. Retraction and extension of the power cable 1510 with respect to the battery pack 1500 is described in more detail elsewhere herein, but the power cable 1510 may be inserted into headgear straps, e.g., upper strap portions 1340 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. In the head-mounted display system 1000 provided, the retractable and extendable power cable 1510 is advantageously arranged (eg, to achieve a good fit on the user's head) at the top strap portion 1340 and the power cable Easy adjustment of the length of 1510 may be provided.

As shown in FIG. 53A, power cable 1510 enters battery pack 1500 in a direction substantially parallel to battery pack base 1525 and bends away from battery pack base 1525 to form service loop 1513 . The power cable 1510 may enter the battery pack 1500 in an orientation substantially parallel/tangent to the curvature of the user's head. In another embodiment, the power cable 1510 enters the battery pack 1500 at an angle to the battery pack base 1525 and bends toward the battery pack base 1525 to form a service loop 1513, as shown in FIG. 53B. .

FIG. 53G shows a cross-sectional view of battery pack 1500 in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology. Power cable 1510 is secured within battery pack 1500 at fixed end 1514 . In this example, power cable 1510 is secured to battery pack base 1525 at fixed end 1514 . Fixed end 1514 may be secured with, for example, adhesive or fasteners. Power cable 1510 is shown in a retracted configuration and, in the phantom, in an extended configuration. As shown, the length of service loop 1513 decreases when power cable 1510 is in the stretched configuration. The configuration of service loop 1513 , fixed end 1514 and cable guide 1530 in this embodiment may advantageously provide low resistance to extension/retraction of power cable 1510 . The power cable 1510 in this arrangement extends and retracts with a "rolling" action. Advantageously, there is no resilience required in the power cable 1510 . Power cable 1510 has a small radius change with extension/retraction. Power cable 1510 is bent to different amounts during extension/retraction. Elongated portion 1531 may have a long aspect ratio (eg, long length compared to width). The length of the elongated portion may be in the range of 20-40 mm, such as 25-35 mm, 28-32 mm, or about 30 mm long. The inner diameter of the elongated portion may be in the range of 5-10 mm, such as 6.5 mm-8.5 mm, or about 7.5 mm.

Also, as shown in FIG. 53G, elongated portion 1531 of cable guide 1530 includes one or more rounded ends 1539 . In particular, cable guide 1530 has a rounded edge 1539 at a first or inner end of elongated section 1531 and a rounded edge at a second or outer end of elongated section 1531 . end 1539 , which may advantageously provide low friction to power cable 1510 and present a low risk of power cable 1510 catching on the end of elongated section 1531 . In embodiments of the present technology, cable guide 1530 may include rounded ends 1539 on either, or both ends of elongated portion 1531 . Each rounded end 1539 may include a radial edge on one or both of the inner and outer sides around the opening to elongated portion 1531 . Additionally or alternatively, each rounded end 1539 may comprise an outwardly flared portion of cable guide 1530 , such as an outwardly flared portion of elongated portion 1531 . .

In some embodiments, cable guide 1530 includes a fabric sleeve 1534, as shown in Figures 53C-53F. Fabric sleeve 1534 may comprise a low friction material configured to provide low resistance to movement of power cable 1510 through fabric sleeve 1534 . In some embodiments, fabric sleeve 1534 may be stretchable. Cable guide 1530 may include one or more lead-in features 1535 configured to guide power cable 1510 into fabric sleeve 1534 . Cable guide 1530 may comprise one lead-in feature 1535 as shown in FIG. 53E, or two lead-in features 1535 as shown in FIG. You can prepare one by one. Lead-in features may include curved surfaces. 53E, in some embodiments, cable guide 1530 may include one or more rollers 1536 configured to reduce friction acting on power cable 1510 at the entrance of fabric sleeve 1534. good.

As shown in Figures 53C and 53F, the fabric sleeve 1534 may be located inside the battery pack 1500 in some embodiments. In other embodiments, such as those shown in FIGS. 53D and 53E, fabric sleeve 1534 may be located on the exterior of battery pack 1500. FIG. In some embodiments, the fabric sleeve 1534 , or more generally the cable guide 1530 in whatever form it takes, is partially internal and partially external to the battery pack 1500 . It may be located entirely internally or entirely externally. In some embodiments, fabric sleeve 1534 may be part of outer sleeve 1348 of upper strap portion 1340 . That is, the outer sleeve 1348 of the upper strap section may extend inside the battery pack 1500 to form the fabric sleeve 1534 section of the cable guide 1530 .

53C, in some embodiments, the battery pack 1500 includes one or more standoffs 1537 configured to constrain the shape and/or movement of the power cable 1510 within the battery pack 1500. In some embodiments, standoffs 1537 may limit the amount power cable 1510 may extend from battery pack 1500 by placing a lower limit on the bend radius of service loop 1513 of power cable 1510 . Standoffs 1537 may, for example, take the form of posts in battery pack 1500 that extend from one side of battery pack housing 1505 or from one side of power cable divider 1507 to another side. In some embodiments, standoffs 1537 may support battery cells 1502 .

In some embodiments, one or more portions of power cable 1510 between service loop 1513 and one or more battery cells 1502 to which the power cable is connected are, for example, battery pack base 1525, battery pack housing. It is fixed in place within the battery pack 1500 with 1505 or other components of the battery pack 1500 or adhesives or brackets that are secured within the battery pack 1500 . As shown in FIG. 53E, power cable 1510 of the present example is secured at location 1538 by adhesive.

53D and 53E, service loop 1513 of power cable 1510 has a sufficiently small bend radius such that service loop 1513 does not experience frictional contact with battery pack housing 1505 radially outward of the curve. It may be shaped into a curve. For example, in the fully retracted position of power cable 1510 (eg, shown in FIG. 53E), service loop 1513 may have no or only a small amount of contact with the inner wall(s) within battery pack 1500. have a nature. The bend radius of service loop 1513 is such that service loop 1513 does not experience frictional contact with battery pack 1500 when moving from a fully retracted position to an extended position (eg, shown in FIG. 53D). It may be small enough so that 1513 cannot contact any interior walls within battery pack 1500 . Advantageously, this allows the user to extend and retract power cable 1510, which may make adjusting head-mounted display system 1000 easier.

53A, 53B, and 53F each show two configurations of service loop 1513 simultaneously, one showing service loop 1513 and power cable 1510 in the retracted position, and one showing service loop 1513 in the retracted position. and power cable 1510 in the extended position.

5.5 Arms Within the Head-Mounted Display Unit Periphery In some embodiments of the present technology, the arms 1210 of the head-mounted display unit 1200 may extend from the exterior of the display unit housing, while the arms 1210 of the present technology In some examples, arm 1210 may extend from the interior of head-mounted display unit 1200 .

As shown in FIGS. 34A-34I, head-mounted display system 1000 includes head-mounted display unit 1200 and, in use, head-mounted display in operating position across the user's face (eg, the position shown in FIG. 34A). and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 (not shown in FIGS. 34A-34I) constructed and arranged to retain the unit 1200. FIG. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head, and a connection between the rear support portion 1350 and the head-mounted display unit 1200. and a pair of lateral strap portions 1330, each of which, in use, may be configured to lie on a respective lateral side of the user's head. The head-mounted display unit 1200 may comprise a display unit housing 1205 with a display and an interfacing structure 3800 configured to contact the user's face when in use.

Head-mounted display unit 1200 may further comprise a pair of arms 1210, for example, as shown in FIG. 34A. Each arm 1210 may extend rearwardly from display unit housing 1205 and each arm 1210 is configured to attach to a respective one of lateral strap portions 1330 of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 .

In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 34A-34I, display unit housing 1205 has a rear side with a perimeter (eg, outermost perimeter). Each arm 1210 extends from display unit housing 1205 into the perimeter of the rear side of display unit housing 1205 . Arms 1210 extending from inside the perimeter of the display unit housing may reduce the overall width of head-mounted display unit 1200 and/or move the optimal headgear force vector closer (e.g., closer parallel to the longitudinal axis). can facilitate

34A-34C, the interfacing structure 3800 has a perimeter with each of the arms 1210 extending between the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing 1205 and the perimeter of the interfacing structure 3800. located in between. Arms 1210 may each be positioned inside adjacent portions of display unit housing 1205 . Additionally, arms 1210 may each be laterally positioned adjacent portions of interfacing structure 3800 . Most of the lateral portion of the display unit housing 1205 can be lateral to some or all of the arms 1210 . A majority of the lateral portion of the display unit housing 1205 may be located laterally of the connection between each one of the arms 1205 and the display unit housing 1205, for example.

Each of arms 1210 may include an eyelet 1212 configured to receive a respective one of lateral strap portions 1330 of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . Each arm's eyelet 1212 may be located at or near the rearward end of the respective arm 1210 .

5.5.1 Pivoting Arms Each of the pair of arms 1210 may be pivotable with respect to the display unit housing 1205 . Figures 34D-34G and 34I show the pivot point 1213 of each arm. Pivot point 1213 may be proximate the display within display housing 1205 and may be located in front of the user's face. Each of the arms 1210 may be configured to pivot about a horizontal axis perpendicular to the sagittal plane of the user's head when in use. Each of arms 1210 may be configured to pivot through an angular range A of at least 9 degrees (FIGS. 34F and 34G). In some examples, the angular range A can be at least 19 degrees.

As shown in FIGS. 34D-34G and 34I, each arm 1210 of this example includes a hub portion 1230 and an elongated portion 1231 extending away from the hub portion. Eyelet 1212 of arm 1210 is formed at the distal (rear) end of elongated portion 1231 . Hub portion 1230 is secured to display unit housing 1205 at pivot point 1213 (via arm attachment portion 1215, described below). As hub portion 1230 rotates about pivot point 1213 and elongated portion 1231 is rigidly connected to hub portion 1230 (eg, by being integrally formed with hub portion 1230), elongated portion 1231 can be positioned at the hub portion. It rotates around pivot point 1213 with 1230 .

In another embodiment of the present technology, each arm 1210 is slidably connected to the display unit housing 1205 and slidably configured to pivot about a pivot point 1213, as shown in FIG. 34J. Although FIG. 34J shows only one side of the head-mounted display, it is understood that when a single arm feature is described, the feature may apply to both arms 1210 of the head-mounted display. and

In this example, each pivot point 1213 is a theoretical/imaginary pivot about which arm 1210 rotates. The pivot point 1213 in this example is not the point at which the arm 1213 is connected to the display unit housing 1205, but the point in space around which the arm 1210 rotates by being connected to the display unit housing 1205 at another location. be. Each arm 1210 is slidably connected to display unit housing 1205 at a location spaced from a respective pivot point 1213 .

As shown in FIG. 34J, each arm 1210 slides along a respective guide 1219 and pivots about a respective pivot point to a respective one of a pair of guides 1219 of display unit housing 1205 (in dashed lines). drawing) is slidably connected. Each guide 1219 may be elongated to allow the respective arm 1210 to slide along it. Additionally, each guide 1219 may be curved to force the pivoting motion of arm 1210 during sliding. Accordingly, each guide 1219 may be elongated and curved. In this manner, each arm 1210 pivots about pivot point 1213 relative to display unit housing 1205 without the physical connection between arm 1210 and display unit housing 1205 being located at pivot point 1213 . configured to

Each arm 1210 includes an eyelet 1212 configured to receive a respective one of lateral strap portions 1330 of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . In this example, the eyelet 1212 of each arm 1210 may be located at or near the rearward end of the respective arm 1212, as illustrated in FIG. 34J. In other embodiments, the arms 1210 may connect to the strap sections of the headgear 1300 in other suitable manners, such as clips (eg, magnetic clips) or hook-and-loop connections between the strap sections and each arm 1210 .

In FIG. 34J, the front end of arm 1210 hidden behind a portion of display unit housing 1205 is shown in phantom. In this embodiment, arm 1210 need not be longer than necessary to span between the intended position of eyelet 1212 and guide 1219 . As shown, the forward end of arm 1210 is located adjacent guide 1219 . Additionally, the display unit housing 1205 has a pair of posterior posterior points 1205p located on respective lateral sides of the display unit housing 1205 . In this example, each guide 1219 is positioned proximate a respective one of the rearmost points 1205p of the display unit housing 1205 .

Guide 1219 and arm 1210 may have any configuration that permits arm 1210 to slide along guide 1219 but constrains movement of arm 1210 to pivot/rotation about pivot point 1213. . Guide 1219 and arm 1210 may be configured in complementary configurations. Guide 1219 and arm 1210 may be connected in a complementary or hermaphroditic relationship, such as the example shown in FIGS. 34K and 34L. In some embodiments, guides 1219 each include a female portion configured to receive a male portion of respective arm 1210 . In another embodiment, each arm 1210 includes a female portion that receives a male portion of a respective guide 1219 (as shown in FIG. 34M as an example). In some embodiments, guide 1219 and arm 1210 are joined in an interlocking configuration that resists separation of arm 1210 and guide 1219 . For example, arm 1210 and guide 1219 have a dovetail connection that can both constrain arm 1210 in pivotal movement about pivot point 1213 and prevent arm 1210 from separating from the guide (see FIG. 34K for an example). shown), L-connections, T-connections, or other connections.

Alternatively, the connection between arm 1210 and guide 1219 may not itself prevent separation of arm 1210 from guide 1219 . FIG. 34L shows that the guide 1219 is in the form of a slot that receives a projection of the arm 1210 and guides the arm 1210 to move along the slot, but it is not the guide 1219 itself that causes the arm 1210 to move away from the guide 1219. A blocking configuration is shown at a portion of the arm attachment site 1215 adjacent the arm. Guide 1215 may be formed in arm mounting portion 1215 , a portion of display unit housing 1205 , or another component of head mounted display unit 1200 . Figure 34M shows an embodiment in which arm 1210 includes a slot that receives a guide 1219 in the form of a protrusion configured to fit into the slot. In this example, arm 1210 may be prevented from separating from guide 1219 by part of arm attachment site 1215 or another component within head-mounted display unit 1200 .

The use of guides 1219 for arm 1210 advantageously allows arm 1210 to be shortened, thereby allowing sufficient space for other components of head-mounted display unit 1200 proximate arm 1210. sometimes you can.

The arm 1210 and head-mounted display unit 1200 of the embodiments of the present technology shown in FIGS. Reference is made to other embodiments of the present technology such as what lies between, the arm attachment site 1215, the range of pivotal motion of the arm 1210, the predetermined resistance to pivotal movement, the pivotal and/or static torque resistance between predetermined incremental directions, etc. It can also include, but is not limited to, any other features described in the literature.

5.5.2 Resistance to Pivoting Movement of Arms In some embodiments, each of the arms 1210 has a predetermined resistance to pivoting movement relative to the display unit housing 1205 . As depicted in FIG. 34E, each of the arms 1210 can be configured to pivot between multiple predetermined incremental directions (eg, the arms 1210 can snap, drop, or rotate in place in multiple directions). can fit). A certain resistance to pivotal movement must be overcome before the arm 1210 can pivot from one predetermined incremental direction to another.

In some examples, each of the arms 1210 can rotate the head-mounted display unit 1200 (e.g., the display unit housing 1205, the arm attachment site 1215, or another) during pivoting of the arms 1210 between predetermined incremental directions. one or more first engagement features 1232 configured to sequentially engage a plurality of second engagement features 1233 of the component. Figures 34E and 38B-38N depict various examples of such techniques.

Each of the arms 1210 may comprise a single first engagement feature 1232, eg, as shown in Figures 34E or Figures 38J and 38K. Alternatively, each of the arms 1210 may comprise multiple first engagement features 1232, each first engagement feature 1232 engaging a respective one of the second engagement features 1233 at a time. configured to mate and configured to sequentially move between the second engagement features 1233 during pivoting of the arm 1210 . This type of configuration is shown in the examples of FIGS. 38B-38I and 38L.

In some examples, each of the arms 1210 comprises a plurality of first engagement features 1232 configured to engage one or more second engagement features 1233 of the head mounted display unit 1200. , the one or more second engagement features 1233 are configured to sequentially engage the first engagement features 1232 during pivoting of the arm 1210 between predetermined incremental directions.

In some embodiments, first engagement feature 1232 is a protrusion and second engagement feature 1233 is a recess. In some embodiments, first engagement feature 1232 is a recess and second engagement feature 1233 is a protrusion. The first and second engagement features may be complementary, such as male and female features.

In some embodiments, each arm 1210 has a hub portion 1230 pivotally connected to display unit housing 1205 (e.g., directly or via arm mounting portion 1215) and an elongated portion extending from hub portion 1230. 1231. In some embodiments, such as shown in FIGS. 34E, 38J, 38K, and 38L, one or more first engagement features 1232 of each arm 1210 are provided on elongated portion 1231 of arm 1210. .

In the example of FIG. 34E, display unit housing 1205 comprises a plurality of second engagement features 1233 (eg, protrusions formed by a plurality of ridges) corresponding to predetermined incremental directions. Additionally, each of the arms 1210 includes a first engagement feature 1232 configured to fit each of the second engagement features 1233 . A predetermined force (eg, a predetermined resistance to pivoting motion) may be required to move each arm 1210 from one second engagement feature 1233 to another.

In some embodiments, each arm 1210 is configured such that one or more first engagement features 1232 move between second engagement features 1233 during pivoting of arm 1210, as depicted in FIG. 38J. It is configured to transform so that it can move sequentially.

In some embodiments, each arm 1210 is elongated portion 1231 of arm 1210 such that one or more first engagement features 1231 are biased into engagement with second engagement feature 1232 . toward second engagement feature 1233 . In FIG. 38K, arm 1210 includes spring 1236 in the form of a leaf spring. Spring 1236 may be compressed against a portion of display unit housing 1205 or arm mounting portion 1215, for example.

In the example shown in FIG. 38L, the arm comprises a plurality of first engagement features 1232 configured to engage second engagement features 1233 .

38B, 38C-38D, 38E-38F, 38G-38H, 38I, 38M, and 38N, the first engagement of each arm 1210 is Mating features 1232 are provided in a circular array on hub portion 1230 of arm 1210 and are configured to rotate with hub portion 1230 about pivot point 1213 of arm 1210 . 38B, 38C-38D, 38E-38F, 38G-38H, and 38I, first engagement feature 1232 of each arm 1210 extends radially from pivot point 1213. Facing away, second engagement feature 1233 faces radially toward pivot point 1213 . In other embodiments, the first engagement feature 1232 of each arm 1210 faces radially toward the pivot point 1213 and the second engagement feature 1233 faces radially away from the pivot point 1213. .

The first engagement feature 1232 in some embodiments is provided on a deformable portion of the hub portion 1230 such that the first engagement feature 1232 moves to the second position when the arm 1210 is pivoted. It is configured to deform such that it can move sequentially between engagement features 1233 . As shown in FIGS. 38B, 38C-38D, 38E-38F, and 38I, hub portion 1230 is raised relative to arm 1210 and includes a deformable portion and first engagement feature 1232. A raised portion 1234 may be included. The raised portions 1234 may include holes 1235 adjacent each deformable portion that allow the first engagement feature 1232 to sequentially move between the second engagement features 1233 as the arm 1210 is pivoted. so as to allow the deformable portion and first engagement feature 1232 to deform toward hole 1235 . The absence of material in the holes 1235 may allow the arms 1210 to be flexible enough to be sufficiently deformable at the deformable regions so that the arms 1210 can rotate in predetermined increments.

In some embodiments, such as those shown in FIGS. 38C-38D and 38E-38F, each deformable portion has one or more pieces having at least one of the first engagement features 1232 thereon. A cantilever arm portion is configured to deform such that the first engagement feature 1232 can be sequentially moved between the second engagement features 1233 when the arm 1210 is pivoted. . Each cantilever arm segment may have a single first engagement feature 1232 at its end, as shown in Figures 38C-38D, or as shown in Figures 38E-F. As such, it may have a plurality of first engagement features thereon. In some embodiments, raised portion 1234 has an S-shape, as shown in FIG. 38F.

In some embodiments, first engagement feature 1232 of arm 1210 engages head-mounted display unit 1200 to connect arm 1210 to head-mounted display unit 1200, as shown in FIGS. 38G and 38H. form a snap-fit connection. In this example, each first engagement feature 1232 is capable of radially inward deformation. First engagement feature 1232 snaps into second engagement feature 1233 .

In some embodiments, the first engagement feature 1232 is positioned away from the hub portion 1230 of the arm 1210, as shown in FIGS. axis) toward the second engagement feature 1233 . The first engagement feature 1232 may be located on or in the plane of the hub portion 1230 as opposed to the side. The hub portion 1230 moves parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm 1210 and moves the second engagement feature 1232 sequentially between the second engagement features 1233 as the arm 1210 pivots. It is configured to move away from engagement feature 1233 . In the embodiment shown in FIG. 38N, hub portion 1230 is biased toward second engagement feature 1233 by spring 1236 . The spring may be, for example, a coil spring mounted around a pin, bolt, or screw connecting arm 1210 and display unit housing 1205 .

5.5.2.1 Static Torque Resistance In another example, each of the arms 1210 must overcome a predetermined static torque resistance for each arm 1210 to pivot relative to the display unit housing 1205. As such, it connects to the display unit housing 1205 . In some examples, the predetermined static torque resistance is provided by static friction. Static friction may act between each arm 1210 and a respective portion of the display unit housing 1205 or a respective arm mounting portion 1215 (discussed below).

In some embodiments, head-mounted display system 1000 includes a pair of friction rings 1220 (eg, O-rings, washers, etc.). 38A is a schematic cross-sectional view through pivot point 1213 of arm 1210 and FIG. 54 is a schematic cross-sectional view through pivot point 1213 of arm 1210 in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology. Each friction ring 1220 may be mounted in contact with a respective one of arms 1210 and an adjacent surface within head-mounted display unit 1200 (which may be the surface of arm mounting sites 1215). Friction ring 1220 provides the static friction that each arm 1210 needs to overcome to pivot relative to display unit housing 1205 .

As shown in FIG. 38A, each friction ring 1220 may be received within a correspondingly shaped recess in the arm 1210 . This may hold the friction ring 1220 in place without the friction ring 1220 taking up too much space within the head mounted display unit 1200 . As shown in FIG. 54, each friction ring 1220 is positioned within a friction ring cavity defined partially by the respective arm 1210 and partially by the portion of the head-mounted display unit 1200 to which the arm 1210 is attached. obtain. In these illustrative examples, each arm 1210 is attached to a respective one of a pair of arm attachment sites 1215 .

Friction ring 1220 may be attached to or received in hub portion 1230 of arm 1210 . Securing arm 1210 to arm attachment site 1215 in this embodiment is bolt 1221 and nut 1222 . Nut 1222 may be received in or attached to hub portion 1230 of arm 1210 . A portion of bolt 1221 may extend through hub portion 1230 of arm 1210 and define pivot point 1213 . Friction ring 1220 may be formed from a high friction material and/or clamped to provide desired friction and predetermined static torque resistance.

Arms 1210 may have a length such that the rearward end of each arm 1210 is positioned proximate a respective one of the user's ears.

5.5.3 Arm Attachment Sites As shown particularly in FIGS. 34B, 34C, 34H, and 34I, in this particular embodiment each arm 1210 has a respective one of a pair of arm attachment sites 1215. can be attached to The display unit housing 1205 may comprise a pair of lateral portions 1207 on opposite lateral sides of the display unit housing 1205 , each of the arm attachment portions 1215 attached to respective one inner side of the lateral portions 1207 . In this example, each arm is located between each arm mounting portion 1215 and each lateral portion 1207 of display unit housing 1205 . Each arm 1210 may be pivotally connected to a respective arm attachment site 1215 . In other embodiments, each arm attachment site 1215 is attached to or integrally formed with other components such as display unit housing 1205 or a lens plate.

5.5.4 Arm Orientation As shown in FIGS. 37A and 37B, in some embodiments each of the arms 1210 has a cross-sectional shape with a major axis MA and a minor axis MN. In this example, each arm 1210 is larger in the major axis MA than in the minor axis MN (eg, each arm 1210 may have a flat shape, eg, rectangular). In some examples of the present technology, major axis MA is aligned parallel to the sagittal plane of the user's head along the length of arm 1210 in use. FIG. 37A shows a cross-section of arm 1210 with a vertical orientation (eg, aligned with the sagittal plane). One disadvantage of this arrangement (as depicted in FIG. 37A) is that the degree to which arm 1210 can pivot before interfering with display unit housing 1205 may be limited. Accordingly, in some embodiments of the present technology, at points along the length of each arm 1210 located inside the display unit housing (e.g., where interference may occur), as depicted in FIG. 37B , the major axis MA is oriented at an oblique angle O to the sagittal plane of the user's head in use (equal to the angle O with the vertical axis VA). 37A, in which there is no or very little extra space occupied by arm 1210 and associated surrounding components, in this example the angle at which arm 1210 may be pivotable The range can be increased.

In some embodiments, at points along the length of each arm 1210 located inside the display unit housing 1205, the major axis MA of the cross-sectional shape has a superior medial-bottom lateral orientation in use. . This is the orientation shown in FIG. 37B.

In some embodiments, each of the arms 1210 is shaped such that the major axis MA of the cross-section changes orientation along the length of the arm 1210 . For example, the shape or cross-sectional orientation of each arm 1210 has one orientation (eg, major axis MA with superior inner edge-lower outer orientation) to the inside of the head mounted display unit 1200, and the head mounted display unit Outside 1200 may have another orientation (eg, vertical orientation). In some embodiments, at points along the length of each arm 1210 located outside of display unit housing 1205, major axis MA is substantially parallel to the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. Orient.

The head-mounted display system 1000 with the arm 1200 described with reference to FIGS. 34A-34I includes other features described herein (upper portion), unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. strap portion 1340).

5.5.5 Electronic Volumes In some examples of the present technology, the head mounted display unit 1200 comprises a pair of electronic volumes 1203 . FIG. 55C is a schematic diagram of one side of head-mounted display unit 1200 with electronic volume 1203 . Each electronic volume 1203 may be located on a respective side of head mounted display unit 1200 and proximate a respective one of arms 1210 . Each electronic volume 1203 may comprise one or more electronic components. Electronic volume 1203 may be a volume of space within head mounted display unit 1200 that includes one or more electronic components.

As shown in FIG. 55C, each arm includes a hub portion 1230 pivotally connected to display unit housing 1205 at pivot point 1213 and an elongated portion 1231 extending from hub portion 1230 . In this embodiment, elongated portion 1231 is curved to avoid interference with electronic volume 1203 . Elongated portion 1231 may comprise a curved portion and a straight portion, or may be generally elongated. Each arm 1210 may also include an eyelet 1213 for connection with a lateral strap portion 1330, as illustrated in FIG. 55C. Elongated portion 1231 of each arm 1210 may include an offset portion 1237 . Offset portion 1237 may be offset from axis 1238 passing between/between eyelet 1213 and pivot point 1238 . Offset portion 1237 may extend the range of rotation of arm 1210 without interfering with electronic volume 1203 . A bend and/or offset portion 1237 of arm 1210 may advantageously allow electronic volume 1203 to be positioned proximate (e.g., below) arm 1210 without arm 1210 interfering with electronic volume 1203 . . Additionally, placing the electronic volume 1203 as far back as possible within the head-mounted display unit 1200 will allow the head-mounted display unit 1200 to move closer to the head than if the electronic volume 1203 were placed further forward (e.g., away from the user's head). A favorable weight balance can be advantageously provided within the display unit 1200 . Further, shaping the arm to avoid electronic volume 1203 may advantageously place pivot point 1213 and eyelet 1212 at optimal locations.

In some embodiments, electronic volume 1203 comprises an audio speaker. In other examples, the electronic volume may alternatively or additionally include one or more of a sensor, a battery, and a processor.

5.6 Elastic Connector Elements Between Arms and Lateral Strap Sections Referring to FIGS. A positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 comprising a pair of lateral strap portions 1330 configured to connect therebetween, each configured to be placed on a respective lateral side of a user's head in use. be. The head mounted display unit 1200 may comprise a display unit housing 1205 with a display and an interfacing structure 3800 configured to contact a user's face and a pair of arms 1210 in use. As particularly shown in FIG. 55B, each arm 1210 may be configured to removably attach directly to a respective one of the lateral strap sections 1330 .

Head mounted display unit 1200 may also include a pair of elastic connectors 1250 . Each elastic connector 1250 may be configured to form an elastic connector connecting a respective one of the lateral strap portions 1330 to a respective one of the arms 1210 . Elastic connector 1250 maintains an elastic connector between lateral strap portion 1330 and arm 1210 while attaching and detaching head-mounted display system 1000 when lateral strap portion 1330 is not directly attached to arm 1210 . can be configured to extend to Advantageously, this may allow the head-mounted display system 1000 to be worn and removed without the lateral strap portions 1330 being completely detached from the head-mounted display unit 1200 . The stretchable nature of the elastic connector 1250 may allow some tension to be maintained in the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 during donning and doffing, which may help the user while tightening the headgear straps. Advantageously, the head-mounted display unit 1200 can be held on the head to avoid the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 from unintentionally slipping, falling, or otherwise moving out of position.

55A and 55B, each arm 1210 includes a hub portion 1230 and an elongated portion 1231. As shown in FIG. Elastic connector 1250 is connected to elongated portion 1231 at elastic connector connection point 1251 in this embodiment. As illustrated in FIG. 55B, each arm 1210 includes an eyelet 1213 at the rearward end of arm 1210 that is configured to connect to a respective lateral strap portion 1330 . The elastic connector connection point 1251 may be located anteriorly with respect to the eyelet 1213 . In some embodiments, elastic connectors 1250 are permanently connected to respective arms 1210 . In other embodiments, elastic connector 1250 may be removably connected to arm 1210, for example, by hook-and-loop or press-stud connections. In some embodiments, the elastic connector 1250 may be removably attached to the lateral strap portion 1330, eg, by hook-and-loop or press-stud connections, or may be permanently attached.

5.7 HEADGEAR BUCKLE INTEGRATED WITH INTERFACING STRUCTURE Referring to FIGS. 35A and 35B, in some embodiments, a head mounted display unit 1200 comprises a display unit housing 1205 and an interfacing structure 3800 . The interfacing structure 3800 may be constructed and placed in a facing relationship with the user's face. Interfacing structure 3800 includes a face-engaging portion 3810 configured to engage a user's face in use, and a face-engaging portion 3810 for connecting to face-engaging portion 3810 for mounting interfacing structure 3800 to display unit housing 1205. and a chassis 3802 further connected to the display unit housing 1205 .

35A and 35B are schematic cross-sectional views of the upper portion of interfacing structure 3800 and display unit housing 1205, aligned with the sagittal plane of the user's head.

In the example of Figures 35A and 35B, the chassis 3802 of the interfacing structure 3800 is aligned with the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 for the purpose of holding the head-mounted display unit 1200 in an operable position on the user's head during use. is configured to be attached to the upper strap portion 1340 of the . Positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to connect between rear support portion 1310 and head-mounted display unit 1205 with rear support portion 1350 configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head. and a pair of lateral strap portions 1330, each configured to lie on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use. Features of upper strap portion 1340 and positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 are described elsewhere herein.

As shown in FIGS. 35A and 35B, the chassis 3802 may include an eyelet 3812 through which the upper strap portion 1340 may loop back and be secured to itself. In the example of FIG. 35A, eyelet 3812 is formed by both chassis 3802 and display unit housing 1205 such that upper strap portion 1340 can wrap around both a portion of chassis 3802 and a portion of display unit housing 1205. be done. In the embodiment of FIG. 35B, eyelet 3812 is formed in upwardly projecting portion 3814 of chassis 3802 . As shown, the upper protrusion portion 3814 can protrude through an opening in the display unit housing 1205 .

The upper strap portion 1340 may pass through the eyelet 3812, loop back, and secure to itself using, for example, hook-and-loop fasteners, buckles, magnetic connections, and the like.

Chassis 3802 can be a substantially rigid section and can be formed from a thermoplastic material or an elastomer such as a hard elastomer.

5.8 Interfacing Structure In some embodiments, two or more of the chassis, support structure, and face-engaging surface of the interfacing structure have a desired level of stiffness in the chassis or a desired level in the face-engaging surface. can be integrally formed as a single component including various thicknesses and finishes across them to provide a cushioning effect of For example, in some such embodiments, the interfacing structure can be formed from a single silicone body. For example, FIGS. 10A-10C show an interfacing structure 3100 comprising a support structure in the form of a support flange 3102 supporting an integral face-engaging flange 3106 having a face-engaging surface 3108. FIG. In further embodiments, interfacing structure 3100 may be provided with additional components. In alternate embodiments, the interfacing structure may be integrally formed as a single component from a foam or elastomeric material.

In some forms of the technology, the interfacing structure is made from a flexible and elastic material (e.g., an elastomer such as silicone) supported by a more rigid support site (e.g., constructed from a plastic material). It may comprise a structured face engaging portion. In embodiments, this rigid support site may include a chassis.

For example, referring to FIG. 11A, an interfacing structure 3200 can include a rigid support portion 3202 to which a flexible and resilient face-engaging portion 3204 can be provided. Face-engaging portion 3204 may be curved in cross-section having a support flange 3206 and an integral face-engaging flange 3208 having a face-engaging surface 3210 . Overlapping portion 3212 of face engaging portion 3204 may be secured to rigid support portion 3202 .

In a further example, referring to FIG. 11B, rigid support portion 3202 may comprise a positioning portion, eg recess 3214 . The face-engaging portion 3204 may include a biasing portion, eg, a spring 3216, received within the recess 3214 and configured to provide a biasing force to the face-engaging portion 3204 in the direction of the user's face.

In a further example, referring to FIG. 11C, the face-engaging portion 3204 can include a folding portion 3218 between the rigid support portion 3202 and the face-engaging flange 3208 . Folding region 3218 may comprise one or more folds to provide a greater degree of flexibility or additional movement to aid compliance with the user's face.

In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure may comprise a foam section supported by a resilient and flexible face-engaging section, wherein the foam section provides a face-engaging surface. do.

For example, referring to FIG. 12A, an interfacing structure 3300 includes a rigid support portion 3302 that may be provided with a flexible and resilient face engaging portion 3304 in a configuration similar to that described with reference to FIG. 11A. be prepared. Face-engaging portion 3304 has a support flange 3306 and an integral face-engaging flange 3308 , and overlapping portion 3310 is secured to rigid support portion 3302 . A foam cushion 3312 having a face-engaging surface 3314 is provided on the user-facing side of the face-engaging flange 3308 . In some embodiments, foam cushion 3312 may be permanently attached to face-engaging flange 3308 . In an alternate embodiment, foam cushion 3312 may be removably attached to face-engaging flange 3308 . In the embodiment of Figure 12A, the foam cushion 3312 may comprise a fabric-foam composite (eg, a foam core with a fabric outer layer). In the example of FIG. 12B, foam cushion 3312 may comprise flocked foam. In the example of FIG. 12C, foam cushion 3312 may comprise raw foam.

In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure may comprise a fabric layer provided on the face-engaging portion having elasticity and flexibility, the fabric layer providing the face-engaging surface.

For example, referring to FIG. 13A, an interfacing structure 3400 includes a rigid support portion 3402 that can be provided with a flexible and resilient face engaging portion 3404 in a configuration similar to that described with reference to FIG. 11A. can be provided. Face-engaging portion 3404 has a support flange 3406 and an integral face-engaging flange 3408 , and overlapping portion 3410 is secured to rigid support portion 3402 . A fabric layer 3412 having a face-engaging surface 3414 is provided on the user-facing side of the face-engaging flange 3408 . In the embodiment of FIG. 13A, fabric layer 3412 is removably attached to face engaging portion 3404 using retention means 3416 . In one embodiment, retaining means 3416 can be a rigid element that clips fabric layer 3412 in place. In another embodiment, retaining means 3416 may be elasticized and fit over face engaging portion 3404 to hold it in place. In an alternative embodiment, referring to FIG. 13B, fabric layer 3412 may be permanently attached to face-engaging flange 3308 . In this embodiment, it is envisioned that the surface area of fabric layer 3412 may be reduced compared to the surface area of FIG. 13A. This is because the fabric layer 3412 can be defined in areas that are likely to contact the user's skin, ie, does not need to extend far around the outside of the face-engaging region 3404 . This can also have the effect of reducing the effect of fabric layer 3412 on the spring properties of the exposed areas of support flange 3406 .

In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure may comprise a face-engaging portion that is supported by a more rigid support portion (eg, constructed from a plastic material), the face-engaging portion being made of foam. A cushion and an elastomeric cover over the foam cushion.

For example, referring to FIG. 14A, an interfacing structure 3500 can include a rigid support portion 3502 to which a flexible and resilient face-engaging portion 3504 can be provided. Face-engaging portion 3504 can have a support flange 3506 and a cushion support flange 3508 extending from support flange 3506 . A foam cushion 3510 is provided on the cushion support flange 3508 . A cushion cover 3512 (eg, made of an elastomer) extends over the foam cushion 3510 and provides a face-engaging surface 3514 in use. In this embodiment, the cushion cover 3512 is removably attached using, for example, securing means 3516 . A free edge of the cushion cover 3512 extends beyond the cushion support flange 3508 .

In another embodiment, referring to FIG. 14B, cushion cover 3512 is permanently attached (eg, integrally formed) to support flange 3506 and cushion support flange 3508 . 14B, the cushion cover 3512 does not extend around the foam cushion 3512 until it reaches the cushion support flange 3508. In the embodiment of FIG.

14C shows an embodiment in which the cushion support flange 3508 extends from the rigid support portion 3502 and is made of a stiffer material than the cushion cover 3012. FIG.

14D, the cushion cover 3512 can extend from a position on the cushion support flange 3508 proximate the user's face in use. In such an embodiment, the exposure of foam cushion 3510 may be considered to face "outside" as compared to the "inside" facing exposure of foam cushion 3510 in the embodiment of FIG. 14B.

In another embodiment, referring to FIG. 14E, face engaging portion 3504 comprises overlapping portion 3516 secured to rigid support portion 3502 . The cushion cover 3512 can overlap at least a portion of the foam cushions 3510 and 3506 support flanges. In one embodiment, the edge of the cushion cover 3512 can be positioned proximate the rigid support portion 3502 . In an alternate embodiment, the cushion cover 3512 may be connected to the rigid support portion 3502.

In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure has varying thicknesses such that the support structure and face-engaging portion of the interfacing structure provide a desired level of stiffness and/or cushioning at the face-engaging surface. It can be provided where it can be integrally formed as a single component with a thickness.

For example, FIGS. 15A-15E generally comprise a forehead region 3602, two cheek regions 3604, and two lateral regions 3606 proximate the user's sphenoid region, in use, with the forehead region 3602 shown in FIG. Integrally formed interfacing structures 3600 are shown connecting respective cheek regions 3604 . A tab 3608 extends from the free end of each cheek portion 3604 . Interfacing structure 3600 comprises multiple regions of varying thickness. A first region 3610 extends around the inner perimeter of the interfacing structure 3600, ie, the edge of the interfacing structure 3600 closest to the user's face. A second region 3612 extends around the outer perimeter of interfacing structure 3600 . A third region 3614 extends around the inner perimeter of the interfacing structure 3600 located between the first region 3610 and the second region 3612 . A fourth region 3616 is provided within each cheek region 3604 bounded by the first region 3610 and the third region 3614 . In the present example, first region 3610 is thicker (eg, about 2 mm) than fourth region 3616 (eg, about 1.5 mm). Fourth region 3616 is thicker than third region 3614 (eg, about 1 mm). The third region 3614 is thicker than the second region (eg, approximately 0.7 mm).

15F-15K illustrate another embodiment of an integrally formed interfacing structure 3600. FIG. A first region 3610 comprises a posterior forehead region 3630 at forehead region 3602 and extends upwardly from the inner perimeter of interfacing structure 3600 . A third region 3614 comprises an upper forehead region 3632 in the forehead region 3602 and extends over the middle of the forehead region 3602 to an anterior forehead region 3634 . The second region 3612 includes upper lateral portions 3636 extending from the respective side portions 3606 respectively toward the upper forehead portion 3632 and, in use, being relatively fixed to a more rigid support (e.g., chassis). It comprises an external peripheral forehead region 3628 that is lined. The relative thickness of the regions can be ascertained from the coded scale provided.

15A-15E, the width of first region 3610 is greater through forehead region 3602 than at cheek region 3604 or lateral region 3606. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. Additionally, the width of the second region 3612 is wider through the forehead region 3602 than at the cheek region 3604 .

In some forms of the technology, the interfacing structure may be provided in a position configured such that, in use, the face-engaging portion of the interfacing structure is biased toward engagement with the user's face. . In embodiments, only selected areas of the face engaging portion may be biased toward engagement with the user's face. In embodiments, the interfacing structure is angled such that, when not worn, the area of the face-engaging portion is non-parallel to the surface of the user's face that the face-engaging portion is intended to engage. It can be shaped to extend towards the user. Referring to FIG. 16A, an interfacing structure 3700 includes a support flange 3702 that supports an integral face engaging flange 3704 that engages a user's face 3706 in use. At least a portion of the cross-section of interfacing structure 3700 may be shaped to be "pre-attached", ie, biased toward the user's face when engaged. For example, the rest position of face-engaging flange 3704 (indicated by dashed line 3708) is such that face-engaging flange 3704 is non-parallel to the user's face (indicated by dashed line 3710) and is angled toward the user. can be This may help engage the user's face and promote friction between the interfacing structure 3700 and the user.

In some embodiments, it may be desirable to provide such "preloading" in selected areas. Referring to FIG. 16B, the first region 3712 of the user's face is typically depressed. Such recessed regions may tend to allow light to enter through the gap between the user's face and the interfacing structure 3700 . As such, the corresponding first interfacing region 3714 of the interfacing structure 3700 is shaped to bias the face-engaging flange 3704 toward engagement with the user's face within the first region 3712 . can be Conversely, the second region 3716 of the user's face typically protrudes and tends to cause discomfort due to pressure from the interfacing structure 3700 . A corresponding second interfacing region 3718 of the interfacing structure 3700 is reduced toward engagement with the user's face in the first region 3712 or at least as compared to the first interfacing region 3714. can be shaped to avoid biasing the face-engaging flange 3704 toward a narrower area.

5.9 Airflow Through the Interfacing Structure In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure is configured to allow airflow into and out of the space between the interfacing structure and the user. may comprise a molded chassis. Heat may be generated during use and/or emitted from the electronic components of the head mounted display unit 1200, for example, as a result of user activity. Heat is trapped in this space, which may cause discomfort to the user. By allowing air to flow in and out of this space, the cooling effect on the user can be enhanced.

In one embodiment, referring to FIG. 17A, an interfacing structure 3800 includes a main chassis portion 3804 configured to extend laterally across a user's face and a main chassis portion 3804 extending generally rearwardly in use. A chassis 3802 comprising side chassis portions 3806 configured to. Chassis 3802 includes openings 3808 (eg, chassis airflow ports) between main chassis section 3804 and each side chassis section 3806 . A face engaging portion 3810 is provided on the chassis 3802 .

Referring to FIG. 17B, a display unit 3820 having a display unit housing 3822 is shown being worn by a user. Air can flow through opening 3808 and between display unit housing 3822 and face engaging portion 3810 .

In an embodiment, reinforcement can be provided between the main chassis section 3804 and each side chassis section 3806 . For example, as shown in FIG. 17C, chassis 3802 may include one or more stiffening members spanning between main chassis section 3804 and side chassis section 3806 .

17D and 17E show another embodiment of a display unit 3820 having an interfacing structure 3800 with a chassis 3802 configured to allow airflow into the space between the interfacing structure 3800 and the user. show. In this example, the chassis 3802 is configured to be secured to the mounting plate 3824 of the display unit 3820, the mounting plate 3284 having a generally flat configuration and extending laterally across the user's face in use. exist. A side chassis section 3806 extends generally rearward from the mounting plate 3824 toward the side of the user's head.

A face engaging portion 3810 is provided on the chassis 3802 . In one example, the face engaging portion 3810 can be a unitary structure constructed from a flexible and resilient material, such as an elastomer, as described with reference to FIGS. 15A-15E, while the chassis can be constructed from more rigid materials.

In some embodiments, face engaging portion 3810 may be integral with chassis 3802 to provide a single component. A single component comprising face engaging portion 3810 and chassis 3802 may be removably secured to display unit 3820, such as mounting plate 3284. FIG. For example, a removable securing device may be provided comprising one or more of hook-and-loop securing means, magnetic securing means, and clips or retainers that allow for friction, interference, snap or other mechanical securing arrangements. can be

Chassis 3802 includes lateral openings 3808 in each side chassis section 3806 . One or more gaps between the housing of the display unit 3820 and the interfacing structure 3800 provide access to the outside environment via lateral openings 3808 (as indicated by the dashed arrows in FIGS. 17D and 17E). , and allow air flow from the outside environment.

In embodiments, one or more upper openings may be provided in chassis 3802 to allow airflow between the outside environment and the space within interfacing structure 3800 . In embodiments, one or more lower openings may be provided in chassis 3802 to allow airflow between the outside environment and the space within interfacing structure 3800 . In embodiments, the chassis 3802 can include one or more of a lateral opening 3808, an upper opening, and a lower opening.

5.10 Inwardly Biased Interfacing Structure FIG. 18A shows an interfacing structure 3800 according to another embodiment of the present technology. Similar to the interfacing structure 3800 described above with reference to FIGS. 17A-17C, the interfacing structure 3800 has a main chassis portion 3804 configured to extend laterally across the user's face in use. and side chassis sections 3806 configured to extend generally rearwardly. Each side chassis section 3806 extends generally rearward from a respective lateral side of the main section chassis section 3804 . The interfacing structure 3800 further comprises a face-engaging portion 3810 connected around the perimeter of the chassis 3804, which face-engaging portion 3810 is configured to contact the user's face in use.

In this example, each of the side chassis sections 3806 biases inwardly toward the user's head and biases the face-engaging section 3810 to provide the user's flexion at or near the user's sphenoid bone. Each side of the head contacts the user's head. That is, the side chassis portion 3806 is positioned so that the face-engaging portion 3810 faces the laterally facing surface of the user's head laterally to the eyes (e.g., at or near the user's sphenoid bone). It is biased inwardly to engage.

The chassis 3802 can be flexible (eg, as a whole or with certain flexible portions) such that the side chassis portions 3806 extend laterally relative to the configuration extended by the user's head. , in use, allowing it to be biased inwardly against the non-flaring configuration. The side chassis section 3806 can be flexible to bend or pivot with respect to the main chassis section 3804, extending laterally relative to the configuration in which the side chassis section 3806 is spread by the user's head, In use, it allows for an inward bias against a non-flaring configuration.

In some examples, the side chassis section 3806 can flex or pivot relative to the main chassis section 3804 such that the side chassis section 3806, in use, is in a splayed configuration with the user's head. Allowing for an inwardly biased laterally splayed, non-splayed configuration, each side chassis section 3806 allows for inwardly biasing by a biasing component.

The biasing component comprises a spring element configured to pull each side chassis section 3806 inwards. In another embodiment, the biasing component comprises a spring element configured to push each side chassis section 3806 inwards.

The face engaging portion 3810 may have one of the configurations described herein with respect to the portion of the interfacing structure that engages the user's face. Face-engaging portion 3810 may include a face-engaging flange. The face-engaging flange may curve inwardly from the chassis 3804. The face-engaging flange is formed from silicone.

In some embodiments, chassis 3802 includes at least one opening 3808 between main chassis section 3804 and each side chassis section 3806 . In some examples, the head mounted display unit 1200 comprises a display unit housing, and an air path is provided between the interfacing structure 3800 and the display unit housing through at least one opening 3808 .

5.11 Positioning and Stabilizing Structures Connecting to Interfacing Structures In some examples of the present technology, the head mounted display system 1000 connects to the interfacing structure 3800 of the head mounted display unit 1200 of the head mounted display system 1000. A positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 (eg, one or more straps) is provided (eg, straps connect to interfacing structure 3800 instead of display unit housing 1205).

Figures 18B-18C show positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 for head-mounted display system 1000 connected to an interfacing structure configured to contact a user's face in use. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in this example includes a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head, and a rear support portion 1350 connected to the head mounted display unit interfacing structure. A pair of strap portions 1332 , 1334 configured to connect to 3800 . FIG. 18D shows an embodiment in which lateral strap portions 1330 connect to interfacing structure 3800. FIG.

5.12 Positioning and Stabilizing Structures That Pull Sides Inward FIGS. (not shown). In each embodiment, the interfacing structure 3800 includes a main chassis portion 3804 configured to extend laterally across a user's face when in use, and from each lateral side of the main chassis portion 3804. A chassis 3802 includes a pair of side chassis sections 3806 each configured to extend in a generally rearward direction. A face-engaging portion 3810 connects around the perimeter of the chassis 3802, and the face-engaging structure 3810 is configured to contact the user's face in use.

The head-mounted display system 1000 includes a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head and, in use, to connect the rear support portion 1350 and the head-mounted display unit 1200. Further provided is a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 comprising a pair of configured lateral strap portions. 18B and 18C, the pair of lateral strap sections comprises a pair of upper lateral strap sections 1332 and a pair of lower lateral strap sections 1334. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 18D, a pair of lateral strap portions comprise lateral strap portions 1330 on each side of the user's head.

In each embodiment, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 connects to the head-mounted display unit 1200 and, in use, biases the side chassis sections 3806 inwardly against the user's head by lateral strap sections. and urge the face engaging portion 3810 to contact the user's head on each side of the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid bone.

As shown, each lateral strap section can be configured to connect to a respective one of the side chassis sections 3806 . Each lateral strap portion pulls the respective side chassis portion 3806 rearwardly, bending or pivoting the side chassis portion 3806 inward to position the face engaging portion 3810 at or near the user's sphenoid bone. It may be configured to be biased into contact with the user's head.

In another embodiment, each lateral strap portion pushes the respective side chassis portion 3806 inwards to bend or pivot the side chassis portion 3806 inwards to bias the face engaging portion 3810 to the user's position. may be configured to contact the user's head at or near the sphenoid bone of the body. For example, each lateral strap segment can be connected to the respective lateral chassis segment 3806 via a substantially rigid member (eg, arm) or via a portion of the lateral chassis segment 3806 that contacts the lateral strap segment. can be configured to push inwards.

As shown in FIG. 18D, the posterior support portion 1350 includes a crown strap portion 1310 configured to overlap the parietal bone of the user's head in use and the occipital bone of the user's head in use. or an occipital strap portion 1320 configured to underlie. In some embodiments, the posterior support portion 1350 comprises a loop strap portion having an upper portion that overlaps the parietal bone of the user's head and a lower portion that overlaps the occipital bone of the user's head.

As shown in Figures 18B and 18C, a pair of lateral strap sections, as described above, are in use positioned on each side of the user's head for rear support section 1350 and head-mounted display unit 1200 (that is, for its eyes). A pair of upper lateral strap regions 1332 each configured to connect between an interfacing structure 3800 (visible only to the user) and, in use, a rear support region 1350 on each side of the user's head and a head-mounted display. and a pair of lower lateral strap portions 1334 each configured to connect between unit 1200 (only its visible interfacing structure 3800). In this example, upper lateral strap portions 1332 are each configured to apply force to head-mounted display unit 1200 having both upper and rear components. In some embodiments, each lower lateral strap section 1334 is configured to be removably connected to a respective side chassis section 3806 having a magnetic connection.

5.13 Interfacing Structures Containing Two or More Components In some forms of the present technology, an interfacing structure can comprise a chassis, one of the supporting portion and/or the face-engaging portion of the interfacing structure. One or more, or portions thereof, may be removably attached to the chassis.

The ability to removably attach the support portion and/or face-engaging portion may be used for cleaning the interfacing structure, replacement of components thereof, and/or the characteristics of the components (e.g., hardness or softness level, surface finish or texture). material, shape, and/or size).

In one embodiment, the removably attached portions of the interfacing structure may be provided at discrete locations on the chassis, ie, may not extend along the entire perimeter of the chassis. For example, removably attached sites may be provided in one or more of the forehead region and/or one or more cheek regions of the interfacing structure. In alternate embodiments, the removably attached portion of the interfacing structure may be provided around the entire perimeter of the chassis, or at least a substantial portion thereof.

In embodiments, the removably attached portion of the interfacing structure can be made from one or more of a foam material, an elastomeric material, a woven material, or a composite material.

In one example, the interfacing structure can comprise at least one elastomeric portion and at least one foam portion. In one embodiment, at least one foam section can be attached to the interfacing structure such that an elastomeric section covers the foam section to provide a face-engaging surface. In one example, at least one foam section can be attached to the chassis, the elastomeric section, or both the chassis and the elastomeric section.

In embodiments, a portion of the support portion and/or face-engaging portion of the interfacing structure may be permanently attached (eg, integrally molded) to the chassis at selected locations. Removable sections may provide space to be positioned and attached to the chassis.

5.14 Interfacing Structures Including Foam Components In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure may comprise a face-engaging region supported by a more rigid support region, where the face-engaging region comprises a first foam section and a support section comprising a second foam section.

For example, referring to FIG. 44A, an interfacing structure 6500 can include a support region 6502 made of a first foam, which can be provided with a face-engaging region 6504 - a face-engaging region. Mating portion 6504 is made of a second foam. The first foam may be configured to provide greater stiffness than the second foam, and the support portion 6502 acts to maintain the position of the softer face-engaging portion 6504, allowing the user to provide a comfortable contact point for

In embodiments, the first foam and the second foam may be made of the same material or may have different densities. In embodiments, the first foam may have a first density and the second foam may have a second density less than the first density. In embodiments, the foam may be a viscoelastic foam or a polyurethane foam.

In some embodiments, the face-engaging portion 6504 may comprise raw foam. In an embodiment, for example, as illustrated by FIG. 44B, the face-engaging portion 6504 may be a fabric-foam composite (eg, a foam core with a fabric outer layer 6506) to provide a soft contact point against the user's skin. ), or may comprise flocked foam.

In an embodiment, as shown in FIG. 44D, the support portion 6502 includes a first support portion 6510 extending in a first direction and a second support portion 6510 extending in a second direction from the first support portion 6510. support portion 6512. For example, the first support portion 6510 may extend generally radially across the user's face, while the second support portion 6512 extends generally rearward toward the user's face. can be

In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure may comprise a support region and a face-engaging region integrally formed as a single component, the support region and face-engaging region being made of a foam material. May be.

For example, referring to Figure 45A, an interfacing structure 6600 may comprise a support portion 6602 from which a curved face-engaging portion 6604 extends. In the illustrated example, the recursive transition between support portion 6602 and face-engaging portion 6604 creates a generally hook-shaped cross-section.

In some embodiments, the one-piece support portion 6602 and face-engaging portion 6604 may be thermoformed.

In some embodiments, interfacing structure 6600 may comprise raw foam. In an alternative embodiment, for example, as illustrated by FIG. 45B, the interfacing structure 6600 is a fabric-foam composite (eg, a foam core with a fabric outer layer 6606) to provide soft contact points to the user's skin. ), or may comprise flocked foam.

5.15 Interfacing Structures Including At Least One Closed-Loop Portion In some forms of the technology, the interfacing structure includes an elastic and flexible face-engaging portion, the face-engaging portion having a curved cross-section. wherein the face engaging portion may comprise at least one closed loop portion having a closed cross section.

For example, referring to Figures 59A and 50B, the face engaging portion 3810 includes cheek portions 3840 that, in use, are provided on each side of the user's nose. A cheek portion 3842 comprises a base portion 3842 having a front portion 3844 connected to the chassis 3802, which curves around a rear portion 3846 that provides a user contact surface.

Cheek region 3840 further includes loop portion 3850 . In the present example, loop portion 3850 comprises a front loop portion 3852 that is secured (eg, with an adhesive) to front portion 3846 of base portion 3842 . Loop portion 3850 further comprises an arcuate portion 3854 extending rearwardly from forward loop portion 3852 . Loop portion 3850 further includes a loop flange 3856 extending rearwardly from arcuate portion 3854 . The cross-section of arcuate portion 3854 tapers between arcuate portion 3854 and loop flange 3856 . Although not shown, loop flange 3856 is inserted into base portion 3842 and secured to forward facing surface 3848 of forward portion 3846 . In so doing, loop flange 3856 overlaps base portion 3842 to provide a closed loop.

In the illustrated embodiment, base portion 3842 and loop portion 3842 are manufactured as separate pieces and secured together via front loop portion 3852 . In an alternate embodiment, forward loop portion 3852 may be integrally formed with base portion 3842 (ie, loop portion 3850 would extend from base portion 3842).

5.16 Interfacing Structures Including Light-Shielding Nose Portions In some forms of the present technology, interfacing structures may include face-engaging portions, wherein the face-engaging portions are between cheek portions of the face-engaging portions. Includes a shaded nose region that spans the

For example, referring to FIGS. 59A, 59C, 59D, the face engaging portion 3810 comprises a nose portion 3880 spanning between cheek portions 3840 . Nose region 3880 includes a front nose region 3882 that, in use, extends radially and upwardly beyond the front of the user's nose. In this example, anterior nasal region 3882 is connected to loop portion 3850 by alar region 3884 .

The nasal portion 3880 includes first and second beam portions 3886 extending upwardly from an anterior nasal portion 3882 . A central slot 3888 extends from the posterior edge of nasal section 3880 toward anterior nasal section 3882 between beam sections 3886 . An outer slot 3890 is provided between beam portion 3886 and loop portion 3850 and extends to alar portion 3884 . As a result, the beam portion 3886 acts like a flap and, in use, flanks the bridge of the user's nose. Raising the beam portion 3886 may encourage overlapping of the beam portions when positioned on the user to promote light blocking.

5.17 Interfacing Structure Detachably Attached to Head-Mounted Display Unit In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure includes a face-engaging structure configured to engage a user's face in use. and a chassis connected to the face engaging portion, the chassis being removably attachable to the chassis attachment portion of the head mounted display unit.

For example, referring to FIGS. 59E-59H, chassis 8000 includes a forehead region 8002, a cheek region 8004, a side region connecting the forehead region 8002 and the cheek region 8004, and between the cheek regions 8004 in the forward direction. It comprises a body 8001 having a nose portion 8008 that spans the body 8001 . Each side portion 8006 of chassis 8000 includes a chassis catch portion 8010 .

Referring to FIG. 59E, in this example, the catch flange 8022 of the chassis catch portion 8010 extends substantially the distance between the forehead portion 8002 and the cheek portion 8004 in a top-to-bottom direction. do. In an alternative embodiment, catch flange 8022 may extend only a portion of this span (as indicated by slot 8009), as shown in FIG. 59F.

In the illustrated embodiment, the head mounted display unit 1200 comprises a mounting plate 8100 with integral chassis mounting sites 8200 extending rearwardly. In an alternate embodiment, chassis mounting portion 8200 may be provided as a separate component that is secured to mounting plate 8100 . Chassis mounting site 8200 includes a mounting catch site 8210 configured to engage chassis catch site 8010 to removably mount chassis 8000 to chassis mounting site 8200 .

As shown in Figure 59H, the body 8001 of the chassis 8001 has a "U" channel cross-section. Chassis mounting site 8200 includes a chassis receiving site in the form of an “L” channel 8202 . In use, body 8001 is inserted into channel 8202 .

Chassis catch portion 8010 includes catch projection 8014 . The catch arm extends from body 8001 to catch projection 8014 . Catch projection 8014 includes a rearwardly facing catch surface 8016 . Rearward facing catch surface 8016 is angled radially outward and forward (indicated by reference numeral 8018). Catch projection 8014 further comprises a forward facing guide surface 8020 angled forwardly radially inward from rearward facing catch surface 8016 . A catch flange 8022 extends radially inward and forward from the catch projection 8010 .

Mounting catch portion 8210 includes a forward-facing catch surface 8216 that is angled radially inward and forward. The mounting catch portion 8210 further comprises a rearward facing guide surface 8220 and a transition surface 8222 between the rearward facing guide surface 8220 and the forward facing catch surface 8216 . The transition surface 8222 is angled radially inward and rearward from the forward facing catch surface 8216 with an acute angle therebetween providing a catch edge 8222 .

In use, the chassis 8000 is inserted forward into the chassis mounting site 8200 with the forward facing guide surfaces 8020 bearing against the rearward facing guide surfaces 8220 until the catch projections 8014 clear the transition surfaces 8222 . , so that the catch projection 8014 rides on the mounting catch portion 8210 .

A gap 8030 is provided between the rearward facing catch surface 8016 and the forward facing catch surface 8216 in the rear-to-front direction when the chassis 8000 is fully inserted into the chassis mounting site 8200 . The forward facing catch surface 8216 (more particularly the catch edge 8222) acts against the rearward facing catch surface 8016 to resist inadvertent release of the chassis 8000.

If the user wishes to remove the chassis 8000, a radially inward force can be applied to the catch flanges 8022 to pull the chassis 8000 rearward. The angle 8018 of the rearward facing catch surface 8016, combined with the force on the catch flange, encourages the catch projection 8014 to overcome the catch edge 8222 and release the chassis 8000.

Figures 60A-60G illustrate alternative embodiments of securing the chassis. In the illustrated example, chassis 8000 includes a side connector portion 8050 and a forehead connector portion 8070 . A portion of chassis 8000 includes a body channel 8040 from which an outer web 8042 extends.

In this example, chassis 8000 is secured to display unit housing 1205 . Side connector portion 8050 includes receiving slots 8052 into which the ends of display unit housing 1205 are received, such that standoff members 8054 maintain the desired spacing between chassis 8000 and display unit housing 1205 . External flange 8056 of side connector portion 8050 includes locating features 8058 configured to interact with matching features (not shown) of display unit housing 1205 .

Forehead connector portion 8070 is configured to interact with forehead locator 8080 having locator body member 8082 with tab receiving portion 8084 . Tab receiving portion 8084 includes receiving slot 8086 and lower slot member 8088 . Forehead connector portion 8070 includes tab 8072 having tab locating feature 8074 . In use, tab 8072 is inserted into receiving slot 8086 and lower slot member 8088 acts against tab positioning feature 8074 to resist inadvertent withdrawal.

In this example, forehead locator 8080 includes eyelets 3812 and display unit housing 1205 includes eyelet slots 8090 . Forehead locator 8080 is positioned relative to display unit housing 1205 by inserting eyelet 3812 into eyelet slot 8090 and chassis 8000 is secured by inserting tab 8072 into receiving slot 8086 .

5.18 Ventilation of Interfacing Structures Via Tortuous Paths In some forms of the present technology, a tortuous airflow path between the interior of the interfacing structure and the exterior of the head-mounted display unit may be provided. A tortuous airflow path passes between the exterior of the interfacing structure and the interior of the display unit housing. As noted above, allowing airflow to and from the space within the interior of the interfacing structure may help provide a cooling effect to the user.

For example, referring to FIGS. 61A-61G, a rearward facing side gap 8300 (ie, chassis mounting port) may be provided between the display unit housing 1205 and the chassis mounting site 8200 . Chassis mounting site 8200 includes radially facing air ports 8210 that open into the space between chassis mounting site 8200 and display unit housing 1205 . As a result, a meandering air flow path between the side gap 8300 and the interior of the chassis mounting portion 8200, that is, a circular path through which air flows but light does not directly pass is secured. Additional light blocking features are shown in the form of an upper light blocking flange 8202 and a lower light blocking flange 8204 that extend rearwardly to overlap the chassis 8000 at the cheek regions.

Alternate or additional airflow paths are also envisioned. For example, referring to FIGS. 61E and 61F , a forehead gap 8302 may be provided in the forehead region 8304 between the display unit housing 1205 and the chassis mounting site 8200 . A forehead air port 8212 in the chassis mounting site 8200 can facilitate airflow along this path (and/or through the side gap 8300).

In some forms of the present technology, the face engaging portion 3810 of the interfacing structure may include one or more interface air ports 8220 in the forward facing portion, as shown in FIG. 61G. In FIG. 61G, one or more interface air ports 8220 are provided at the upper portion of the face-engaging portion 3810, i.e., the portion proximate the user's forehead when in use. Air can flow through the interface air port 8220 and the forehead gap 8302, and the overlap of the display unit housing 1205 (extending rearwardly beyond the interface air port 8220) can form a tortuous path that provides a light blocking effect. .

In some embodiments, one or more interface air ports 8220 may be provided in one or more lower portions of the face engaging portion 3810, i.e., the cheek portions proximate the user's cheeks in use. In some embodiments, one or more interface air ports 8220 may be provided in one or more lower portions of the face-engaging portion 3810 and upper portions of the face-engaging portion 3810 .

In some embodiments, one or more interface air ports 8220 may be provided on at least one side portion of the face engaging portion 3810, ie, the portion proximate the user's sphenoid region in use. It is to be understood that interface air ports 8220 may be provided on at least one side portion instead of or in addition to interface air ports 8220 on the upper and/or lower portions.

5.19 Further Examples of Head-Mounted Display Systems 5.19.1 Head-Mounted Display Systems Without Battery Packs FIG. 63 is a head-mounted display that includes many of the same features as other head-mounted display systems 1000 described herein. System 1000 is shown. Head mounted display system 1000 does not have battery pack 1500 positioned behind the user's head. Positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 comprises a top strap 1340 connected between head mounted display unit 1200 and occipital strap section 1320 . The upper strap portion 1340 comprises a user-facing layer 1344 contacting the patient's head along at least most of its length, a substantially non-stretching or stiffening layer 1343, and an outer layer 1341. . These layers can be as described elsewhere herein. In this example, the outer layer 1341 connects to a generally inextensible layer 1343 at a location on the user's parietal bone during use. Outer layer 1341 may connect to substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 proximate buckle 1312 . The length of the upper strap portion 1340 may be adjusted by pulling the outer layer 1341 more or less through eyelets or around lugs on the head-mounted display unit 1200, as described elsewhere herein. good.

5.19.2 Additional Head-Mounted Display Systems That May Be Configured to Especially Allow Long Hair FIG. 64A shows a head-mounted display system 1000 with a battery pack 1500 positioned behind the user's head. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a crown strap section 1310, an occipital strap section 1320, a lateral strap section 1330, and an upper strap section 1340, as described elsewhere herein. It's fine. Top strap section 1340 and lateral strap section 1330 are connected to head mounted display unit 1200 as described elsewhere herein. Battery pack 1500 of this example may be supported by top strap section 1340 and/or crown strap section 1330 . The difference of this embodiment compared to other embodiments is that the battery pack 1500 is not connected either directly to the occipital strap section 1320 or by a portion of the upper strap section 1340 . That is, an opening is provided between the battery pack 1500 and the occipital strap portion that intersects the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. In some embodiments, the opening is configured (e.g., long hair) to pass through the user's hair (e.g., long hair) that is tied, tied, and/or backed, for example, in a ponytail or otherwise tied up. shape and size). This advantageously allows the occipital strap portion 1320 to be better secured against the user's head in the occipital region, which may adversely affect the user's hair (e.g., make the user's hair messy, e.g. matted, ruffled). state, etc.) can be advantageously reduced.

Figures 64B and 64C show a head-mounted display system 1000 having a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 similar to that shown in Figure 64A, but the occipital strap portion 1320 is positioned in the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. It is formed of two portions 1320a and 1320B located at least partially on each lateral side. The two parts 1320a and 1320B are detachably attached to each other at a pair of connection points 1337. FIG. Each connection point 1337 may be provided in a respective one of the two portions 1320a, 1320B of the occipital strap portion 1320. FIG. Each connection point 1337 may be located in or near the sagittal plane of the user's head in use when the two sections 1320a and 1320B of the occipital strap section 1320 are connected together. The connection points 1337 may comprise press studs, magnetic clips, hook-and-loop fasteners, or the like, and may be connected by buckles or the like. The occipital strap portion 1320, formed in two detachably attachable portions 1320a and 1320B, is advantageously used under long hair (e.g., long hair and neck) instead of passing long hair or ponytails through the occipital strap portion 1320. ) can connect the two portions of the occipital strap portion 1320 , which may make it easier for users with long hair to wear the head-mounted display system 1000 .

FIG. 64D shows a variation of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIGS. 64B and 64C in that connection point 1337 is offset from the sagittal plane of the user's head. Connection points 1337 may be spaced laterally in the sagittal plane when two sections of the occipital strap section are connected together in use when the head-mounted display system 1000 is worn by the user. The first portion 1320a of the occipital strap portion 1320 connects to the second portion 1320B of the occipital strap portion 1320 such that the first portion 1320a connects to the second portion 1320B at a laterally rearward position of the user's head in use. It may be longer than 1320B. In use, this arrangement may be less likely to catch the user's hair while the head-mounted display system 1000 is in use or worn/removed.

Figures 64E and 64G show a further variation in which the occipital strap section 1320 is formed in two sections 1320a and 1320B. The battery pack 1500 in this embodiment is provided or supported by the occipital strap region 1320 . Specifically, two battery packs 1500 a , 1500 B are provided or supported in respective portions 1320 a , 1320 B of the occipital strap portion 1320 . In other embodiments, only one battery pack 1500 is provided in the occipital strap section 1320 or one of its two sections 1320a and 1320B. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 64E and 64G, the battery packs 1500a and 1500B are configured such that the two sections 1320a and 1320B of the occipital strap section 1320 can be connected together in use at or near the sagittal plane of the user's head. are spaced apart. A power cable 1510 connects each battery to the head-mounted display unit 1200 and may extend along two sections 1320a and 1320B, an occipital strap section 1320 and a lateral strap section 1330. FIG. In some embodiments, one battery pack 1500a may be electrically connected to the other battery pack 1500B, in which case a single power cable 1510 connects both battery packs 1500a and 1500B to the head mounted display unit. 1200. In some embodiments, head mounted display system 1000 may include one, two, three, or more battery packs 1500 . The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can still include an upper strap portion 1340 even though the battery pack(s) 1500 are provided in the occipital strap portion 1320 . In some embodiments, battery pack 1500 is provided instead of (or in addition to) crown strap section 1310, lateral strap section 1330, and/or other strap sections. The advantage of providing the battery pack 1500 or multiple battery packs in the occipital strap area is that they are positioned closer to the axis of rotation of the user's head, if the battery pack 1500 is positioned farther from the axis of rotation. This means that a lower stabilizing force may be required to counter disruptive forces (eg, when the user turns the head quickly during use). Additionally, two or more battery packs 1500 can distribute the weight of the battery packs more widely than a single battery pack 1500 for the same total weight of battery cells.

64F shows a further embodiment in which a pair of battery packs 1500a and 1500B are provided in respective portions 1320a and 1320B of the occipital strap portion 1320. FIG. In this example, occipital strap portions 1320a and 1320B are not connected to each other. Occipital strap section 1320 formed by two sections 1320a and 1320B leaves a gap in the sagittal plane of the user's head. This may advantageously leave room for the user's hair, such as a ponytail. The medial ends of portions 1320a and 1320B of occipital strap portion 1320 may be spaced apart from each other and may each be laterally spaced from the sagittal plane. The distance between the two parts 1320a and 1320B may be in the range of 20mm to 60mm, such as in the range of 30mm to 50mm, or may be 40mm. The occipital strap portion 1320, eg, its two portions 1320a and 1320B, may be stiffened, eg, to secure it behind the user's head. The occipital strap region 1320 may be at least partially stiffened by the battery pack 1500 . Other strap sections, such as lateral strap section 1330 and/or crown strap section 1310, may also be stiffened in this embodiment.

5.19.3 Further Adjustability in Positioning and Stabilizing Structures FIG. 65A shows a further embodiment of a head-mounted display system 1000 having an adjustable positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. FIG. The crown strap section 1310, the back strap section 1320, the lateral strap section 1330, and the top strap section 1340 may be as described elsewhere. However, in this embodiment, the top strap portion 1340 can be selectively connected to the head-mounted display unit 1200 at multiple locations on the top strap portion 1340 to adjust the effective length of the top strap portion 1340. be. Top strap portion 1340 may be selectively connected to head mounted display unit 1200 at one of three connection points 1337 a , 1337 B, and 1337 c of top strap portion 1340 . A user can select connection points 1337 to adjust the effective length of upper strap portion 1340 to achieve a good fit. Each connection point 1337 may comprise hook-and-loop material, press studs, or any other suitable feature for attachment to head-mounted display unit 1200 . In some embodiments, excess length of top strap portion 1340 may be fed into display unit housing 1205, may be located on the top surface of display unit housing 1205, or may loop back and It may be secured to the outer surface of upper strap portion 1340 . It should be appreciated that selective adjustment of the upper strap portion 1340 may be applied to other embodiments of the technology disclosed herein.

FIG. 65B shows another head-mounted display system 1000. FIG. In this embodiment, at least a portion of occipital strap portion 1320 is capable of pivoting about a pair of pivot points 1213 . The pivot point 1213 may be located at the end of the occipital strap section 1320 and is located at or near the junction between the occipital strap section 1320, the lateral strap section 1330, and the crown strap section 1310. Also good. In other embodiments, pivot point 1213 may be located along occipital strap section 1320 such that only a portion of occipital strap section 1320 pivots at pivot point 1213 . In some embodiments, occipital strap portion 1320 may be stiffened and pivoted about pivot point 1213 . The pivotable occipital strap portion 1320 can advantageously help position the occipital strap portion 1320 to be optimal for comfort and stability, for example. The occipital strap portion 1320 may be selectively pivotable (eg, adjustable by the user) or may naturally pivot to a stable position when the head-mounted display system 1000 is worn by the user. .

FIG. 66 summarizes some adjustability options for head mounted display system 1000 in accordance with embodiments of the present technology. As shown, in some embodiments, lateral strap portion 1330 may pivot relative to head-mounted display unit 1200, for example, about pivot point 1213. FIG. In other embodiments, arm 1210 of head-mounted display unit 1200 may pivot relative to display unit housing 1205 . The length of the lateral strap portions 1330 may also be selectively adjustable or may extend when tension is applied (eg, the lateral strap portions 1330 may be elastic). good). In some embodiments, the length of the occipital strap portion 1320 may be selectively adjustable or elastically stretchable and retractable. In the embodiment of FIG. 66, occipital strap section 1320 is connected to front support section 1360 . The occipital strap section 1320 and front support section 1360 may form a band around the user's head. In some embodiments, the upper strap portion 1340 may be selectively adjustable in length or elastic.

5.20 Cleaning In some forms, the head-mounted display system 1000, or at least a portion thereof, is intended for use by a single user, cleaning by the user at home (e.g., washing with soapy water), disinfecting and No special equipment for sterilization is required. Specifically, both the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and the interfacing structure 1100 are intended to be cleaned as they are in direct contact with the user's head.

In some other forms, components of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and interfacing structure 1100 are used within laboratories, clinics, and hospitals where a single head-mounted display is reused for multiple people. obtained or used during a medical procedure. In laboratories, clinics and hospitals, respectively, the head-mounted display or its associated components may be reprocessed and exposed to, for example, thermal, chemical and sterilization treatments. Therefore, the design of the positioning and stabilizing structure and the interfacing structure can be validated for disinfection and sterilization of the mask according to ISO 17664.

Materials may be selected to withstand reprocessing. For example, robust materials can be used in the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 to withstand exposure to high levels of disinfectant solutions and agitation by brushes. Additionally, some components of the positioning and stabilizing structure are separable and can be disconnected during use for improved reprocessing effectiveness.

In some examples, the interfacing structure 1100 may come into contact with the user's head during use and thus become dirty (eg, with sweat). Interfacing structure 1100 may be designed to be removed from display unit housing 1205 to allow it to be removed for cleaning and/or replacement. When cleaning the interfacing structure 1100, it is desirable to keep the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 dry. Alternatively or additionally, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may become dirty from contact with the user's head and may be removed independently of interfacing structure 1100 for cleaning and/or replacement. can. In either case, it may be facilitated by making these components disconnectable for such purposes.

In some embodiments, a cover (e.g., composed of fabric, silicone, etc.) can be placed over the interfacing structure in a removable fashion and removed for cleaning and/or replacement after each use. can. The cover may allow the interfacing structure 3400 to remain secured to the display unit housing 1205 while still providing a surface that can be easily cleaned after use.

5.21 External Computer In some forms, the head-mounted display system 1000 (eg, VR, AR, and/or MR) may be used in combination with another device such as a computer or video game console. For example, the display interface may be electrically connected to another device.

In some forms, at least some processing for head mounted display system 1000 may be performed by another device. Another device may include a processor that is larger and/or more powerful than a user can comfortably support (e.g., the processor of another device may be too heavy for a user to comfortably support on the head). ).

6. Glossary For purposes of disclosing the technology, in certain aspects of the technology, one or more of the following definitions may apply. In other forms of the technology, other definitions may also apply.

6.1 General Environment: In certain forms of the present technology, the term environment is taken to mean (i) the exterior of the display interface and/or the user, and (ii) the immediate surroundings of the display interface and/or the user. will be

For example, the ambient light for the display interface can be light in the same and/or adjacent room as the user, and/or light in the user's immediate surroundings, such as natural light from the sun.

In certain forms, environmental (e.g., acoustic) noise can be considered the background noise level of the room in which the user is located, other than, for example, noise generated by the display device or emitted from speakers connected to the display device. can. Environmental noise may originate from outside the room.

Leakage: The term "leakage" is interpreted as unintentional exposure to light. In one example, leakage can result from an imperfect seal between the display unit and the user's face.

Noise, Radiated (Acoustic): As used herein, radiated noise refers to noise propagated to the user by the ambient air. In one form, the radiated noise can be quantified by measuring the sound power/sound pressure level of the object according to ISO3744.

User: A person who operates a display interface and/or views images provided by the display interface. For example, a person may wear, wear, and/or take off the display interface.

6.1.1 Materials Silicone or Silicone Elastomer: A synthetic rubber. In this specification, references to silicone refer to liquid silicone rubber (LSR) or compression molded silicone rubber (CMSR). One form of commercially available LSR is SILASTIC manufactured by Dow Corning (included in the family of products sold under this trademark). Another LSR manufacturer is Wacker. Unless specified to the contrary, exemplary forms of LSR have a Shore A (or Type A) indentation hardness of about 35 to about 45 as measured using ASTM D2240.

Polycarbonate: A thermoplastic polymer of bisphenol A carbonate.

6.1.2 Mechanical Properties Elasticity: The ability of a material to absorb energy upon elastic deformation and release energy upon unloading.

Resilient: Resilient releases substantially all energy upon unloading. Examples include certain silicones and thermoplastic elastomers.

Hardness: The ability of a material to resist deformation of itself (eg, as described by Young's modulus or indentation hardness scale measured on standardized sample sizes).
• A "soft" material may comprise silicone or a thermoplastic elastomer (TPE), which can be easily deformed, for example under finger pressure.
• A "hard" material may include polycarbonate, polypropylene, steel, or aluminum, and cannot be easily deformed, eg, under finger pressure.

Structural or Component Stiffness (or Stiffness): The ability of a structure or component to resist deformation when subjected to a load. A load can be a force or moment (eg, compression, tension, bending, or torsion). A structure or component may provide different resistances in different directions. The opposite of stiffness is flexibility.

Floppy structure or component: A structure or component that changes shape (eg, bends) within a relatively short period of time (eg, 1 second) when supported by its own weight.

Rigid Structure or Component: A structure or component that does not substantially change shape under the loads typically encountered in use. An example of such an application could be setting and maintaining a user interface in a sealed relationship.

As an example, an I-beam can include a different bending stiffness (resistance to bending loads) in a first direction compared to a second orthogonal direction. In another example, a structure or component can be floppy in a first direction and rigid in a second direction.

6.2 Materials Closed Cell Foam: A foam containing fully enclosed cells (ie, closed cells).

Elastane: A polymer made of polyurethane.

Elastomer: A polymer that exhibits elastic properties. For example, silicone elastomers.

Ethylene Vinyl Acetate (EVA): A copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate.

Fiber: A filament (mono or poly), strand, yarn, thread or twist that is significantly longer than it is wide. Fibers may include animal materials such as wool and silk, vegetable materials such as linen and cotton, and synthetic materials such as polyester and rayon. Fibers may specifically refer to materials that can be woven and/or interlaced (eg, within a network) with other fibers of the same or different materials.

Foam: Any material that has cells introduced during manufacturing to produce a lightweight cellular foam, such as polyurethane.

Neoprene: A synthetic rubber produced by the polymerization of chloroprene. Neoprene is used in the following trademarked product: Breath-O-Prene.

Nylon: A synthetic polyamide that has elastic properties and can be used, for example, to form fibers/filaments used in textiles.

Open-celled foam: A foam containing cells, i.e. cells that are not completely enclosed, i.e. open cells.

Polycarbonate: A transparent thermoplastic polymer, typically of bisphenol A carbonate.

Polyethylene: A thermoplastic that is resistant to chemicals and moisture.

Polyurethane (PU): plastic material composed by copolymerization of isocyanates and polyhydric alcohols, which can take the form of foams (polyurethane foams) and rubbers (polyurethane rubbers), for example.

Semi-open foam: A foam containing a combination of closed and open (enclosed) cells.

Silicone or Silicone Elastomer: A Synthetic Rubber. In this specification, references to silicone refer to liquid silicone rubber (LSR) or compression molded silicone rubber (CMSR). One form of commercially available LSR is SILASTIC manufactured by Dow Corning (included in the family of products sold under this trademark). Another LSR manufacturer is Wacker. Unless specified to the contrary, exemplary forms of LSR have a Shore A (or Type A) indentation hardness in the range of about 35 to about 45 as measured using ASTM D2240.

Spacer Fabric: A composite structure comprising two outer fabric substrates joined together and held apart by an intermediate layer of monofilament.

Spandex: An elastic fiber or fabric containing primarily polyurethane. Spandex is used in the following branded product: Lycra.

Textile: A material containing at least one natural or man-made fiber. As used herein, woven fabric may refer to any material formed as a network of woven fibers and/or interlaced fibers. One type of fiber may include fabrics constructed by interlacing fibers using a particular technique. These include weaving, knitting, crocheting, knotting, tatting, tufting, braiding, or the like. Cloth is sometimes used synonymously with cloth, but can also refer to specially processed cloth. Alternatively, bonding (chemical, mechanical, thermal, etc.), felting, or other nonwoven processes may be used to construct the fibers. Textiles made by any of these processes are like fabrics and may be considered synonymous with fabrics for the purposes of this application.

Thermoplastic Elastomer (TPE): This is generally a low modulus flexible material that is stretchable at room temperature and capable of returning to its approximate original length when stress is released. Trademarked products using TPEs include: Hytrel, Dynaflex, Medalist

Thermoplastic Polyurethane (TPU): A thermoplastic elastomer with high durability and flexibility.

6.3 Mechanical Properties Elasticity: The ability of a material to absorb energy upon elastic deformation and release energy upon unloading.

Resilient: Resilient releases substantially all energy upon unloading. Examples include certain silicones and thermoplastic elastomers.

Hardness: The ability of a material to resist deformation of itself (eg, as described by Young's modulus or an indentation hardness scale measured on standardized sample sizes).
• A "soft" material may comprise silicone or a thermoplastic elastomer (TPE), which can be easily deformed, for example under finger pressure.
• A "hard" material may include polycarbonate, polypropylene, steel, or aluminum, and cannot be easily deformed, eg, under finger pressure.

Structural or Component Stiffness (or Stiffness): The ability of a structure or component to resist deformation when subjected to a load. A load can be a force or moment (eg, compression, tension, bending, or torsion). A structure or component may provide different resistances in different directions.

Floppy structure or component: A structure or component that changes shape (eg, bends) within a relatively short period of time (eg, 1 second) when supported by its own weight.

Rigid Structure or Component: A structure or component that does not substantially change shape under the loads typically encountered in use.
As an example, an I-beam can include a different bending stiffness (resistance to bending loads) in a first direction compared to a second orthogonal direction. In another example, a structure or component can be floppy in a first direction and rigid in a second direction.

6.4 Anatomical Diagrams The following definitions correspond to the references identified in Figures 1-2.

6.4.1 Facial Anatomy Alar: The outer outer wall or "wing" of each nostril.

Alar point: the outermost point on the alar.

Alar curvature (or wing crest) point: The posteriormost point on the curved baseline of each alar, found in the crease formed by the union of the alar and cheek.

Auricle: The external visible whole part of the ear.

(Nasal) Skeleton: The nasal skeleton includes the nasal bone, the frontal process of the maxilla, and the nasal part of the frontal bone.

(Nasal) Bridge: The nasal bridge is the midline elevation of the nose, extending from the saddle point to the tip of the nose.

(Nasal) Cartilaginous Skeleton: The nasal cartilaginous skeleton includes septal cartilage, lateral cartilage, large cartilage and small cartilage.

Mouth corner point: A point located at the corner of the mouth.

Prism: A strip of skin that separates the nostrils from the anterior nose to the upper lip.

Prismatic angle: The angle formed by a line passing through the midpoint of the opening of the nostrils and a line drawn perpendicular to the Frankfort horizon while intersecting the underside of the nose.

Inner corner point: The point where the upper and lower eyelids meet, near the saddle point.

Superficial cranial muscle: Superficial cranial muscle belly, or frontalis belly, refers to the structures that cover the skull.

External occipital prominence: A ridge on the outer surface of the occipital bone.

Frankfort horizontal plane: line extending from the lowest point of the orbital rim to the left tragus point. The tragus point is the deepest point in the notch of the auricle above the tragus.

Glabella: The most prominent point in the midsagittal plane of the forehead, located above the soft tissue.

Interpupillary distance: the distance between the centers of the pupils of the eye.

Lateral Nasal Cartilage: Roughly triangular plate of cartilage. Its superior margin attaches to the nasal bone and the frontal process of the maxilla, and its inferior margin connects to the alar cartilage.

Lower lip (lower lip point): A point on the face between the mouth and the spramentone, located in the midsagittal plane.

Upper lip (upper lip point): The point on the face between the mouth and nose, located in the midsagittal plane.

Alar cartilage: A plate of cartilage that lies beneath the lateral nasal cartilage. Curved around the front of the nostrils. The posterior end is connected to the maxillary frontal process by a tough fibrous membrane containing 3 or 4 cartilages.

Nostrils (nostrils): Roughly oval openings that form the entrances to the nostrils. The singular form of nAReS (nostril) is nARiS (noStril). The nose is separated by the nasal septum.

Nasolabial folds or statutes: The skin folds or creases that run from the sides of the nose to the corners of the mouth and separate the cheeks from the upper lip.

Nasolabial angle: The angle between the bridge of the nose and the upper lip, where it intersects the subnasal point.

Infraauricular point: The lowest point of attachment of the auricle to the skin of the face.

Upper auricular point: The highest point of attachment of the auricle to the skin of the face.

Nasal Point: The most prominent point or tip of the nose, identifiable in side views of other parts of the head.

philtrum: midline groove that runs from the lower border of the nasal septum to the top of the lip in the upper lip region.

Mental point: Located on the soft tissue, in the front midline of the jaw.

(Nasal) Bridge: The nasal bridge is the midline elevation of the nose, extending from the saddle point to the tip of the nose.

Sagittal plane: vertical plane passing from anterior (front) to posterior (back). The midsagittal plane is the sagittal plane that divides the body into left and right.

Saddle point: The most concave point located on the soft tissue and covering the frontal nasal suture area.

(Nasal) Septal Cartilage: Nasal septal cartilage forms part of the septum and divides the front of the nasal cavity.

Paranasal ala: The point at the lower edge of the auricle where it meets the skin of the upper lip (upper lip).

Nasal spine point: The point located on the soft tissue where the column meets the upper lip in the midsagittal plane.

Supramenton: The most concave point on the midline of the lower lip, between the labia minora and the soft tissue pogonion.

Brow: The protrusion of the frontal bone above the eye.

Temporal muscle: A muscle in the temporal fossa that serves to elevate the mandible.

Temporomandibular Joint: A free-moving joint between the temporal and mandibular bones that allows opening, closing, protruding, retracting, and lateral movement of the mandible.

Upper red lip: The red part of the lip covered with stratified squamous epithelium that connects with the oral mucosa of the gingival labial sulcus.

6.4.2 Anatomy of the Skull Frontal Bone: The frontal bone contains a large vertical segment, the scales frontal, corresponding to the area known as the forehead.

Lateral cartilage: The portion of cartilage outside the nasal septum cartilage and below the nasal bone.

Mandible: The mandible forms the lower jaw. Mental prominence is the bony prominence of the jaw that forms the tip of the chin.

Masseter muscle superficial: Lower part of the masseter muscle, which raises the mandible.

Maxilla: The maxilla forms the upper jaw and is located above the lower jaw and below the orbit. The maxillary frontal process projects upward by the sides of the nose and forms part of its lateral boundary.

Nasal Bones: Nasal bones are two small oval bones that vary in size and shape in different individuals. They are placed side by side in the middle and upper part of the face and, at their junction, form the "bridge" of the nose.

Nasal point: The intersection of the frontal bone and the two nasal bones, ie, the recessed area immediately between the eyes and the superior part of the bridge of the nose.

Occipital Bone: The occipital bone is located in the back and bottom of the skull. The occipital bone contains an oval opening, the foramen magnum, through which the cranial cavity communicates with the spinal canal. The curved plate behind the foramen magnum is the occipital scale.

Orbit: Bone cavity in the skull that houses the eyeball.

Parietal Bone: The parietal bones are the bones that, when joined together, form the top and sides of the skull.

Nasal Septal Cartilage: Cartilage of the nasal septum.

Sphenoid: Cuneiform bone at the base of the skull.

Supraorbital foramen: An opening in the suborbital bone for passage of the supraorbital nerve, artery and vein.

Temporal Bone: The temporal bone is located at the base and sides of the skull and supports the part of the face known as the valley.

Superficial trapezius muscle: triangular superficial muscle of the upper back.

Zygomatic arch/zygoma: The face includes two cheekbones located on the top and sides of the face and forming the ridges of the cheeks.

6.5 USER INTERFACE Frame: Frame shall be construed to mean a display housing unit that supports a tensile load between two or more points connecting headgear and/or hoops. The frame may seal against the user's face to limit and/or prevent light from entering or exiting.

Hoop: Hoop is taken to mean a form of positioning and stabilizing structure designed for use on the head. For example, the hoop includes one or more struts configured to position and hold the user interface in place on the user's face (to hold the display unit in an operating position in front of the user's face); May include sets of ties and stiffeners. Some of the ties may be formed from soft flexible elastic materials such as foam materials and fabric/fabric layered composites. In some forms, the term headgear may be synonymous with the term hoop.

Membrane: Membrane is typically taken to mean a thin-walled element, which preferably does not substantially resist bending and resists stretching.

Seal (to): Can be either a noun form referring to structure (“seal”) or a verb form referring to effect (“seal”). The two elements may be constructed and/or arranged to "seal" or obtain a "sealing" effect between them without the need for a separate "sealing" element itself.

Shell: shell is taken to mean a curvilinear, relatively thin structure with bending, tension and compression stiffness. For example, the curvilinear wall of the mask can be a shell. In some forms, the shell may be faceted. In some forms, the shell may be highly airtight. In some forms, the shell may not be highly airtight.

Stiffener: Stiffener is taken to mean a structural component designed to increase the bending resistance of another component in at least one direction.

Strut: Strut is taken to mean a structural component designed to increase the compressive resistance of another component in at least one direction.

Swivel (noun): A subassembly of components, preferably arranged to rotate about a common axis, preferably independently, preferably under low torque. In one form, the swivel can be constructed to rotate through an angle of at least 360 degrees. In another form, the swivel can be constructed to rotate through an angle of less than 360 degrees.

Tie (noun): A structure designed to resist tension.

6.6 Structural Geometry Products according to the present technology may include one or more three-dimensional mechanical structures (eg, mask cushions or impellers). A three-dimensional structure can be constrained by a two-dimensional surface. These surfaces may be distinguished with labels to describe the orientation, position, function, or some other characteristic of the associated surface. For example, a structure can include one or more of an anterior surface, a posterior surface, an interior surface, and an exterior surface. In another example, the seal-forming structure can include a face-contacting (eg, outer) surface and a separate non-face-contacting (eg, lower or inner) surface. In another example, a structure can include a first surface and a second surface.

To facilitate the description of the shape and surface of a three-dimensional structure, we first consider a cross-section at point p through the surface of the structure. See FIGS. 3A-3E for examples of cross-sections at point p on the surface and examples of resulting planar curves. Figures 3A-3E also show the outward normal vector at p. The outward normal vector at point p extends away from the surface. In some examples, the surface is described from the perspective of a fictional little person standing upright on the surface.

6.6.1 Curvature in One Dimension The curvature of a plane curve at p can be described as having sign (eg, positive, negative) and magnitude (eg, 1/radius of the circle tangent to the curve at p).

Positive curvature: If the curve of p bends towards the outward normal, we interpret the curvature at that point as having a positive value (if this imaginary little person leaves point p, he must walk uphill). See FIG. 3A (relatively large positive curvature compared to FIG. 3B) and FIG. 3B (relatively small positive curvature compared to FIG. 3A). Such curves are often referred to as concave.

Zero Curvature: If the curve at p is straight, we interpret the curvature to be zero (if an imaginary little person leaves point p, it can walk on a horizontal plane, neither upward nor downward). See FIG. 3C.

Negative curvature: if the curve at p bends away from the outward normal, the curvature at that point and in that direction is taken as having a negative value (if this imaginary little person walks away from point p, must walk downhill). See FIG. 3D (relatively small negative curvature compared to FIG. 3E) and FIG. 3E (relatively large negative curvature compared to FIG. 3F). Such curves are often called convex.

6.6.2 Curvature of Two-Dimensional Surfaces A description of a shape at a given point on a two-dimensional surface according to the present technique may include multiple perpendicular cross-sections. Multiple cross-sections may cut the surface in a plane containing the outward normal (“normal plane”), and each cross-section may be interpreted as a respective cross-section in a different direction. Each cross-section results in a planar curve with a corresponding curvature. Different curvatures at that point may have the same sign or may have different signs. Each curvature at that point has a (eg, relatively small) magnitude. Planar curves in FIGS. 3A-3E may be examples of such multiple cross-sections at particular points.

Principal Curvature and Direction: The direction of the normal plane in which the curvature of the curve takes maximum and minimum values is called the principal direction. Figures 3A and 3E are cross-sections in the main directions, because in the example of Figures 3A-3E, the maximum curvature occurs in Figure 3A and the minimum occurs in Figure 3E. The principal curvature in p is the curvature in the principal direction.

Area of Surface: A set of connected points on a surface. This set of points within the region may have similar properties (eg, curvature or sign).

Saddle region: principal curvatures of opposite sign (i.e. one positive sign and one negative sign) at each point (depending on the direction facing an imaginary person who could walk uphill or downhill) area.

Dome Region: A region with the same sign of principal curvature at each point (either both positive (“concave dome”) or both negative (“convex dome”)).

Cylindrical Region: Cylindrical Region: A region where one principal curvature is zero (or zero within manufacturing tolerances, for example) and the other principal curvature is non-zero.

Planar Area: Area of a surface where both of the principal curvatures are zero (or are zero within manufacturing tolerances, for example).

Edge of Surface: The boundary or limit of a surface or area.

Path: In certain forms of the present technology, "path" is taken to mean a path in a mathematical-topological sense, eg, a continuous space curve from f(0) to f(1) on a surface. In certain forms of the present technology, a "path" may be described as a route or course including, for example, a set of points on a surface. (An imaginary human path is a place to walk on a surface, analogous to a path in a garden).

Path length: In certain forms of the present technology, "path length" is taken to mean the distance along the surface from f(0) to f(1), ie the distance along the path on the surface. There may be more than one path between two points on the surface, and such paths may have different path lengths. (Path length for an imaginary person is the distance one must walk on a surface along the path).

Linear Distance: Linear distance is the distance between two points on a surface, but is not related to that surface. In a planar region, there exists a path on the surface that has the same path length as the linear distance between two points on the surface. On a non-plane, no path can exist that has the same path length as the straight line distance between two points. (For an imaginary person, the straight line distance corresponds to the "shortest" distance).

6.6.3 Space Curves Space Curves: Unlike plane curves, space curves do not necessarily lie in any particular plane. A spatial curve may be a closed curve with no endpoints. A space curve can be viewed as a one-dimensional piece of three-dimensional space. A fictional character walking on strands of a DNA helix walks along a spatial curve. A typical human left ear contains a left-handed helix (see FIG. 3M). A typical human right ear contains a right-handed helix (see Figure 3N). FIG. 3O shows a right-handed helix. The edges of structures (eg, the edges of membranes and impellers) can follow spatial curves. In general, a space curve can be described by the curvature and twist at each point on the space curve. Torsion rate is a measure of how a curve twists out of plane. The twist rate has sign and magnitude. The twist at a point on the space curve can be characterized with respect to the tangent, normal and binormal vectors at that point.

Tangent unit vector (or unit tangent vector): For each point on the curve, the vector at the point specifies the direction and magnitude from that point. A tangent unit vector is a unit vector that points in the same direction as the curve at that point. If an imaginary person were flying along a curve and fell out of his car at a certain point, the direction of the tangent vector would be the direction he was traveling.

Unit Normal Vector: This tangent vector itself changes as the imaginary person moves along the curve. A unit vector that points in the same direction as the tangent vector is changing is called a unit principal normal vector. It is perpendicular to the tangent vector.

Binormal unit vector: The binormal unit vector is perpendicular to both the tangent vector and the principal normal vector. The direction may be determined by the right-hand rule (see, eg, FIG. 3L) or the expressive or left-hand rule (FIG. 3K).

Contact plane: The plane containing the unit tangent vector and the unit principal normal vector. See Figures 3K and 3L.

Space curve tortuosity: The tortuosity at a point of the space curve is the magnitude of the rate of change of the binormal unit vector at that point. This measures the degree of deviation of the curve from the plane of contact. The torsion rate of a spatial curve lying in the plane is zero. If the space curve deviates from the plane of contact by a relatively small amount, the magnitude of the torsion rate of the space curve is relatively small (eg, a helical path with a gentle slope). If the space curve deviates from the plane of contact by a relatively large amount, then the amount of twist in the space curve is relatively large (eg, a steeply sloping helical path). Referring to FIG. 3O, since T2>T1, the magnitude of twist near the top coil of the helix of FIG. 3O is greater than the magnitude of twist of the bottom coil of the helix of FIG. 3O.

With reference to the right-hand rule of FIG. 3M, a space curve that bends toward the right-hand binormal can be viewed as a positive twist in the right-hand direction (eg, a right-hand spiral as shown in FIG. 3O). A space curve pointing away from the right-hand binormal direction can be viewed as having a right-hand negative twist (eg, a left-handed spiral).

Similarly, with reference to the left-hand rule (see FIG. 3K), a space curve pointing in the left-hand binormal direction can be viewed as having a left-hand positive twist (eg, a left-hand spiral). Therefore, left-handed positive is equivalent to right-handed negative.

6.6.4 Pores Surfaces can have one-dimensional pores (eg, pores bounded by plane or space curves). For thin structures that contain pores (eg, membranes), the structure can be described as having one-dimensional pores. See, for example, how a one-dimensional hole in the surface of the structure shown in FIG. 3F is bounded by planar curves.

A structure can have two-dimensional pores (eg, pores bounded by surfaces). For example, an inflatable tire has two-dimensional pores bounded by surfaces inside the tire. In another embodiment, a bladder having cavities for air or gel can have two-dimensional pores. In yet another example, a conduit can consist of a one-dimensional hole (eg, its inlet or outlet) and a two-dimensional hole surrounded by the inner surface of the conduit. See also the two-dimensional hole through structure shown in FIG. 3H, bounded by surfaces as shown.

6.7 Other Notices A portion of the disclosure of this patent document contains material which is subject to copyright protection. The copyright owner has no objection if anyone reproduces this patent document or the patent disclosure by facsimile for the purposes as set forth in the patent file or records of the Patent Office; All rights reserved for other purposes.

1/10th of the unit of the lower bound, between the upper and lower bounds of the range, and any other stated value of the stated range, unless otherwise clear from the context and where a range of values is provided. or each intervention value for intervention value is to be understood to be encompassed by the present technology. The upper and lower limits of these intervening ranges may independently be included within the intervening ranges and are encompassed within the technology, subject to any specifically excluded limit within the stated ranges. Where the stated range includes one or both of these stated limits, ranges excluding either or both of these stated limits are also encompassed within the technology.

Further, where value(s) are embodied herein as part of the present technology, unless otherwise specified, such values may be approximated and practical technical practice permits or requires It is understood that such values can be used to any suitable significant digits up to the range.

Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this technology belongs. Any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can also be used in the practice or testing of the technology, although what is described herein is limited to are a number of exemplary methods and materials.

Where a particular material is described as being used in the construction of a component, obvious alternative materials with similar properties may be used as a substitute. Further, unless stated to the contrary, any and all components described herein are understood to be manufacturable such that they may be manufactured collectively or separately.

As used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" refer to their plural equivalents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Note that this includes objects.

All publications mentioned herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety to disclose and describe the methods and/or materials that are the subject of these publications. The published documents discussed herein are provided solely for their disclosure prior to the filing date of the present application. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the present technology is not entitled to antedate such publication by virtue of prior invention. Further, the dates of publication provided may be different from the actual publication dates which may need to be independently confirmed.

The terms "compriSeS" and "compriSing", which have the meaning "comprising," are to be interpreted in a non-exclusive manner as referring to an element, component, or procedure in which the referenced element, component, or procedure , indicates that it may be present, used, or combined with other elements, components, or procedures not explicitly mentioned.

Headings used in the detailed description are for the convenience of the reader only and should not be used to limit the subject matter found throughout this disclosure or the claims. These headings should not be used in interpreting the scope of the claims or the limitations of the claims.

Although the technology herein has been described with reference to particular examples, it is to be understood that these examples are only illustrative of the principles and applications of the technology. In some examples, the terms and symbols may imply specific details that are not necessary for the practice of the technology. For example, the terms "firSt" and "Second" may be used, but these terms are not intended to indicate any order unless otherwise specified. , are used to distinguish separate elements. Further, although the process steps in the method may be described or illustrated in some order, such ordering is not required. Those skilled in the art will recognize that such order can be changed and/or aspects thereof can be performed concurrently or even synchronously.

It is thus to be understood that many variations in the illustrative embodiments are possible and that other arrangements may be devised without departing from the spirit and scope of the technology.

100 Head Mounted Display System 1000 Head Mounted Display System 1010 Rear Surface 1100 Interfacing Structure 1200 Head Mounted Display Unit 1202 Eyelet 1203 Electronic Volume 1205 Display Unit Housing 1205p Rearmost Point 1206 Opening 1207 Lateral Section 1210 Arm 1212 Arm 1213 Arm 1214 Eyelet 1215 Guide 1216 Hole 1217 Rigid Section 1218 Fabric Section 1219 Guide 1220 Display Screen 1221 Bolt 1222 Nut 1230 Face 1231 Elongated Section 1232 First Engagement Feature 1234 Raised Section 1235 Hole 1236 Right Face 1237 Offset Section 1238 Front Face 1240 Lens 12 42 Protection layer 1250 elastic connector 1251 elastic connector connection point 1254 eyelet 1256 adjustment portion 1258 receiving portion 1260 pivot connection 1270 controller 1272 speaker 1274 power supply 1276 control system 1278 low power system battery 1280 mains battery 1282 clock 1284 sensor 1286 processing system 1288 battery support portion 1290 control system support 1300 headgear 1310 strap portion 1312 buckle 1317 non-stretchable layer 1318 user contact layer 1320 strap portion 1321 lateral occipital strap portion 1322 medial occipital strap portion 1323 occipital strap connection point 1325 cutout portion 1326 occipital connection tab 1327 non-stretchable layer 1328 user contact layer 1329 dial adjuster 1330 lateral strap portion 1331 elastic crown strap portion 1332 end portion 1332 upper lateral strap portion 1333 elastic occipital strap portion 1334 lower lateral strap portion 1335 connection portion 1336 connector strap portion 1337 connection point 1338, 1339 magnetic clip 1340 upper strap region 1341 outer layer 1342 user contact region 1343 non-stretchable layer 1344 textile layer 1345 front region 1346 rear region 1347 front end 1348 outer sleeve 1349 hook-and-loop connection region 1350 upper strap region 1351 occipital connection tab hole 1352 first user contacting sleeve aperture 1353 second user contacting sleeve aperture 1360 forehead support 1362 front connector 1364 lateral connector 1365 upper strap arm 1370 hair strap segments 1371, 1372 end 1380 adjustment stiffener 1381 medial stiffness stiffening area 1382 lateral stiffening area 1383 adjustment stiffening connection point 1384 hook material 1385 cutout area 1500 battery pack 1501 upper position 1502 lower position 1503, 1504 clasp area 1505 battery pack housing 1506 power cable opening 1509 wall 1510 electrical power Cable 1511 Pad 1512 Counterweight 1513 Service Loop 1514 Fixed End 1515 Lower Battery Pack Strap Section 1516 Pivot Connection 1519 Power Cable 1520 Power Cable Strap Section 1525 Battery Pack Base 1526 Cable Guide Mount 1527 Teeth 1528 Base Recess 1530 Cable Guide 1531 Elongated Section 1532 Cable Guide Mounting Location 1533 Teeth 1534 Fabric Sleeve 1535 Power Cable 1536 Roller 1537 Standoff 1538 Position 1539 End 1540 Cable Stop 1541 Internal Thread

Claims (112)

A head-mounted display system,
a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;
a battery pack for operating the head mounted display system;
configured to hold a head-mounted display unit in front of a user's eyes so that the display is visible to the user in use, and holding the battery pack behind the user's head in use. A positioning and stabilizing structure configured to:
A posterior support portion configured to engage a posterior portion of the user's head, wherein the posterior support portion is configured to overlap the parietal bone of the user's head in use. and an occipital strap portion configured to overlap or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head in use;
a pair of lateral strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, each positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use; and said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising said pair of lateral strap portions configured to: an upper strap portion configured to connect between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit, the upper strap portion configured to overlap an upper portion of the user's head in use; 2. The head mounted display system of claim 1, further comprising: 3. The head mounted display system of claim 2, wherein the top strap section is connected to the occipital strap section. 4. A head mounted display system according to claim 2 or claim 3, wherein the position of the crown strap section is movable forward and rearward relative to the top strap section. A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein the crown strap section is located below the top strap section. 6. The upper strap portion passes through a buckle connected to the crown strap portion, the buckle configured to limit lateral movement of the upper strap portion according to any one of claims 2-5. The head-mounted display system described in . 7. The upper strap portion according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein the upper strap portion is connected to the head mounted display unit via an eyelet connected to the head mounted display unit, loops back and is fixed to itself. A head-mounted display system as described. 8. The head mounted display system of Claim 7, wherein the outer layer of the upper strap portion is configured to pass through eyelets, loop back and secure to itself. 8. The upper strap portion of any one of claims 2-7, wherein the upper strap portion comprises a user-facing fabric layer, an outer fabric layer, and a substantially non-stretchable layer between the user-facing layer and the outer fabric layer. Head-mounted display system according to paragraph. 10. The upper strap portion comprises a power cable connecting the battery pack to the head-mounted display unit and supplying power from the battery pack to the head-mounted display unit in use. The head-mounted display system described in . 11. The head mounted display system according to claim 10, wherein said power cable is housed in said upper strap portion. 12. The head mounted display system of claim 11, wherein the power cable is insertable by the user through the interior of the upper strap portion. 13. The head mounted display system of Claim 12, wherein the power cable is insertable through the upper strap portion between a substantially inextensible layer and an outer textile layer. The upper strap portion includes a front portion and a rear portion, the rear portion configured to engage the user's head in use and the front portion not to engage the user's head in use. 14. The head mounted display system according to any one of claims 2 to 13, which is configured as: 15. The head mounted display system of claim 14, wherein said upper strap portion includes a shape having a bend between said rear portion of said upper strap portion and said front portion of said upper strap portion. The upper strap portion is shaped to deviate from the curvature of the user's head at the anterior portion of the upper strap portion to follow the curvature of the user's head at the posterior portion of the upper strap portion. 16. A head mounted display system according to claim 14 or claim 15, wherein the head mounted display system is A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein the upper strap section is rigidized to support the front section in spaced relation to the user's head in use. . A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 14 to 17, wherein the front end of the rear portion of the upper strap portion is located behind the frontal bone of the user's head in use. A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 2 to 18, wherein said battery pack is detachably connected to said upper strap portion. A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 2 to 19, wherein the battery pack connects to the upper strap portion at upper and lower positions. 21. A head mounted display system according to claim 20, wherein the lower position is at or near the occipital strap area. 21. The head mounted display system of claim 20, wherein the lower position is spaced from the occipital strap section to allow the upper strap section to deform between the lower position and the occipital strap section. The battery pack has a length, a width, and a depth, the length being greater than the width and the depth, and the positioning and stabilizing structure substantially extending the length of the battery pack in use. A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 2 to 22, configured to hold the battery pack in a vertically aligned orientation. 2. The head mounted display system of claim 1, further comprising an upper strap portion configured to overlap an upper portion of the user's head in use. 25. A head mounted display system according to claim 24, wherein the battery pack is supported by the top strap section and/or the crown strap section. The head-mounted display system includes an opening between the battery pack and the occipital strap portion aligned in use with the sagittal plane of the user's head, the head-mounted display system placing the user's head in the opening. 26. A head mounted display system according to claim 24 or 25, configured to allow hair to pass through. 27. The head-mounted display system of claim 26, wherein the occipital strap section is formed of two sections that, in use, are each positioned on a respective lateral side of the sagittal plane of the user's head. The two parts of the occipital strap part are detachably attachable to each other at a pair of connection parts, each connection point being provided on a respective one of the two parts of the occipital strap part. Item 28. The head mounted display system according to Item 27. The occipital strap portions are respectively formed in two portions located on respective lateral sides of the sagittal plane of the user's head in use, and the head-mounted display system comprises two battery packs, each battery 2. The head mounted display system of claim 1, wherein a puck is supported on each one of said two portions of said occipital strap portion. 30. The head mounted display of claim 29, wherein the battery pack is spaced so that the two portions of the occipital strap portion can be connected to each other in the sagittal plane of the user's head or in close proximity in use. system. The occipital strap portions are respectively formed in two portions located on respective lateral sides of the sagittal plane of the user's head in use, and the two portions of the occipital strap portion are not connected to each other in use. 2. The head mounted display system of claim 1, wherein medial ends of said two portions of said occipital strap portion are spaced from each other and each laterally spaced from said sagittal plane in use. 32. The head mounted display system of claim 31, wherein the head mounted display system comprises two battery packs, each battery pack provided in a respective one of the two portions of the occipital strap portion. 3. The head mounted display system of claim 2, further comprising a power cable connecting said battery pack to said head mounted display unit and supplying power from said battery pack to said head mounted display unit when in use. 34. The head mounted display system of claim 33, wherein a portion of the power cable is located within the battery pack and can extend from and retract into the battery pack. 35. The method of claim 34, wherein one or more layers of the upper strap portion are partially located within the battery pack and can extend from and retract into the battery pack along with the power cable. head-mounted display system. 36. The head mounted display system of claim 35, wherein the outer layer of the upper strap portion is located within the battery pack and is extendable from and retractable into the battery pack along with the power cable. 37. Claim 35 or Claim 36, wherein the substantially non-stretchable layer of the upper strap portion is located within the battery pack and is extendable from and retractable into the battery pack along with the power cable. head-mounted display system. A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 34 to 37, wherein the user contact layer of the upper strap portion is located between the battery pack and the user's head. One or more layers of the power cable portion located within the battery pack and the upper strap portion located partially within the battery pack are positioned between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit. Claim 34 or Claim 35, forming a retraction portion of the upper strap portion that can be extended from or retracted into the battery pack to adjust the length of the upper strap portion. head-mounted display system. 40. The retraction portion of claim 39, wherein the retraction portion is movable between a plurality of predetermined positions relative to the battery pack, wherein the position of the retraction portion can be fixed relative to the battery pack. head-mounted display system. 40. The head mounted display system of claim 39, wherein said retraction portion is continuously movable within a fixed range of positions with respect to said battery pack. 42. A head mount according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to hold the battery pack in a position overlying the occipital bone of the user's head in use. display system. The positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to hold the battery pack in a position proximate the occipital bone of the user's head and at or proximate a vertical axis of rotation of the user's head. 42. The head mounted display system according to any one of items 1 to 41. A head-mounted display system,
a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;
A positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold said head-mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
A posterior support portion configured to engage a posterior portion of a user's head, wherein the posterior support portion is configured to overlap the parietal bone of the user's head in use. and an occipital strap portion configured to overlap or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head in use;
a pair of lateral strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, each positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use; said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising said pair of lateral strap portions configured to
an upper strap portion configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, the upper strap portion configured to overlap an upper portion of the user's head in use; , said upper strap portion comprising a user-facing layer and an outer layer, said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
wherein said user-facing layers of said top strap section, said crown strap section, said occipital strap section, and said lateral strap section are separable from said outer layer of said top strap section. display system. 45. The head mounted display system of Claim 44, wherein the outer layer of the upper strap portion is configured to connect to the head mounted display unit. The user-facing layers of the top strap portion, the crown strap portion, the occipital strap portion, and the lateral strap portion form a washable portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure, the washable portion comprising: 46. A head mounted display system according to claim 44 or claim 45, separable from the outer layer of the upper strap portion for cleaning. 47. The head mounted display system of Claim 46, wherein said upper strap section comprises an outer sleeve forming said outer layer of said upper strap section. 48. The head mounted display system of Claim 47, wherein the washable portion is removably attached to the outer sleeve by one or more hook-and-loop connections. The head-mounted display system comprises a battery pack for powering the head-mounted display system, the battery pack being configured to be positioned rearwardly relative to the user's head when in use, and 49. A head mounted display system according to claim 47 or claim 48, wherein a strap portion is connected to the battery pack in use. 50. The head mounted display system of claim 49, wherein the head mounted display system comprises a power cable connected between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit at the user, the power cable disposed within the outer sleeve. head-mounted display system. 51. The head mounted display system of Claim 50, wherein the outer sleeve is connected to the battery pack. 52. A head mounted display system according to claim 50 or 51, wherein the power cable is slidable within the outer sleeve along the length of the outer sleeve. A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 49 to 52, wherein said upper strap portion comprises a substantially non-stretchable layer positioned between said outer layer and said user-facing layer in use. 54. The head mounted display system of Claim 53, wherein said substantially non-stretchable layer is semi-rigid. 55. A head mounted display system according to claim 53 or 54, wherein the battery pack is removably connected to the substantially inextensible layer. 4. The generally inextensible layer and battery pack include corresponding first and second fastener sites configured to removably connect the battery pack to the generally inextensible layer. 55. The head-mounted display system according to 55. 57. A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 53 to 56, wherein said substantially inextensible layer is located within said outer sleeve. 58. A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 54 to 57, wherein said washable portion is separable from said substantially non-stretchable layer. A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 53 to 57, wherein said substantially inextensible layer forms part of said washable portion. 60. The head-mounted display system of Claim 59, wherein the upper strap portion includes a user-contacting portion forming the user-facing layer, and wherein a substantially non-stretchable layer is provided on the user-contacting portion. 61. A head-mounted display system according to claim 60, wherein said user-contacting portion comprises a user-contacting sleeve, and said substantially inextensible layer is located within said user-contacting sleeve. 62. A head mounted display system according to claim 61, wherein the user contacting sleeve comprises a stiffener opening into which the substantially inextensible layer is removably inserted. 63. The head mounted display system of Claim 62, wherein the battery pack covers the stiffener opening when in use. 64. The head-mounted display system of any one of claims 61-63, wherein the user contacting sleeve comprises a fastener opening that allows the battery pack to be removably attached to the substantially inextensible layer. . The generally inextensible layer comprises a first fastener portion extending through the fastener opening and configured to connect to a corresponding second fastener portion of the battery pack. 65. The head-mounted display system according to Item 64. 66. The head mounted display system of Claim 65, wherein the battery pack covers the fastener opening when in use. A head mounted display system according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein an upper strap portion is removably connected to said upper strap portion. 68. The head mounted display system of Claim 67, wherein the top strap portion is configured to connect to the occipital strap portion via a pivotable connection. The occipital strap sites include a pair of lateral occipital strap sites configured to connect between the crown strap site and the top strap site, each lateral occipital strap site extending in use from the user's head. 69. A head mounted display system according to any one of the preceding claims, arranged to be located on each lateral side of a part. 70. The head mounted display system of Claim 69, wherein each of the lateral occipital strap portions is adjustable in length. 71. A head mounted display system according to Claim 69 or Claim 70, wherein each of the lateral occipital strap sections is configured to be connected to the upper strap section via a magnetic fastener. 67. A head mounted display system according to any preceding claim, wherein the occipital strap section is permanently connected to an upper strap section. A head-mounted display system,
a head-mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on a user's face in use;
Here, the head-mounted display unit is
a display unit housing;
An interfacing structure constructed and arranged in facing relationship with the user's face, the interfacing structure having a face engaging portion configured to engage the user's face in use. the interfacing structure comprising:
at least one serpentine airflow path between the interior of the interfacing structure and the exterior of the head mounted display unit, wherein the at least one serpentine airflow path extends from the exterior of the interfacing structure to the display unit and the one serpentine airflow path passing between the interior of the housing. The interfacing structure comprises a chassis connected to the face engaging portion, the head mounted display unit comprises at least one airflow port through which the at least one tortuous airflow path passes, and at least one 74. A head mounted display system according to claim 73, wherein the airflow port is provided forward of the junction of the chassis and the face engaging portion. 75. The head mounted display system of Claim 74, wherein said at least one airflow port comprises at least one chassis port provided in said chassis. 3. The chassis is detachably attached to a chassis attachment portion of the head mounted display unit, and wherein the at least one airflow port comprises at least one chassis attachment port provided in the chassis attachment portion. 76. A head mounted display system according to claim 74 or claim 75. A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 74 to 76, wherein at least one said air flow port is provided in a radially facing wall. The interfacing structure includes a flexible and elastic portion including the face-engaging portion, the flexible and elastic portion defining one or more interface ports through which the at least one tortuous airflow path passes. 78. A head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 73 to 77, comprising: 79. The head mounted display system of Claim 78, wherein one or more interface ports of said interfacing structure are provided in a forward facing portion of at least one of said flexible and elastic portions. Claim 78 or claim 79, wherein one or more interface ports of said interfacing structure are provided in at least one of an upper portion of said flexible and elastic portion and a lower portion of said flexible and elastic portion. The head-mounted display system described in . 81. Any of claims 78-80, wherein the one or more interface ports of the interfacing structure are provided in at least one lateral portion of the flexible and elastic portion proximate the user's sphenoid region in use. 1. The head-mounted display system according to claim 1. 82. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 78-81, wherein said display unit housing extends rearwardly over said one or more interface ports of said flexible and resilient portion. A head-mounted display system,
a head-mounted display unit;
A positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operational position on a user's face in use, the head-mounted display unit being in facing relationship with the user's face. said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising an interfacing structure constructed and arranged to;
wherein the interfacing structure includes elastic and flexible face-engaging portions having curved cross-sections;
The face engaging portion includes a radially outer rearwardly extending front portion and curves into a radially inner rearwardly extending rearward portion, a rearwardly facing surface of the rear portion forming a user contact surface. head-mounted display system. 84. The head mounted display system of Claim 83, wherein the face engaging portion is configured such that, in use, the rearward portion is biased toward engagement with the user's face. 85. The head mounted display system of Claim 83 or Claim 84, wherein the face engaging portion comprises at least one closed loop portion having a closed cross section. 86. The head mounted display system of Claim 85, wherein the face engaging portion comprises a first closed loop portion and a second closed loop portion. 87. The head mounted display system of Claim 86, wherein the first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are provided on respective sides of a user's nose in use. 88. The head mounted display system of Claim 87, wherein the first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are provided proximate the user's cheeks in use. 89. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 85-88, wherein the face engaging portion bends and overlaps around itself to provide at least one closed loop portion. 90. The face-engaging portion according to any one of clauses 85-89, wherein said face-engaging portion comprises a base portion and a loop portion including a loop flange, said loop flange overlapping said base portion to provide said closed loop portion. head-mounted display system. 91. The head mounted display system of Claim 90, wherein the loop portion extends from a forward position to a rearward position. 92. The head mounted display system of Claim 91, wherein the cross-section of said loop portion tapers between said forward position and said rearward position. 93. A head mounted display system according to claim 91 or claim 92, wherein said loop portion comprises an arcuate portion between said forward position and said loop flange. 94. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 90-93, wherein the loop flange overlaps a forward facing surface of the base portion. 95. A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 90-94, wherein said loop flange is secured to said base portion. 95. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 90-94, wherein the base portion and the loop portion are integrally formed as a single component. 97. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 83-96, wherein said interfacing structure comprises a shaded nose portion extending between cheek portions of said face engaging portion,
wherein said light shielding nasal portion comprises a front nasal portion extending radially and upwardly beyond the front of said user's nose;
wherein the light shielding nose portion further comprises a first beam portion and a second beam portion extending upwardly from the anterior nose portion, the first beam portion and the second beam portion A first beam portion and a second beam portion have a slot therebetween, said slot extending from a trailing edge of said shaded nose portion toward said anterior nose portion, and a first beam portion and a second beam portion extending along the bridge of said user's nose in use. 97. A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 83 to 96, configured to span each side. 98. A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 83 to 97, wherein said interfacing structure comprises a foam cushion and said rear portion extends above said foam cushion. 99. The head mounted display system of Claim 98, wherein the face engaging portion comprises a cushion support flange extending from a radially inward facing surface of the face engaging portion. 100. The head mounted display system of Claim 99, wherein the foam cushion is provided between the cushion support flange and the rear portion. 101. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 83-100, wherein the face-engaging portion comprises a plurality of regions, each of said plurality of regions having a respective cross-sectional thickness. The face-engaging regions, in use, include a forehead region, two cheek regions, and two lateral regions proximate the user's sphenoid region and connecting the forehead regions to the respective cheek regions. 102. The head mounted display system of claim 101, comprising: The plurality of regions of the face engaging portion are
a first region extending around an inner perimeter of the face-engaging portion;
a second region extending around the outer perimeter of the face-engaging portion;
a third region extending around an inner perimeter of the face engaging portion disposed between the first region and the second region;
103. The head-mounted display system of claim 102, comprising a fourth region bounded by the first region and the third region and at each cheek region. 104. The head mounted display system of Claim 103, wherein the first region comprises a rear forehead region at the forehead region and extends upwardly from the inner perimeter of the face-engaging region. 105. A head mounted display according to claim 103 or claim 104, wherein said third region comprises an upper forehead region at said forehead region and extends beyond the center of said forehead region to a front forehead region. system. 106. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 103-105, wherein said second region comprises upper lateral portions extending from respective side portions toward an upper forehead portion. 107. A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 103 to 106, wherein said second region comprises an outer peripheral forehead region. 108. A head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 103 to 107, wherein said first region has a greater thickness than said fourth region. A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 103 to 108, wherein said fourth region has a greater thickness than said third region. 110. A head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 103 to 109, wherein said third region has a greater thickness than said second region. 111. The head mounted display system according to any one of claims 103 to 110, wherein the width of said first region in the front-rear direction is larger through said forehead portion than said cheek portion or said side portion. 112. The head mounted display system according to any one of claims 103 to 111, wherein the width of said second region in the front-rear direction is larger through said forehead region than said cheek region.

Images